diff --git a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91b3150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>captoinfo 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>captoinfo 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG>  - convert a <EM>termcap</EM> description into a <EM>terminfo</EM>
+       description
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>]  [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> looks in <EM>file</EM>  for  <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>  descriptions.   For
+       each  one  found,  an  equivalent  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> description is
+       written to standard output.  Termcap <STRONG>tc</STRONG>  capabilities  are
+       translated directly to terminfo <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities.
+
+       If no <EM>file</EM> is given, then the environment variable <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG>
+       is used for the filename or entry.  If <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG> is  a  full
+       pathname to a file, only the terminal whose name is speci-
+       fied in the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>  is  extracted  from
+       that  file.   If  the  environment variable <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG> is not
+       set, then the file <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> is read.
+
+       <STRONG>-v</STRONG>   print out tracing information on  standard  error  as
+            the program runs.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>   print  out the version of the program in use on stan-
+            dard error and exit.
+
+       <STRONG>-1</STRONG>   cause the fields to print out one to a line.   Other-
+            wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
+            a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+       <STRONG>-w</STRONG>   change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled     terminal      description
+                           database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES</H2><PRE>
+       Some  obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically
+       be translated into  standard  (SVr4/XSI  Curses)  terminfo
+       capabilities  by  <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG>.   Whenever one of these auto-
+       matic translations is done,  the  program  will  issue  an
+       notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that it
+       has not mistakenly translated  a  completely  unknown  and
+       random capability and/or syntax error.
+
+
+       Nonstd   Std    From           Terminfo
+        name    name                 capability
+       -----------------------------------------------
+       BO       mr     AT&amp;T    enter_reverse_mode
+       CI       vi     AT&amp;T    cursor_invisible
+       CV       ve     AT&amp;T    cursor_normal
+       DS       mh     AT&amp;T    enter_dim_mode
+       EE       me     AT&amp;T    exit_attribute_mode
+       FE       LF     AT&amp;T    label_on
+       FL       LO     AT&amp;T    label_off
+       XS       mk     AT&amp;T    enter_secure_mode
+       EN       @7     XENIX   key_end
+       GE       ae     XENIX   exit_alt_charset_mode
+       GS       as     XENIX   enter_alt_charset_mode
+       HM       kh     XENIX   key_home
+
+       LD       kL     XENIX   key_dl
+       PD       kN     XENIX   key_npage
+       PN       po     XENIX   prtr_off
+       PS       pf     XENIX   prtr_on
+       PU       kP     XENIX   key_ppage
+       RT       @8     XENIX   kent
+       UP       ku     XENIX   kcuu1
+       KA       k;     Tek     key_f10
+       KB       F1     Tek     key_f11
+       KC       F2     Tek     key_f12
+       KD       F3     Tek     key_f13
+       KE       F4     Tek     key_f14
+       KF       F5     Tek     key_f15
+       BC       Sb     Tek     set_background
+       FC       Sf     Tek     set_foreground
+       HS       mh     Iris    enter_dim_mode
+
+       XENIX  termcap  also used to have a set of extension capa-
+       bilities for forms drawing, designed to take advantage  of
+       the IBM PC high-half graphics.  They were as follows:
+
+
+       Cap          Graphic
+       -----------------------------
+       G2    upper left
+       G3    lower left
+       G1    upper right
+       G4    lower right
+       GR    pointing right
+       GL    pointing left
+       GU    pointing up
+       GD    pointing down
+       GH    horizontal line
+       GV    vertical line
+       GC    intersection
+       G6    upper left
+       G7    lower left
+       G5    upper right
+       G8    lower right
+       Gr    tee pointing right
+       Gr    tee pointing left
+       Gu    tee pointing up
+       Gd    tee pointing down
+       Gh    horizontal line
+       Gv    vertical line
+       Gc    intersection
+       GG    acs magic cookie count
+
+       If  the  single-line  capabilities occur in an entry, they
+       will automatically be composed into an <EM>acsc</EM>  string.   The
+       double-line capabilities and <STRONG>GG</STRONG> are discarded with a warn-
+       ing message.
+
+       IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 ter-
+       minfo but incompatible with the SVr4 format. The following
+       AIX extensions are automatically translated:
+
+        IBM    XSI
+       -------------
+       ksel    kslt
+       kbtab   kcbt
+       font0   s0ds
+       font1   s1ds
+       font2   s2ds
+       font3   s3ds
+
+       Additionally, the AIX <EM>box1</EM> capability  will  be  automati-
+       cally translated to an <EM>acsc</EM> string.
+
+       Hewlett-Packard's  terminfo  library supports two nonstan-
+       dard terminfo capabilities <EM>meml</EM>  (memory  lock)  and  <EM>memu</EM>
+       (memory  unlock).   These will be discarded with a warning
+       message.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       This utility is actually a link to <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, running in  <EM>-I</EM>
+       mode.  You can use other <STRONG>tic</STRONG> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and  <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
+
+       The  trace option is not identical to SVr4's.  Under SVr4,
+       instead of following the <STRONG>-v</STRONG> with  a  trace  level  n,  you
+       repeat it n times.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Eric S. Raymond &lt;esr@snark.thyrsus.com&gt;
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22661b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: clear.1,v 1.6 2006/12/24 18:07:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>clear 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>clear 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>clear</STRONG> - clear the terminal screen
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>clear</STRONG> clears your screen if this is possible.  It looks in
+       the environment for the terminal type and then in the <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>minfo</STRONG> database to figure out how to clear the screen.
+
+       <STRONG>clear</STRONG>  ignores  any  command-line  parameters  that may be
+       present.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                               <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af7c895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2001-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/24 15:22:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_add_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_add_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>,   <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> - add a complex character and rendition  to  a
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then advance the cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wch(</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>mvwadd_wch(</STRONG>  <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echo_wchar(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wecho_wchar(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG> functions
+       put the complex character <EM>wch</EM> into the given window at its
+       current position, which is then advanced.  These functions
+       perform  wrapping and special-character processing as fol-
+       lows:
+
+       -    If <EM>wch</EM> refers to a spacing character, then any previ-
+            ous  character  at  that  location is removed.  A new
+            character specified by <EM>wch</EM> is placed at that location
+            with  rendition  specified  by  <EM>wch</EM>.  The cursor then
+            advances to the next spacing character on the screen.
+
+       -    If  <EM>wch</EM> refers to a non-spacing character, all previ-
+            ous characters at that location are  preserved.   The
+            non-spacing  characters of <EM>wch</EM> are added to the spac-
+            ing complex character, and the rendition specified by
+            <EM>wch</EM> is ignored.
+
+       -    If  the  character  part  of  <EM>wch</EM>  is a tab, newline,
+            backspace or other control character, the  window  is
+            updated and the cursor moves as if <STRONG>addch</STRONG> were called.
+
+       The <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG> function is functionally  equivalent  to  a
+       call to <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>.  Similarly,
+       the <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG> is functionally equivalent to  a  call  to
+       <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>  followed  by  a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.  The knowledge
+       that only a single character is being output is taken into
+       consideration and, for non-control characters, a consider-
+       able performance gain might be seen by  using  the  *<STRONG>echo</STRONG>*
+       functions instead of their equivalents.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>add_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wch</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG>
+       may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       All  these functions are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+       dard, Issue 4.  The defaults specified  for  forms-drawing
+       characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+       XSI  documents  constants  beginning  with <STRONG>WACS_</STRONG> which are
+       used for line-drawing.  Those  are  not  currently  imple-
+       mented in <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putwc.3.html">putwc(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11d93b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2005/01/02 01:28:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_add_wchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_add_wchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>add_wchstr</STRONG>,    <STRONG>add_wchnstr</STRONG>,   <STRONG>wadd_wchstr</STRONG>,   <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvadd_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr</STRONG>
+       - add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a
+       curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>add_wchnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wchstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvadd_wchnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines copy the array of complex characters <EM>wchstr</EM>
+       into  the  window image structure at and after the current
+       cursor position.  The four routines with  <EM>n</EM>  as  the  last
+       argument  copy  at  most <EM>n</EM> elements, but no more than will
+       fit on the line.  If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the whole array is  copied,
+       to  the  maximum number of characters that will fit on the
+       line.
+
+       The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced.   These  routines  work
+       faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>.  On the other hand, they do not per-
+       form checking (such as for the newline, backspace, or car-
+       riage  return characters), they do not advance the current
+       cursor position, they do not expand other control  charac-
+       ters  to  ^-escapes,  and  they  truncate the string if it
+       crosses the right margin, rather than wrapping  it  around
+       to the new line.
+
+       These  routines  end  successfully  on encountering a null
+       <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM>, or when they have filled the current line.  If  a
+       complex  character cannot completely fit at the end of the
+       current line, the remaining columns are  filled  with  the
+       background character and rendition.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       All functions except <STRONG>wadd_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       All these entry points are described  in  the  XSI  Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..162532c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.27 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>addch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>, <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> -
+       add a character (with attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window, then
+       advance the cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echochar(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>addch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG> routines put the
+       character <EM>ch</EM> into the given window at its  current  window
+       position,  which  is then advanced.  They are analogous to
+       <STRONG>putchar</STRONG> in <STRONG><A HREF="stdio.3.html">stdio(3)</A></STRONG>.  If the advance is at the right  mar-
+       gin,  the  cursor  automatically wraps to the beginning of
+       the next line.  At the bottom  of  the  current  scrolling
+       region,  if  <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>  is enabled, the scrolling region is
+       scrolled up one line.
+
+       If <EM>ch</EM> is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
+       appropriately within the window.  Backspace moves the cur-
+       sor one character left; at the left edge of  a  window  it
+       does  nothing.   Newline  does  a <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, then moves the
+       cursor to  the  window  left  margin  on  the  next  line,
+       scrolling  the  window if on the last line.  Tabs are con-
+       sidered to be at every eighth column.   The  tab  interval
+       may be altered by setting the <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG> variable.
+
+       If <EM>ch</EM> is any control character other than tab, newline, or
+       backspace, it is drawn  in  <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM>  notation.   Calling  <STRONG>winch</STRONG>
+       after adding a control character does not return the char-
+       acter itself, but instead returns the ^-representation  of
+       the control character.
+
+       Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
+       passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> or related functions by logical-ORing them
+       into  the  character.   (Thus, text, including attributes,
+       can be copied from one place to  another  using  <STRONG>inch</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.)   See  the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG> page for values of prede-
+       fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+       into characters.
+
+       The  <STRONG>echochar</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> routines are equivalent to a
+       call to <STRONG>addch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, or a call  to
+       <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.  The knowledge that
+       only a single character is being output is used  and,  for
+       non-control  characters,  a  considerable performance gain
+       may be seen by  using  these  routines  instead  of  their
+       equivalents.
+
+   <STRONG>Line</STRONG> <STRONG>Graphics</STRONG>
+       The  following  variables  may be used to add line drawing
+       characters to the screen with routines of the  <STRONG>addch</STRONG>  fam-
+       ily.   The  default  character listed below is used if the
+       <STRONG>acsc</STRONG>  capability  does  not  define  a   terminal-specific
+       replacement  for  it.   The  names  are  taken  from VT100
+       nomenclature.
+
+
+       <EM>Name</EM>           <EM>Default</EM>   <EM>Description</EM>
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       ACS_BLOCK      #         solid square block
+       ACS_BOARD      #         board of squares
+       ACS_BTEE       +         bottom tee
+       ACS_BULLET     o         bullet
+       ACS_CKBOARD    :         checker board (stipple)
+       ACS_DARROW     v         arrow pointing down
+       ACS_DEGREE     '         degree symbol
+       ACS_DIAMOND    +         diamond
+       ACS_GEQUAL     &gt;         greater-than-or-equal-to
+       ACS_HLINE      -         horizontal line
+       ACS_LANTERN    #         lantern symbol
+       ACS_LARROW     &lt;         arrow pointing left
+       ACS_LEQUAL     &lt;         less-than-or-equal-to
+       ACS_LLCORNER   +         lower left-hand corner
+       ACS_LRCORNER   +         lower right-hand corner
+       ACS_LTEE       +         left tee
+       ACS_NEQUAL     !         not-equal
+       ACS_PI         *         greek pi
+       ACS_PLMINUS    #         plus/minus
+       ACS_PLUS       +         plus
+       ACS_RARROW     &gt;         arrow pointing right
+       ACS_RTEE       +         right tee
+       ACS_S1         -         scan line 1
+       ACS_S3         -         scan line 3
+       ACS_S7         -         scan line 7
+       ACS_S9         _         scan line 9
+       ACS_STERLING   f         pound-sterling symbol
+       ACS_TTEE       +         top tee
+       ACS_UARROW     ^         arrow pointing up
+       ACS_ULCORNER   +         upper left-hand corner
+       ACS_URCORNER   +         upper right-hand corner
+       ACS_VLINE      |         vertical line
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note  that  <STRONG>addch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvaddch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>echochar</STRONG> may be
+       macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       All these functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.  The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+       characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+       Some ACS symbols (ACS_S3, ACS_S7, ACS_LEQUAL,  ACS_GEQUAL,
+       ACS_PI,  ACS_NEQUAL,  ACS_STERLING) were not documented in
+       any publicly released System V.   However,  many  publicly
+       available  terminfos  include  <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> strings in which their
+       key characters (pryz{|}) are embedded, and  a  second-hand
+       list  of  their  character descriptions has come to light.
+       The  ACS-prefixed  names  for  them  were   invented   for
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>  variable  is implemented in some versions of
+       curses, but is not part of X/Open curses.
+
+       If <EM>ch</EM> is a carriage return, the cursor  is  moved  to  the
+       beginning  of the current row of the window.  This is true
+       of other implementations, but is not documented.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
+       library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d342f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:02:45 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>addchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddchstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvaddchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr</STRONG> - add a string of
+       characters (and attributes) to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addchnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>x,</STRONG>  <STRONG>const</STRONG>  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines copy <EM>chstr</EM> into the window image  structure
+       at  and  after the current cursor position.  The four rou-
+       tines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument copy at most <EM>n</EM> elements,
+       but  no  more than will fit on the line.  If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the
+       whole string is copied, to the maximum number  of  charac-
+       ters that will fit on the line.
+
+       The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced, and these routines work
+       faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>.  On the other hand, they do not per-
+       form  any  kind  of  checking  (such  as  for the newline,
+       backspace, or carriage return characters), they do not ad-
+       vance the current cursor position, they do not expand oth-
+       er control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate  the
+       string  if  it crosses the right margin, rather than wrap-
+       ping it around to the new line.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  This imple-
+       mentation returns an error if the window pointer is  null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all routines except <STRONG>waddchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  entry  points are described in the XSI Curses stan-
+       dard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)  li-
+       brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc93a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:17:14 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>addstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddnstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwaddstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnstr</STRONG> - add a string of characters to a
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
+       ed) character string <EM>str</EM> on the given window.  It is simi-
+       lar  to  calling  <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>  once  for  each character in the
+       string.  The four routines with <EM>n</EM>  as  the  last  argument
+       write  at  most <EM>n</EM> characters.  If <EM>n</EM> is -1, then the entire
+       string will be added, up to the maximum number of  charac-
+       ters  that  will  fit  on the line, or until a terminating
+       null is reached.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
+       mentation  returns  an error if the window pointer is null
+       or if the string pointer is null or if  the  corresponding
+       calls to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> return an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note  that  all  of  these  routines  except  <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       All these entry points are described  in  the  XSI  Curses
+       standard,  Issue  4.  The XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW,
+       associated with extended-level conformance,  are  not  yet
+       detected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0bd724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.7 2006/02/25 20:59:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_addwstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_addwstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>addwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>addnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvaddwstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvaddnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr</STRONG> - add a string of wide
+       characters to a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window and advance cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>addnwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddnwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
+       ed) <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string <EM>wstr</EM> on the given window.  It
+       is  similar  to constructing a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> for each wchar_t in
+       the  string,  then  calling  <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>  for  the  resulting
+       <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+       The <EM>mv</EM> routines perform cursor movement once, before writ-
+       ing any characters.  Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as
+       a side-effect of writing to the window.
+
+       The  four  routines  with  <EM>n</EM> as the last argument write at
+       most <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters.  If <EM>n</EM> is -1,  then  the  entire
+       string  will be added, up to the maximum number of charac-
+       ters that will fit on the line,  or  until  a  terminating
+       null is reached.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
+       success.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all of these routines except  <STRONG>waddnwstr</STRONG>  may  be
+       macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a7b2a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.31 2007/03/17 20:30:33 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_attr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_attr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>color_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcolor_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG>, <STRONG>wstandend</STRONG>, <STRONG>standout</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wstandout</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>attr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>chgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>wchgat</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvchgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwchgat</STRONG>, <STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> character and
+       window attribute control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attroff(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattroff(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attron(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattron(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrset(int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattrset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>color_set(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wcolor_set(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standend(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandend(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>standout(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wstandout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_get(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_get(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*pair,</STRONG>
+              <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_off(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_off(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_on(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_on(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_set(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wattr_set(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG>  <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>chgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvchgat(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwchgat(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*opts)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  manipulate  the current attributes of the
+       named window.  The current attributes of a window apply to
+       all characters that are written into the window with <STRONG>wadd-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>ch</STRONG>, <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>.  Attributes are a property of the
+       character,   and  move  with  the  character  through  any
+       scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations.  To
+       the  extent  possible,  they  are displayed as appropriate
+       modifications to the graphic rendition of  characters  put
+       on the screen.
+
+       The  routine  <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>  sets  the current attributes of the
+       given window to <EM>attrs</EM>.  The routine <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> turns off  the
+       named  attributes  without turning any other attributes on
+       or off.  The routine <STRONG>attron</STRONG> turns on the named  attributes
+       without affecting any others.  The routine <STRONG>standout</STRONG> is the
+       same as <STRONG>attron(A_STANDOUT)</STRONG>.  The routine <STRONG>standend</STRONG>  is  the
+       same as <STRONG>attrset(A_NORMAL)</STRONG> or <STRONG>attrset(0)</STRONG>, that is, it turns
+       off all attributes.
+
+       The <STRONG>attrset</STRONG> and related routines do  not  affect  the  at-
+       tributes  used  when  erasing portions of the window.  See
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG> for functions which  modify  the  attributes
+       used for erasing and clearing.
+
+       The  routine <STRONG>color_set</STRONG> sets the current color of the given
+       window to the foreground/background combination  described
+       by  the  color_pair_number. The parameter opts is reserved
+       for future use, applications must supply a null pointer.
+
+       The routine <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG> returns the  current  attribute  and
+       color pair for the given window; <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG> returns the cur-
+       rent attribute and color pair for <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.   The  remaining
+       <STRONG>attr_</STRONG>*  functions  operate  exactly like the corresponding
+       <STRONG>attr</STRONG>* functions, except that they take arguments  of  type
+       <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>int</STRONG>.
+
+       The routine <STRONG>chgat</STRONG> changes the attributes of a given number
+       of characters starting at the current cursor  location  of
+       <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.   It  does not update the cursor and does not per-
+       form wrapping.  A character count of -1  or  greater  than
+       the  remaining window width means to change attributes all
+       the way to the end of the current line.  The <STRONG>wchgat</STRONG>  func-
+       tion generalizes this to any window; the <STRONG>mvwchgat</STRONG> function
+       does a cursor move before acting.  In these functions, the
+       color  argument is a color-pair index (as in the first ar-
+       gument of <EM>init</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>).  The <STRONG>opts</STRONG>  argu-
+       ment is not presently used, but is reserved for the future
+       (leave it <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).
+
+   <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+       The following video attributes, defined in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>, can
+       be passed to the routines <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>, and <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, or
+       OR'd with the characters passed to <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+
+        <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>        Normal display (no highlight)
+        <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>      Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+        <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG>     Underlining
+        <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>       Reverse video
+        <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG>         Blinking
+        <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG>           Half bright
+        <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG>          Extra bright or bold
+        <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG>       Protected mode
+        <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG>         Invisible or blank mode
+        <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG>    Alternate character set
+        <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG>      Bit-mask to extract a character
+        <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>   Color-pair number <EM>n</EM>
+
+       The following macro is the reverse of <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>:
+
+       <STRONG>PAIR_NUMBER(</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM>) Returns the pair number associated
+                          with the <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR(</STRONG><EM>n</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> attribute.
+
+       The return values of many of these routines are not  mean-
+       ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
+       and simply return their argument).  The SVr4  manual  page
+       claims (falsely) that these routines always return <STRONG>1</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note  that  <STRONG>attroff</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wattroff</STRONG>,  <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wattrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>standend</STRONG> and <STRONG>standout</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG> values can only be OR'd with attributes if  the
+       pair  number  is  less  than 256.  The alternate functions
+       such as <STRONG>color_set</STRONG> can pass a color  pair  value  directly.
+       However,  ncurses  ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this value within
+       the alternate functions.  You must use ncurses  ABI  6  to
+       support more than 256 color pairs.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard  defined  the  dedicated  type  for
+       highlights,  <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>,  which is not defined in SVr4 curses.
+       The functions taking <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> arguments  are  not  supported
+       under SVr4.
+
+       The XSI Curses standard states that whether the tradition-
+       al functions  <STRONG>attron</STRONG>/<STRONG>attroff</STRONG>/<STRONG>attrset</STRONG>  can  manipulate  at-
+       tributes  other  than  <STRONG>A_BLINK</STRONG>,  <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_DIM</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>, or <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG> is "unspecified".   Under  this
+       implementation  as  well  as  SVr4 curses, these functions
+       correctly manipulate all other  highlights  (specifically,
+       <STRONG>A_ALTCHARSET</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_PROTECT</STRONG>, and <STRONG>A_INVIS</STRONG>).
+
+       XSI  Curses added the new entry points, <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_on</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>attr_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>wattr_off</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wattr_get</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wat-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tr_set</STRONG>.   These  are intended to work with a new series of
+       highlight macros prefixed with <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>.
+
+       Older versions of this library did not force an update  of
+       the  screen when changing the attributes.  Use <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> to
+       force the screen to match the updated attributes.
+
+
+        <STRONG>WA_NORMAL</STRONG>       Normal display (no highlight)
+        <STRONG>WA_STANDOUT</STRONG>     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
+        <STRONG>WA_UNDERLINE</STRONG>    Underlining
+        <STRONG>WA_REVERSE</STRONG>      Reverse video
+        <STRONG>WA_BLINK</STRONG>        Blinking
+        <STRONG>WA_DIM</STRONG>          Half bright
+        <STRONG>WA_BOLD</STRONG>         Extra bright or bold
+        <STRONG>WA_ALTCHARSET</STRONG>   Alternate character set
+
+       The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
+       sponding  <STRONG>A_</STRONG>  and <STRONG>WA_</STRONG>-using functions operates on the same
+       current-highlight information.
+
+       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
+       lights <STRONG>A_HORIZONTAL</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LEFT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_LOW</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_RIGHT</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_TOP</STRONG>, <STRONG>A_VER-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>TICAL</STRONG> (and corresponding <STRONG>WA_</STRONG> macros for each)  which  this
+       implementation does not yet support.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines  return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+       failure.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.
+
+       This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
+       is  null.  The <STRONG>wcolor_set</STRONG> function returns an error if the
+       color  pair  parameter  is  outside  the   range   0..COL-
+       OR_PAIRS-1.   This  implementation  also provides <STRONG>getattrs</STRONG>
+       for compatibility with older versions of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..271acc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.10 2005/01/08 17:55:51 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_beep 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_beep 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>beep</STRONG>, <STRONG>flash</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bell and screen flash routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beep(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flash(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>beep</STRONG> and <STRONG>flash</STRONG> routines are used to alert the terminal
+       user.  The routine <STRONG>beep</STRONG> sounds an  audible  alarm  on  the
+       terminal,  if  possible;  otherwise  it flashes the screen
+       (visible bell).  The routine <STRONG>flash</STRONG> flashes the screen, and
+       if  that  is  not  possible, sounds the alert.  If neither
+       alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all  terminals
+       have  an  audible  alert (bell or beep), but only some can
+       flash the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if they  succeed  in  beeping  or
+       flashing, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+       SVr4's  beep  and flash routines always returned <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, so it
+       was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.  Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
+       <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e73f90f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.19 2003/12/27 18:50:40 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_bkgd 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_bkgd 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>,  <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+       background manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgdset(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgdset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgd(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>  routines  manipulate  the  back-
+       ground  of  the  named window.  The window background is a
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes  (i.e.,
+       rendition)  and  a  character.   The attribute part of the
+       background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank  charac-
+       ters  that  are written into the window with <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>.  Both
+       the character and attribute parts of  the  background  are
+       combined   with  the  blank  characters.   The  background
+       becomes a property of the character  and  moves  with  the
+       character   through   any   scrolling   and  insert/delete
+       line/character operations.
+
+       To the extent  possible  on  a  particular  terminal,  the
+       attribute  part  of  the  background  is  displayed as the
+       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+       The <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> functions set the  background  property
+       of  the  current  or  specified window and then apply this
+       setting to every character position in that window:
+
+              The rendition of every character on the  screen  is
+              changed to the new background rendition.
+
+              Wherever  the  former background character appears,
+              it is changed to the new background character.
+
+       The <STRONG>getbkgd</STRONG> function returns the  given  window's  current
+       background character/attribute pair.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  routines  <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG>  and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.  The
+       SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer  if  <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
+       is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>bkgdset</STRONG> and <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It specifies that <STRONG>bkgd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgd</STRONG> return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  on
+       failure.  but gives no failure conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG>curs_out-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd761b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_bkgrnd.3x,v 1.3 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_bkgrnd 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_bkgrnd 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG>,  <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  window  complex  background  manipulation
+       routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrnd(</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrnd(</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>bkgrndset(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wbkgrndset(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbkgrnd(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG> routines manipulate the back-
+       ground of the named window.  The window  background  is  a
+       <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
+       rendition) and a complex character.  The attribute part of
+       the  background  is  combined  (OR'ed)  with all non-blank
+       characters that are written into the window  with  <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>.
+       Both  the  character and attribute parts of the background
+       are combined with the blank  characters.   The  background
+       becomes  a  property  of  the character and moves with the
+       character  through   any   scrolling   and   insert/delete
+       line/character operations.
+
+       To  the  extent  possible  on  a  particular terminal, the
+       attribute part of  the  background  is  displayed  as  the
+       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+       The  <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG> and <STRONG>wbkgrnd</STRONG> functions set the background prop-
+       erty of the current or specified  window  and  then  apply
+       this setting to every character position in that window:
+
+              The  rendition  of every character on the screen is
+              changed to the new background rendition.
+
+              Wherever the former background  character  appears,
+              it is changed to the new background character.
+
+       The  <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> function returns the given window's current
+       background character/attribute pair via the <STRONG>wch</STRONG> pointer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>bkgrnd</STRONG>, <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>, and <STRONG>getbkgrnd</STRONG> may be  macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>bkgrndset</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>wbkgrndset</STRONG>  routines  do not return a
+       value.
+
+       Upon successful completion, the other functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+       Otherwise,  they  return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.   A  null window pointer is
+       treated as an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e084827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.19 2007/02/24 16:15:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_border 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_border 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG>, <STRONG>box</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wborder(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ls,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>rs,</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ts,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bs,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>tr,</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>bl,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>br);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>box(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>verch,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>horch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>whline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vline(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvhline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwhline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>border</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> routines draw a box around the
+       edges of a window.  Other than the window,  each  argument
+       is a character with attributes:
+
+              <EM>ls</EM> - left side,
+              <EM>rs</EM> - right side,
+              <EM>ts</EM> - top side,
+              <EM>bs</EM> - bottom side,
+              <EM>tl</EM> - top left-hand corner,
+              <EM>tr</EM> - top right-hand corner,
+              <EM>bl</EM> - bottom left-hand corner, and
+              <EM>br</EM> - bottom right-hand corner.
+
+       If  any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
+       default values (defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>) are used instead:
+
+              <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_ULCORNER</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_URCORNER</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_LLCORNER</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>ACS_LRCORNER</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>box(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG> is a shorthand  for  the  following
+       call:  <STRONG>wborder(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>  <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>  <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG> <STRONG>0,</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>0)</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>hline</STRONG> and <STRONG>whline</STRONG> functions draw a horizontal (left  to
+       right)  line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+       tion in the window.  The current cursor  position  is  not
+       changed.   The  line  is  at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+       The <STRONG>vline</STRONG> and <STRONG>wvline</STRONG> functions draw  a  vertical  (top  to
+       bottom) line using <EM>ch</EM> starting at the current cursor posi-
+       tion in the window.  The current cursor  position  is  not
+       changed.   The  line  is  at most <EM>n</EM> characters long, or as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.   The  SVr4.0  manual
+       says  "or  a  non-negative integer if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but
+       this appears to be an error.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
+       mentation  returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The borders generated by these functions are  <EM>inside</EM>  bor-
+       ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
+       not documented).
+
+       Note that <STRONG>border</STRONG> and <STRONG>box</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415e810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.6 2005/05/15 16:17:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_border_set 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_border_set 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>box_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>whline_set</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>wvline_set</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG> borders or lines
+       using complex characters and renditions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>border_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ls</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>rs</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ts</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bs</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tr</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>br</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wborder_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win</STRONG>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ls</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>rs</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ts</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bs</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>tr</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>bl</EM>, <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>br</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>box_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win</STRONG>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>verch</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>horch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>whline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvhline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwhline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+          <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wvline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvvline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwvline_set(</STRONG>
+          <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM>,
+          <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM>,
+          <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM>, <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>border_set</STRONG> and <STRONG>wborder_set</STRONG>  functions  draw  a  border
+       around  the  edges  of  the  current  or specified window.
+       These functions do not change the cursor position, and  do
+       not wrap.
+
+       Other  than the window, each argument is a complex charac-
+       ter with attributes:
+              <EM>ls</EM> - left side,
+              <EM>rs</EM> - right side,
+              <EM>ts</EM> - top side,
+              <EM>bs</EM> - bottom side,
+              <EM>tl</EM> - top left-hand corner,
+              <EM>tr</EM> - top right-hand corner,
+              <EM>bl</EM> - bottom left-hand corner, and
+              <EM>br</EM> - bottom right-hand corner.
+
+       If any of these arguments is zero, then the  corresponding
+       default values (defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>) are used instead:
+              <STRONG>WACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_VLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_HLINE</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_ULCORNER</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_URCORNER</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>WACS_LLCORNER</STRONG>, and
+              <STRONG>WACS_LRCORNER</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>box_set(</STRONG><EM>win</EM>, <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG> is a shorthand for the follow-
+       ing call:
+
+       <STRONG>wborder_set(</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>verch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+           <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <EM>horch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL,</STRONG> <STRONG>NULL);</STRONG>
+
+       The <STRONG>*line_set</STRONG> functions use <EM>wch</EM> to draw a line starting at
+       the current cursor position in the window.  The line is at
+       most <EM>n</EM> characters long or as many as fit into the  window.
+       The current cursor position is not changed.
+
+       The  <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>whline_set</STRONG>
+       functions draw a line proceeding toward the last column of
+       the same line.
+
+       The  <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wvline_set</STRONG>
+       functions draw a line proceeding toward the last  line  of
+       the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>border_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>hline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvvline_set</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwhline_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwvline_set</STRONG>, and <STRONG>vline_set</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+       Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+       Functions  using  a window parameter return an error if it
+       is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86bb486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.11 2007/12/29 15:58:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_clear 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_clear 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> - clear all or part of a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erase(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>werase(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clear(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclear(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtobot(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtobot(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clrtoeol(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wclrtoeol(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>erase</STRONG>  and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
+       tion in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+       The <STRONG>clear</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> routines are like <STRONG>erase</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>werase</STRONG>,
+       but  they also call <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, so that the screen is cleared
+       completely on the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>  for  that  window
+       and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The  <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG> routines erase from the cursor
+       to the end of screen.  That is, they erase all lines below
+       the  cursor  in the window.  Also, the current line to the
+       right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+       The <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> routines erase the current line
+       to  the  right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the
+       current line.
+
+       Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
+       dition (as set by <STRONG>wbkgdset</STRONG>) merged into them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines  return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+       failure.  The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative  inte-
+       ger if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
+       tion, functions using a window pointer parameter return an
+       error if it is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>erase</STRONG>, <STRONG>werase</STRONG>, <STRONG>clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>wclear</STRONG>, <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG>, and <STRONG>clr-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>toeol</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
+       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
+       <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>.  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+       This  implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets the
+       current position to 0,0 after  erasing  via  <STRONG>werase()</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>wclear()</STRONG>.   That fact is not documented in other implemen-
+       tations, and may not be true of implementations which were
+       not derived from SVr4 source.
+
+       Not  obvious  from  the  description, most implementations
+       clear the screen after <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> even for a subwindow or  de-
+       rived window.  If you do not want to clear the screen dur-
+       ing the next <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, use <STRONG>werase</STRONG> instead.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..684605f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.28 2005/12/18 00:00:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_color 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_color 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>, <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG>, <STRONG>color_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>
+       - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> color manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#</STRONG> <STRONG>include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start_color(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_pair(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>init_color(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>b);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_colors(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>can_change_color(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>color_content(short</STRONG>  <STRONG>color,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*r,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*g,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pair_content(short</STRONG> <STRONG>pair,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*f,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*b);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+   <STRONG>Overview</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> support color attributes on terminals with that ca-
+       pability.   To  use  these  routines  <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>  must be
+       called, usually right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.   Colors  are  always
+       used  in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).  A color-pair
+       consists of a foreground  color  (for  characters)  and  a
+       background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
+       ters are displayed).  A programmer  initializes  a  color-
+       pair  with  the routine <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>.  After it has been ini-
+       tialized, <STRONG>COLOR_PAIR</STRONG>(<EM>n</EM>), a macro  defined  in  <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>,
+       can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+       If  a  terminal  is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
+       grammer can use the routine <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> to change the defi-
+       nition   of   a   color.    The  routines  <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG>  return  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>,  depending   on
+       whether  the  terminal  has color capabilities and whether
+       the programmer can change the colors.   The  routine  <STRONG>col-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>or_content</STRONG>  allows  a programmer to extract the amounts of
+       red, green, and blue components in an  initialized  color.
+       The  routine  <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG> allows a programmer to find out
+       how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+
+   <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+       The <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> routine requires no arguments.  It must be
+       called  if  the programmer wants to use colors, and before
+       any other color manipulation routine  is  called.   It  is
+       good  practice  to  call this routine right after <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+       <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> initializes eight basic  colors  (black,  red,
+       green,  yellow,  blue,  magenta, cyan, and white), and two
+       global variables,  <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>  (respectively
+       defining  the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
+       terminal can support).  It also restores the colors on the
+       terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
+       turned on.
+
+       The <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> routine changes the definition of  a  color-
+       pair.   It takes three arguments: the number of the color-
+       pair to be changed, the foreground color number,  and  the
+       background color number.  For portable applications:
+
+       -    The value of the first argument must be between <STRONG>1</STRONG> and
+            <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>.
+
+       -    The value of the second and third arguments  must  be
+            between  0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.  Color pair 0 is assumed to be
+            white on black, but is actually whatever the terminal
+            implements before color is initialized.  It cannot be
+            modified by the application.
+
+       If the color-pair was previously initialized,  the  screen
+       is  refreshed  and  all occurrences of that color-pair are
+       changed to the new definition.
+
+       As an extension, ncurses allows you to set  color  pair  0
+       via  the  <STRONG>assume_default_colors</STRONG> routine, or to specify the
+       use of default colors (color number <STRONG>-1</STRONG>) if you  first  in-
+       voke the <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG> routine.
+
+       The  <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> routine changes the definition of a color.
+       It takes four arguments: the number of  the  color  to  be
+       changed  followed  by three RGB values (for the amounts of
+       red, green, and blue components).  The value of the  first
+       argument  must  be between <STRONG>0</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.  (See the section
+       <STRONG>Colors</STRONG> for the default color index.)   Each  of  the  last
+       three  arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000.  When
+       <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> is used, all occurrences of that color  on  the
+       screen immediately change to the new definition.
+
+       The  <STRONG>has_colors</STRONG> routine requires no arguments.  It returns
+       <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise,  it
+       returns <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.  This routine facilitates writing terminal-
+       independent programs.  For example, a programmer  can  use
+       it  to decide whether to use color or some other video at-
+       tribute.
+
+       The <STRONG>can_change_color</STRONG> routine requires  no  arguments.   It
+       returns  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>  if  the  terminal  supports  colors and can
+       change their definitions; other, it returns  <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.   This
+       routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
+
+       The <STRONG>color_content</STRONG> routine gives programmers a way to  find
+       the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
+       in a color.  It requires four arguments: the color number,
+       and  three addresses of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the information
+       about the amounts of red, green, and  blue  components  in
+       the  given color.  The value of the first argument must be
+       between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.  The values that are stored  at  the
+       addresses  pointed  to by the last three arguments are be-
+       tween 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of  compo-
+       nent).
+
+       The  <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>  routine  allows programmers to find out
+       what colors a given color-pair consists of.   It  requires
+       three  arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
+       of <STRONG>short</STRONG>s for storing the foreground  and  the  background
+       color  numbers.   The  value of the first argument must be
+       between 1 and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS-1</STRONG>.  The values that  are  stored
+       at  the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
+       ments are between 0 and <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG>.
+
+   <STRONG>Colors</STRONG>
+       In <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG> the following macros are defined.  These are
+       the  default colors.  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> also assumes that <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>
+       is the default background color for all terminals.
+
+             <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The routines <STRONG>can_change_color()</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>has_colors()</STRONG>  return
+       <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+       All other routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and
+       an <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an integer  value  other  than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  This implementation
+       will return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on attempts to use  color  values  outside
+       the range 0 to COLORS-1 (except for the default colors ex-
+       tension), or use color pairs outside the range 0  to  COL-
+       OR_PAIR-1.  Color values used in <STRONG>init_color</STRONG> must be in the
+       range 0 to 1000.  An error is returned from all  functions
+       if the terminal has not been initialized.  An error is re-
+       turned from  secondary  functions  such  as  <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>  if
+       <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> was not called.
+
+              <STRONG>init_color</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the terminal does not sup-
+                   port  this  feature,  e.g.,  if  the  <EM>initial-</EM>
+                   <EM>ize</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>color</EM> capability is absent from the termi-
+                   nal description.
+
+              <STRONG>start_color</STRONG>
+                   returns an error If the color table cannot  be
+                   allocated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       In  the  <EM>ncurses</EM> implementation, there is a separate color
+       activation flag, color palette, color pairs table, and as-
+       sociated  COLORS  and  COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
+       the <STRONG>start_color</STRONG> function only affects the current  screen.
+       The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
+       mind, and historical  implementations  may  use  a  single
+       shared color palette.
+
+       Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
+       pair affects only character cells that a  character  write
+       operation  explicitly  touches.   To change the background
+       color used when parts of a window are blanked  by  erasing
+       or scrolling operations, see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Several  caveats  apply  on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-
+       compatible graphics:
+
+       -    COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown.  To get  yellow,  use
+            COLOR_YELLOW combined with the <STRONG>A_BOLD</STRONG> attribute.
+
+       -    The  A_BLINK  attribute  should  in  theory cause the
+            background to go bright.  This often fails  to  work,
+            and  even  some cards for which it mostly works (such
+            as the Paradise and compatibles) do the  wrong  thing
+            when you try to set a bright "yellow" background (you
+            get a blinking yellow foreground instead).
+
+       -    Color RGB values are not settable.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's  minimum  maxi-
+       mums for <STRONG>COLORS</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLOR_PAIRS</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG>  routine  accepts  negative values of fore-
+       ground  and  background  color  to  support  the   <STRONG>use_de-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>fault_colors</STRONG>  extension, but only if that routine has been
+       first invoked.
+
+       The assumption that <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG> is the default  background
+       color  for  all  terminals  can  be modified using the <STRONG>as-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>sume_default_colors</STRONG> extension.
+
+       This implementation checks the  pointers,  e.g.,  for  the
+       values  returned  by  <STRONG>color_content</STRONG>  and <STRONG>pair_content</STRONG>, and
+       will treat those as optional parameters when null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG>default_col-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">ors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6562a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:42:57 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_delch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_delch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>delch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> - delete character under
+       the cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delch(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvdelch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwdelch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines delete the character under the cursor;  all
+       characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
+       moved to the left one position and the last  character  on
+       the line is filled with a blank.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>,  if  specified).   (This
+       does  not  imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
+       ture.)
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>delch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvdelch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwdelch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e73ce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.11 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_deleteln 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_deleteln 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG>,  <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG>, <STRONG>insertln</STRONG>, <STRONG>win-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>sertln</STRONG> - delete and insert lines in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>deleteln(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wdeleteln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insdelln(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsdelln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insertln(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsertln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>deleteln</STRONG> and <STRONG>wdeleteln</STRONG> routines delete the line  under
+       the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
+       are moved up one line.  The bottom line of the  window  is
+       cleared.  The cursor position does not change.
+
+       The  <STRONG>insdelln</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG>  routines,  for  positive <EM>n</EM>,
+       insert <EM>n</EM> lines into the specified window above the current
+       line.   The  <EM>n</EM>  bottom  lines  are  lost.  For negative <EM>n</EM>,
+       delete <EM>n</EM> lines (starting with the one under  the  cursor),
+       and  move  the remaining lines up.  The bottom <EM>n</EM> lines are
+       cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+       The <STRONG>insertln</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsertln</STRONG> routines insert  a  blank  line
+       above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
+       tion, if  the  window  parameter  is  null,  an  error  is
+       returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all but <STRONG>winsdelln</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       These  routines  do  not require a hardware line delete or
+       insert feature in the terminal.  In fact,  they  will  not
+       use  hardware  line  delete/insert unless <STRONG>idlok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE)</STRONG>
+       has been set on the current window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..483003c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
+  * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 18:01:48 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_extend 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_extend 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>curses_version</STRONG>,  <STRONG>use_extended_names</STRONG> - miscellaneous curses
+       extensions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>curses_version(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_extended_names(bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are extensions to the curses library which
+       do not fit easily into other categories.
+
+       Use  <EM>curses</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>version()</EM> to get the version number, including
+       patch level of the library, e.g., <STRONG>5.0.19991023</STRONG>
+
+       The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>extended</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>names()</EM>  function  controls  whether  the
+       calling  application  is  able to use user-defined or non-
+       standard names which may be  compiled  into  the  terminfo
+       description, i.e., via the terminfo or termcap interfaces.
+       Normally these names are  available  for  use,  since  the
+       essential  decision  is made by using the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>
+       to compile extended terminal definitions.  However you can
+       disable  this  feature  to ensure compatibility with other
+       implementations of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>,      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG>key-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="keybound.3x.html">bound(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40a77c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_get_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_get_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_get_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> - get
+       (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal  key-
+       board
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wch(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvget_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>unget_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG> functions
+       read a character from the  terminal  associated  with  the
+       current  or  specified  window.   In  no-delay mode, if no
+       input is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  is  returned.   In  delay
+       mode,  the  program  waits  until  the  system passes text
+       through to the  program.   Depending  on  the  setting  of
+       <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>,  this  is  after  one  character (cbreak mode), or
+       after the first newline (nocbreak  mode).   In  half-delay
+       mode,  the  program waits until the user types a character
+       or the specified timeout interval has elapsed.
+
+       Unless <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> has been set, these routines echo the  char-
+       acter into the designated window.
+
+       If  the window is not a pad and has been moved or modified
+       since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> will  be  called
+       before another character is read.
+
+       If  <STRONG>keypad</STRONG>  is  enabled,  these  functions  respond to the
+       pressing of a function key by setting the  object  pointed
+       to  by  <EM>wch</EM>  to  the  corresponding  <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> value defined in
+       <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG> and returning  <STRONG>KEY_CODE_YES</STRONG>.   If  a  character
+       (such as escape) that could be the beginning of a function
+       key is received, curses sets a timer.  If the remainder of
+       the  sequence  does  arrive  within  the  designated time,
+       curses passes through  the  character;  otherwise,  curses
+       returns  the  function  key  value.  For this reason, many
+       terminals experience a  delay  between  the  time  a  user
+       presses the escape key and the time the escape is returned
+       to the program.
+
+       The <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> function pushes the wide character <EM>wch</EM>  back
+       onto the head of the input queue, so the wide character is
+       returned by the next call to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>.  The pushback of one
+       character  is  guaranteed.  If the program calls <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG>
+       too many times without an intervening call to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, the
+       operation may fail.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The  header  file  <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>  automatically  includes the
+       header file <STRONG>&lt;stdio.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       Applications should not define the escape key by itself as
+       a single-character function.
+
+       When  using  <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>,
+       applications should not use <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> mode and <STRONG>echo</STRONG> mode at
+       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
+       when each character is  typed,  the  program  may  produce
+       undesirable results.
+
+       All functions except <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> and <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       When <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wch</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>mvwget_wch</STRONG>  func-
+       tions  successfully report the pressing of a function key,
+       they return <STRONG>KEY_CODE_YES</STRONG>.  When they successfully report a
+       wide  character,  they  return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.  Otherwise, they return
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+       Upon successful completion, <STRONG>unget_wch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.   Other-
+       wise, the function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..159cebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_get_wstr.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_get_wstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_get_wstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG> - get an array of
+       wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>get_wstr(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getn_wstr(wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wget_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetn_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvget_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwget_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  effect  of <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG> is as though a series of calls to
+       <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG> were made, until a newline, other end-of-line,  or
+       end-of-file condition is processed.  An end-of-file condi-
+       tion is represented by <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG>, as defined in <STRONG>&lt;wchar.h&gt;</STRONG>.  The
+       newline  and end-of-line conditions are represented by the
+       <STRONG>\n</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> value.  In all instances, the end of the string
+       is  terminated  by a null <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>.  The routine places re-
+       sulting values in the area pointed to by <EM>wstr</EM>.
+
+       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.   If
+       keypad   mode   is   on   for  the  window,  <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> are both considered equivalent to the user's
+       kill character.
+
+       Characters  input are echoed only if <STRONG>echo</STRONG> is currently on.
+       In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the  pre-
+       vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+       The  effect of <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a series of calls to
+       <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+       The effect of <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a call to  <STRONG>move</STRONG>  and
+       then a series of calls to <STRONG>get_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+       The effect of <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG> is as though a call to <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> and
+       then a series of calls to <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> were made.
+
+       The <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>
+       functions  are  identical  to  the  <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG> functions, respectively, except
+       that  the <STRONG>*n_*</STRONG> versions read at most <EM>n</EM> characters, letting
+       the application prevent overflow of the input buffer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Using <STRONG>get_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvget_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwget_wstr</STRONG>, or  <STRONG>wget_wstr</STRONG>  to
+       read  a  line  that overflows the array pointed to by <STRONG>wstr</STRONG>
+       causes  undefined  results.    The   use   of   <STRONG>getn_wstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvgetn_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetn_wstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>, respectively, is
+       recommended.
+
+       These functions cannot return <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> values because there is
+       no  way  to  distinguish a <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> value from a valid <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>
+       value.
+
+       All of these routines except <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All of these functions return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon  successful  comple-
+       tion.  Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+       Functions  using  a window parameter return an error if it
+       is null.
+
+              <STRONG>wgetn_wstr</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if  the  associated  call  to
+                   <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> failed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in The Single Unix Specifi-
+       cation, Version 2.  No error conditions are defined.  This
+       implementation  returns ERR if the window pointer is null,
+       or if the lower-level <STRONG>wget_wch</STRONG> call returns  an  ERR.   In
+       the  latter  case,  an  ERR  return  without other data is
+       treated as an end-of-file condition, and the returned  ar-
+       ray contains a <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG> followed by a null <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+       X/Open  curses  documents these functions to pass an array
+       of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>, but all of the vendors  implement  this  using
+       <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       Functions:  <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b55ce1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.11 2008/05/17 19:37:05 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getcchar 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getcchar 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG>,  <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> - Get a wide character string and ren-
+       dition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> or set a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> from a wide-charac-
+       ter string
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcchar(</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setcchar(</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM> <STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG>  function  gets  a wide-character string and
+       rendition from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> argument.  When <EM>wch</EM> is not a null
+       pointer, the <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function does the following:
+
+       -    Extracts information from a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> value <EM>wcval</EM>
+
+       -    Stores  the  character  attributes  in  the  location
+            pointed to by <EM>attrs</EM>
+
+       -    Stores the color-pair in the location pointed  to  by
+            <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+       -    Stores  the  wide-character string, characters refer-
+            enced by <EM>wcval</EM>, into the array pointed to by <EM>wch</EM>.
+
+       When <EM>wch</EM> is a null pointer, the <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> function does the
+       following:
+
+       -    Obtains  the  number of wide characters pointed to by
+            <EM>wcval</EM>
+
+       -    Does not change  the  data  referenced  by  <EM>attrs</EM>  or
+            <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+       The  <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> function initializes the location pointed to
+       by <EM>wcval</EM> by using:
+
+       -    The character attributes in <EM>attrs</EM>
+
+       -    The color pair in <EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM>
+
+       -    The wide-character string pointed  to  by  <EM>wch</EM>.   The
+            string  must be L'\0' terminated, contain at most one
+            spacing character, which must be the first.
+
+            Up to <STRONG>CCHARW_MAX</STRONG>-1 nonspacing characters may  follow.
+            Additional nonspacing characters are ignored.
+
+            The  string  may  contain  a single control character
+            instead.  In that case, no nonspacing characters  are
+            allowed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The  <EM>opts</EM> argument is reserved for future use.  Currently,
+       an application must provide a null pointer as <EM>opts</EM>.
+
+       The <EM>wcval</EM> argument may be a value generated by a  call  to
+       <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG>  or by a function that has a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> output argu-
+       ment.  If <EM>wcval</EM> is constructed by  any  other  means,  the
+       effect is unspecified.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       When <EM>wch</EM> is a null pointer, <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> returns the number of
+       wide characters referenced by <EM>wcval</EM>.
+
+       When <EM>wch</EM> is not a null pointer, <STRONG>getcchar</STRONG> returns  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  upon
+       successful completion, and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> otherwise.
+
+       Upon  successful  completion, <STRONG>setcchar</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.  Other-
+       wise, it returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       Functions:  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="wcwidth.3.html">wcwidth(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7df663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.30 2006/12/02 17:02:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> - get
+       (or push back) characters from <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getch(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>has_key(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, routines  read  a
+       character  from the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input
+       is waiting, the value <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned.  In delay mode, the
+       program  waits until the system passes text through to the
+       program.  Depending on the setting of <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, this is  af-
+       ter  one  character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
+       line (nocbreak mode).  In  half-delay  mode,  the  program
+       waits  until a character is typed or the specified timeout
+       has been reached.
+
+       Unless <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> has been set, then the character  will  also
+       be echoed into the designated window according to the fol-
+       lowing rules: If the character is the current erase  char-
+       acter,  left  arrow, or backspace, the cursor is moved one
+       space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
+       <STRONG>delch</STRONG> had been called.  If the character value is any oth-
+       er <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> define, the user is  alerted  with  a  <STRONG>beep</STRONG>  call.
+       Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+       If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
+       fied since the last call to  <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>  will  be
+       called before another character is read.
+
+       If  <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, and a function key is pressed, the to-
+       ken for that function key is returned instead of  the  raw
+       characters.   Possible function keys are defined in <STRONG>&lt;curs-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>es.h&gt;</STRONG> as macros with values outside  the  range  of  8-bit
+       characters  whose  names begin with <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG>. Thus, a variable
+       intended to hold the return value of a function  key  must
+       be of short size or larger.
+
+       When a character that could be the beginning of a function
+       key is received (which, on modern terminals, means an  es-
+       cape character), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> sets a timer.  If the remainder of
+       the sequence does not come in within the designated  time,
+       the  character  is passed through; otherwise, the function
+       key value is returned.  For this  reason,  many  terminals
+       experience a delay between the time a user presses the es-
+       cape key and the escape is returned to the program.
+
+       The <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG> routine places <EM>ch</EM> back onto the input queue to
+       be returned by the next call to <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>.  There is just one
+       input queue for all windows.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Function</STRONG> <STRONG>Keys</STRONG>
+       The following function keys, defined in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>,  might
+       be  returned  by  <STRONG>getch</STRONG>  if <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> has been enabled.  Note
+       that not all of these are  necessarily  supported  on  any
+       particular terminal.
+
+
+            <EM>Name</EM>            <EM>Key</EM> <EM>name</EM>
+            KEY_BREAK       Break key
+            KEY_DOWN        The four arrow keys ...
+            KEY_UP
+            KEY_LEFT
+            KEY_RIGHT
+            KEY_HOME        Home key (upward+left arrow)
+            KEY_BACKSPACE   Backspace
+            KEY_F0          Function keys; space for 64 keys
+                            is reserved.
+            KEY_F(<EM>n</EM>)        For 0 &lt;= <EM>n</EM> &lt;= 63
+            KEY_DL          Delete line
+            KEY_IL          Insert line
+            KEY_DC          Delete character
+            KEY_IC          Insert char or enter insert mode
+            KEY_EIC         Exit insert char mode
+            KEY_CLEAR       Clear screen
+            KEY_EOS         Clear to end of screen
+            KEY_EOL         Clear to end of line
+            KEY_SF          Scroll 1 line forward
+            KEY_SR          Scroll 1 line backward (reverse)
+            KEY_NPAGE       Next page
+            KEY_PPAGE       Previous page
+            KEY_STAB        Set tab
+            KEY_CTAB        Clear tab
+            KEY_CATAB       Clear all tabs
+            KEY_ENTER       Enter or send
+            KEY_SRESET      Soft (partial) reset
+            KEY_RESET       Reset or hard reset
+            KEY_PRINT       Print or copy
+            KEY_LL          Home down or bottom (lower left)
+            KEY_A1          Upper left of keypad
+            KEY_A3          Upper right of keypad
+            KEY_B2          Center of keypad
+            KEY_C1          Lower left of keypad
+            KEY_C3          Lower right of keypad
+            KEY_BTAB        Back tab key
+            KEY_BEG         Beg(inning) key
+            KEY_CANCEL      Cancel key
+            KEY_CLOSE       Close key
+            KEY_COMMAND     Cmd (command) key
+            KEY_COPY        Copy key
+            KEY_CREATE      Create key
+            KEY_END         End key
+            KEY_EXIT        Exit key
+            KEY_FIND        Find key
+            KEY_HELP        Help key
+            KEY_MARK        Mark key
+            KEY_MESSAGE     Message key
+            KEY_MOUSE       Mouse event read
+            KEY_MOVE        Move key
+            KEY_NEXT        Next object key
+            KEY_OPEN        Open key
+            KEY_OPTIONS     Options key
+            KEY_PREVIOUS    Previous object key
+            KEY_REDO        Redo key
+            KEY_REFERENCE   Ref(erence) key
+            KEY_REFRESH     Refresh key
+            KEY_REPLACE     Replace key
+            KEY_RESIZE      Screen resized
+            KEY_RESTART     Restart key
+            KEY_RESUME      Resume key
+
+            KEY_SAVE        Save key
+            KEY_SBEG        Shifted beginning key
+            KEY_SCANCEL     Shifted cancel key
+            KEY_SCOMMAND    Shifted command key
+            KEY_SCOPY       Shifted copy key
+            KEY_SCREATE     Shifted create key
+            KEY_SDC         Shifted delete char key
+            KEY_SDL         Shifted delete line key
+            KEY_SELECT      Select key
+            KEY_SEND        Shifted end key
+            KEY_SEOL        Shifted clear line key
+            KEY_SEXIT       Shifted exit key
+            KEY_SFIND       Shifted find key
+            KEY_SHELP       Shifted help key
+            KEY_SHOME       Shifted home key
+            KEY_SIC         Shifted input key
+            KEY_SLEFT       Shifted left arrow key
+            KEY_SMESSAGE    Shifted message key
+            KEY_SMOVE       Shifted move key
+            KEY_SNEXT       Shifted next key
+            KEY_SOPTIONS    Shifted options key
+            KEY_SPREVIOUS   Shifted prev key
+            KEY_SPRINT      Shifted print key
+            KEY_SREDO       Shifted redo key
+            KEY_SREPLACE    Shifted replace key
+            KEY_SRIGHT      Shifted right arrow
+            KEY_SRSUME      Shifted resume key
+            KEY_SSAVE       Shifted save key
+            KEY_SSUSPEND    Shifted suspend key
+            KEY_SUNDO       Shifted undo key
+            KEY_SUSPEND     Suspend key
+            KEY_UNDO        Undo key
+
+       Keypad is arranged like this:
+
+
+                         +-----+------+-------+
+                         | <STRONG>A1</STRONG>  |  <STRONG>up</STRONG>  |  <STRONG>A3</STRONG>   |
+                         +-----+------+-------+
+                         |<STRONG>left</STRONG> |  <STRONG>B2</STRONG>  | <STRONG>right</STRONG> |
+                         +-----+------+-------+
+                         | <STRONG>C1</STRONG>  | <STRONG>down</STRONG> |  <STRONG>C3</STRONG>   |
+                         +-----+------+-------+
+       The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> routine takes a key value from the above list,
+       and returns TRUE or FALSE according to whether the current
+       terminal type recognizes a key with that value.  Note that
+       a  few  values  do  not  correspond  to  a real key, e.g.,
+       <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> and <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>.  See <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG> for more de-
+       tails  about  <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG>, and <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> for a discus-
+       sion of <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>.
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon  failure  and  an
+       integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (<STRONG>OK</STRONG> in the case of ungetch())
+       upon successful completion.
+
+              <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if there is no more  room  in
+                   the FIFO.
+
+              <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
+                   null, or if its timeout expires without having
+                   any data.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
+       ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a  delay  of
+       up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
+       ing function-key sequence.
+
+       Note that some keys may be the same as commonly used  con-
+       trol keys, e.g., <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> versus control/M, <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG>
+       versus control/H.  Some curses implementations may  differ
+       according  to  whether  they treat these control keys spe-
+       cially (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo def-
+       initions.   <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG>  uses  the terminfo definition.  If it
+       says  that  <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG>  is  control/M,  <STRONG>getch</STRONG>  will  return
+       <STRONG>KEY_ENTER</STRONG> when you press control/M.
+
+       When  using  <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, or <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG>, nocbreak
+       mode (<STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>) and echo mode (<STRONG>echo</STRONG>) should not be used at
+       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
+       when each character is typed, the program may produce  un-
+       desirable results.
+
+       Note that <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
+       by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard  of  the  AT&amp;T
+       7300,  aka  3B1,  aka Safari 4.  Modern personal computers
+       usually have only a small subset of these.   IBM  PC-style
+       consoles   typically  support  little  more  than  <STRONG>KEY_UP</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>KEY_DOWN</STRONG>,   <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>,   <STRONG>KEY_RIGHT</STRONG>,   <STRONG>KEY_HOME</STRONG>,    <STRONG>KEY_END</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>KEY_NPAGE</STRONG>, <STRONG>KEY_PPAGE</STRONG>, and function keys 1 through 12.  The
+       Ins key is usually mapped to <STRONG>KEY_IC</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.   They  read single-byte characters only.
+       The standard specifies that they return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  on  failure,
+       but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       The  echo  behavior of these functions on input of <STRONG>KEY_</STRONG> or
+       backspace characters was not specified in the  SVr4  docu-
+       mentation.  This description is adopted from the XSI Curs-
+       es standard.
+
+       The behavior of <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and friends in the presence of  han-
+       dled  signals  is  unspecified  in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+       documentation.  Under historical  curses  implementations,
+       it  varied depending on whether the operating system's im-
+       plementation  of  handled  signal  receipt  interrupts   a
+       <STRONG><A HREF="read.2.html">read(2)</A></STRONG>  call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+       mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or  non-
+       blocking mode has been set.
+
+       Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
+       for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does  not  in-
+       terrupt  <STRONG>getch</STRONG>;  (b)  signal  receipt interrupts <STRONG>getch</STRONG> and
+       causes it to return ERR with <STRONG>errno</STRONG> set  to  <STRONG>EINTR</STRONG>.   Under
+       the  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  implementation, handled signals never inter-
+       rupt <STRONG>getch</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> function is unique to <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>.   We  recommend
+       that  any  code  using it be conditionalized on the <STRONG>NCURS-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>ES_VERSION</STRONG> feature macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable  functions in the wide-character (ncursesw) li-
+       brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5f9d07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.15 2006/01/12 00:30:58 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG> - accept character strings from
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> terminal keyboard
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getnstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvgetnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwgetnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>getstr</STRONG> is equivalent to a series of calls to
+       <STRONG>getch</STRONG>, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
+       terminating  character  is  not  included  in the returned
+       string).  The resulting value is placed in the area point-
+       ed to by the character pointer <EM>str</EM>.
+
+       <STRONG>wgetnstr</STRONG>  reads  at  most  <EM>n</EM> characters, thus preventing a
+       possible overflow of the input buffer.  Any attempt to en-
+       ter more characters (other than the terminating newline or
+       carriage return) causes a beep.  Function keys also  cause
+       a  beep  and are ignored.  The <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG> function reads from
+       the <EM>stdscr</EM> default window.
+
+       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.   If
+       keypad   mode   is   on   for  the  window,  <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>KEY_BACKSPACE</STRONG> are both considered equivalent to the user's
+       kill character.
+
+       Characters  input are echoed only if <STRONG>echo</STRONG> is currently on.
+       In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the  pre-
+       vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.
+
+       In this implementation, these functions return an error if
+       the window pointer is null,  or  if  its  timeout  expires
+       without having any data.
+
+       This  implementation  provides an extension as well.  If a
+       SIGWINCH interrupts the function, it will  return  <STRONG>KEY_RE-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>SIZE</STRONG> rather than <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>getstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvgetstr</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwgetstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  They  read  single-byte  characters  only.   The
+       standard  does  not define any error conditions.  This im-
+       plementation returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or
+       if the lower-level <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> call returns an ERR.
+
+       SVr3  and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject
+       function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
+       cial  keys"  (such  as  function keys, "home" key, "clear"
+       key, <EM>etc</EM>.) are "interpreted", without giving details.   It
+       lied.   In  fact,  the  `character'  value appended to the
+       string by those implementations was  predictable  but  not
+       useful  (being,  in  fact, the low-order eight bits of the
+       key's KEY_ value).
+
+       The functions  <STRONG>getnstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvgetnstr</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>mvwgetnstr</STRONG>  were
+       present but not documented in SVr4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22b3aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.16 2007/05/12 16:34:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_getyx 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_getyx 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor
+       and window coordinates
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getparyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxyx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> macro places the current cursor position of  the
+       given window in the two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+       If  <EM>win</EM>  is  a  subwindow,  the  <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG> macro places the
+       beginning coordinates of the  subwindow  relative  to  the
+       parent  window into two integer variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.  Other-
+       wise, <STRONG>-1</STRONG> is placed into <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+       Like <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, the <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG> and  <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>  macros  store  the
+       current  beginning  coordinates  and size of the specified
+       window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The return values of these  macros  are  undefined  (i.e.,
+       they  should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
+       ment statements).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       All of these interfaces are macros.  A "<STRONG>&amp;</STRONG>" is  not  neces-
+       sary before the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> macros are
+       described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
+
+       This implementation also provides functions <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getb-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>egy</STRONG>,  <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcury</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG>, <STRONG>getparx</STRONG> and <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>pary</STRONG> for compatibility with older versions of curses.
+
+       Although X/Open Curses does not address this, many  imple-
+       mentations  provide  members  of the WINDOW structure con-
+       taining values corresponding to these  macros.   For  best
+       portability,  do  not  rely  on  using the data in WINDOW,
+       since some implementations  make  WINDOW  opaque  (do  not
+       allow direct use of its members).
+
+       Besides  the problem of opaque structures, the data stored
+       in like-named members may not have like-values in  differ-
+       ent  implementations.   For  example, the WINDOW._maxx and
+       WINDOW._maxy  values  in  ncurses  have  (at  least  since
+       release 1.8.1) differed by one from some other implementa-
+       tions.  The difference is hidden by  means  of  the  macro
+       <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab4083b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.2 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_in_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_in_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>in_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvin_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwin_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wch</STRONG> - extract a complex
+       character and rendition from a window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wch(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wcval</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These functions extract the complex character  and  rendi-
+       tion  from  the  current position in the named window into
+       the <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> object referenced by wcval.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       No errors are defined in the XSI  Curses  standard.   This
+       implementation  checks  for  null pointers, returns ERR in
+       that case.  Also, the <EM>mv</EM> routines check for  error  moving
+       the  cursor,  returning  ERR in that case.  Otherwise they
+       return OK
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f576286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_in_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/02 17:03:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_in_wchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_in_wchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>in_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG> -
+       get an array of complex characters and renditions from a
+       curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wchstr(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>in_wchnstr(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>win_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wchstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wchstr</EM>, int <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These functions return an array of complex  characters  in
+       <EM>wchstr</EM>,  starting  at  the  current cursor position in the
+       named window.  Attributes (rendition) are stored with  the
+       characters.
+
+       The  <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>win_wchn-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>str</STRONG> fill the array with at most <EM>n</EM> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> elements.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all routines except <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       Reading a line that overflows the array pointed to by <EM>wch-</EM>
+       <EM>str</EM>  with <STRONG>in_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchstr</STRONG> or <STRONG>win_wch-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>str</STRONG>  causes  undefined  results.  Therefore,  the  use  of
+       <STRONG>in_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvin_wchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin_wchnstr</STRONG>, or <STRONG>win_wchnstr</STRONG> is
+       recommended.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+       Otherwise, they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses defines no error conditions.  This imple-
+       mentation checks for null pointers, returning ERR in  that
+       case.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       Functions:  <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d601804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.13 2006/12/02 16:58:55 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>inch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>winch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvinch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwinch</STRONG>  -  get  a  character  and
+       attributes from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>inch(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>winch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return the character, of  type  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>,  at
+       the   current  position  in  the  named  window.   If  any
+       attributes are set for that  position,  their  values  are
+       OR'ed  into  the  value  returned.   Constants  defined in
+       <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG> can be used with the <STRONG>&amp;</STRONG> (logical  AND)  operator
+       to extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+   <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+       The  following  bit-masks  may  be  AND-ed with characters
+       returned by <STRONG>winch</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>A_CHARTEXT</STRONG>     Bit-mask to extract character
+       <STRONG>A_ATTRIBUTES</STRONG>   Bit-mask to extract attributes
+       <STRONG>A_COLOR</STRONG>        Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
+       library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b73cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:00:58 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inchstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inchstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>inchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>inchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinchstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvinchnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinchnstr</STRONG> - get a string of
+       characters (and attributes) from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inchnstr(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>mvwinchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return a NULL-terminated  array  of  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+       quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
+       named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
+       The  four  functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument, return a
+       leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> characters long (exclusive  of
+       the  trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       can be used with the <STRONG>&amp;</STRONG> (logical AND) operator  to  extract
+       the  character or the attribute alone from any position in
+       the <EM>chstr</EM> [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other  than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion
+       (the number of  characters  retrieved,  exclusive  of  the
+       trailing 0).
+
+       No  error  conditions are defined.  If the <EM>chstr</EM> parameter
+       is null, no data is returned, and the return value is  ze-
+       ro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note  that  all  routines  except <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+       SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
+       minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
+       ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
+       meaning of the return value.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It is no more specific than the SVr4  documenta-
+       tion on the trailing 0.  It does specify that the success-
+       ful return of the functions is <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)  li-
+       brary are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5fd544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:01 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_initscr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_initscr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> -
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen initialization and manipulation routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*initscr(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>endwin(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>isendwin(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*newterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*type,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*outfd,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*infd);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_term(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*new);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>delscreen(SCREEN*</STRONG> <STRONG>sp);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> is normally the first <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine to call  when
+       initializing  a program.  A few special routines sometimes
+       need to be called before it; these are  <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>,  <STRONG>filter</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>,  <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>.  For multiple-terminal applications,
+       <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
+       izes  all <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures.  <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> also causes the
+       first call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> to clear the screen.  If errors  oc-
+       cur,  <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> writes an appropriate error message to stan-
+       dard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned  to
+       <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+       A  program  that  outputs to more than one terminal should
+       use the <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>  routine  for  each  terminal  instead  of
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.  A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
+       it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
+       minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
+       use <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.  The routine <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> should  be  called  once
+       for each terminal.  It returns a variable of type <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>
+       which should be saved as a  reference  to  that  terminal.
+       The  arguments  are the <EM>type</EM> of the terminal to be used in
+       place of <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG>, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
+       and  another  file pointer for input from the terminal (if
+       <EM>type</EM> is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>, <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG> will be used).  The program must  also
+       call  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>  for  each terminal being used before exiting
+       from <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.  If <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called more than once for  the
+       same  terminal, the first terminal referred to must be the
+       last one for which <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> is called.
+
+       A program should always call <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> before exiting or  es-
+       caping  from  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  mode  temporarily.  This routine re-
+       stores tty modes, moves the cursor to the lower  left-hand
+       corner  of  the  screen  and  resets the terminal into the
+       proper non-visual mode.  Calling <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> after
+       a  temporary  escape  causes  the program to resume visual
+       mode.
+
+       The <STRONG>isendwin</STRONG> routine  returns  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>  if  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>  has  been
+       called without any subsequent calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>
+       otherwise.
+
+       The <STRONG>set_term</STRONG> routine is used to switch  between  different
+       terminals.   The screen reference <STRONG>new</STRONG> becomes the new cur-
+       rent terminal.  The previous terminal is returned  by  the
+       routine.   This  is  the  only  routine  which manipulates
+       <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> pointers; all other routines affect only  the  cur-
+       rent terminal.
+
+       The  <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG>  routine  frees storage associated with the
+       <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> data structure.  The <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>  routine  does  not  do
+       this, so <STRONG>delscreen</STRONG> should be called after <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if a par-
+       ticular <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> is no longer needed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure  and  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  upon
+       successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns an error if the terminal was not ini-
+       tialized.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.  It specifies that portable applications must not
+       call <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> more than once.
+
+       Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a
+       null  pointer  from  <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>  when  an  error is detected,
+       rather than exiting.  It is safe but  redundant  to  check
+       the return value of <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> in XSI Curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eec3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:18:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inopts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inopts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>, <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>keypad</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>, <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>raw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noraw</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input
+       options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nocbreak(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>echo(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>halfdelay(int</STRONG> <STRONG>tenths);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>intrflush(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keypad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>meta(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nodelay(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>raw(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>noraw(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>noqiflush(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>qiflush(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>notimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>timeout(int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wtimeout(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>typeahead(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fd);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until  a
+       newline  or  carriage return is typed.  The <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> routine
+       disables line buffering and erase/kill  character-process-
+       ing  (interrupt  and flow control characters are unaffect-
+       ed), making  characters  typed  by  the  user  immediately
+       available  to  the  program.  The <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> routine returns
+       the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
+
+       Initially the terminal may or may not be in  <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG>  mode,
+       as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
+       <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> or <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> explicitly.  Most interactive  programs
+       using  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> set the <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode.  Note that <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> over-
+       rides <STRONG>raw</STRONG>.  [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> for a  discussion  of  how
+       these routines interact with <STRONG>echo</STRONG> and <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.]
+
+       The  <STRONG>echo</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>noecho</STRONG> routines control whether characters
+       typed by the user are echoed by <STRONG>getch</STRONG> as they  are  typed.
+       Echoing by the tty driver is always disabled, but initial-
+       ly <STRONG>getch</STRONG> is in echo mode, so characters typed are  echoed.
+       Authors  of  most  interactive programs prefer to do their
+       own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not  to
+       echo  at  all,  so they disable echoing by calling <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>.
+       [See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> for a discussion of how these routines
+       interact with <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG>.]
+
+       The  <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>  routine is used for half-delay mode, which
+       is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode in that characters typed by  the
+       user  are  immediately available to the program.  However,
+       after blocking for <EM>tenths</EM> tenths of seconds,  ERR  is  re-
+       turned  if  nothing  has  been typed.  The value of <STRONG>tenths</STRONG>
+       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> to leave
+       half-delay mode.
+
+       If  the <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG> option is enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), when an
+       interrupt key  is  pressed  on  the  keyboard  (interrupt,
+       break,  quit)  all  output in the tty driver queue will be
+       flushed, giving the effect of faster response to  the  in-
+       terrupt, but causing <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to have the wrong idea of what
+       is on the screen.  Disabling (<EM>bf</EM>  is  <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>),  the  option
+       prevents  the flush.  The default for the option is inher-
+       ited from the tty driver settings.  The window argument is
+       ignored.
+
+       The  <STRONG>keypad</STRONG> option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
+       nal.  If enabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the user can press a  func-
+       tion  key (such as an arrow key) and <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> returns a sin-
+       gle value representing the function key, as  in  <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+       If  disabled (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>curses</STRONG> does not treat function
+       keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
+       sequences  itself.   If  the keypad in the terminal can be
+       turned on (made to transmit) and off (made to work  local-
+       ly),  turning on this option causes the terminal keypad to
+       be turned on when <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> is called.  The default value for
+       keypad is false.
+
+       Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
+       bits on input depends on the control mode of the tty driv-
+       er  [see  <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>].  To force 8 bits to be returned, in-
+       voke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>); this is equivalent, under POSIX,  to
+       setting  the CS8 flag on the terminal.  To force 7 bits to
+       be returned, invoke <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>); this is  equivalent,
+       under POSIX, to setting the CS7 flag on the terminal.  The
+       window argument, <EM>win</EM>, is always ignored.  If the  terminfo
+       capabilities  <STRONG>smm</STRONG> (meta_on) and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> (meta_off) are defined
+       for the  terminal,  <STRONG>smm</STRONG>  is  sent  to  the  terminal  when
+       <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>,  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>)  is called and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG> is sent when <STRONG>meta</STRONG>(<EM>win</EM>,
+       <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>) is called.
+
+       The <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG> option causes <STRONG>getch</STRONG> to be a non-blocking call.
+       If  no input is ready, <STRONG>getch</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.  If disabled (<EM>bf</EM>
+       is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), <STRONG>getch</STRONG> waits until a key is pressed.
+
+       While interpreting an input escape sequence, <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> sets a
+       timer  while  waiting  for the next character.  If <STRONG>notime-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>out(</STRONG><EM>win</EM>, <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) is called,  then  <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>  does  not  set  a
+       timer.  The purpose of the timeout is to differentiate be-
+       tween sequences received from a  function  key  and  those
+       typed by a user.
+
+       The  <STRONG>raw</STRONG> and <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> routines place the terminal into or out
+       of raw mode.  Raw mode is similar to <STRONG>cbreak</STRONG> mode, in  that
+       characters typed are immediately passed through to the us-
+       er program.  The differences are that in raw mode, the in-
+       terrupt,  quit,  suspend,  and flow control characters are
+       all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating  a
+       signal.   The  behavior  of the BREAK key depends on other
+       bits in the tty driver that are not set by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.
+
+       When the <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG> routine is used, normal flush of  input
+       and  output queues associated with the <STRONG>INTR</STRONG>, <STRONG>QUIT</STRONG> and <STRONG>SUSP</STRONG>
+       characters will not be done [see <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>].  When <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>
+       is  called,  the queues will be flushed when these control
+       characters are read.  You may want to call <STRONG>noqiflush()</STRONG>  in
+       a  signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+       the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+       The <STRONG>timeout</STRONG> and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG> routines  set  blocking  or  non-
+       blocking  read  for a given window.  If <EM>delay</EM> is negative,
+       blocking read is used (i.e., waits  indefinitely  for  in-
+       put).   If  <EM>delay</EM>  is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+       (i.e., read returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if no input is waiting).  If <EM>delay</EM>
+       is  positive, then read blocks for <EM>delay</EM> milliseconds, and
+       returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if there is still no input.  Hence, these rou-
+       tines  provide the same functionality as <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>, plus the
+       additional capability of being able to block for only  <EM>de-</EM>
+       <EM>lay</EM> milliseconds (where <EM>delay</EM> is positive).
+
+       The  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
+       looking for  typeahead  periodically  while  updating  the
+       screen.   If  input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
+       the current update is postponed until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> or  <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>
+       is  called again.  This allows faster response to commands
+       typed in advance.  Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
+       to  <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>,  or  <STRONG>stdin</STRONG> in the case that <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> was used,
+       will be used to do this typeahead checking.  The <STRONG>typeahead</STRONG>
+       routine  specifies  that  the  file descriptor <EM>fd</EM> is to be
+       used to check for typeahead instead.  If <EM>fd</EM> is -1, then no
+       typeahead checking is done.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this  im-
+       plementation,  functions  with a window parameter will re-
+       turn an error if it is null.  Any function will  also  re-
+       turn an error if the terminal was not initialized.  Also,
+
+              <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error if its parameter is outside
+                   the range 1..255.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The  ncurses  library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
+       torical practice of the AT&amp;T  curses  implementations,  in
+       that  the  echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
+       terminal state.  BSD curses differed from  this  slightly;
+       it left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD <STRONG>raw</STRONG>
+       call turned it off as a side-effect.  For best  portabili-
+       ty,  set  echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
+       tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>echo</STRONG>, <STRONG>noecho</STRONG>, <STRONG>halfdelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>intrflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>meta</STRONG>,  <STRONG>node-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>lay</STRONG>,  <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>noqiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>qiflush</STRONG>, <STRONG>timeout</STRONG>, and <STRONG>wtimeout</STRONG>
+       may be macros.
+
+       The <STRONG>noraw</STRONG> and <STRONG>nocbreak</STRONG> calls follow historical practice in
+       that  they  attempt  to  restore to normal (`cooked') mode
+       from raw and cbreak modes respectively.  Mixing  raw/noraw
+       and  cbreak/nocbreak  calls  leads  to  tty driver control
+       states that are hard to predict or understand; it  is  not
+       recommended.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="termio.7.html">termio(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e69d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_ins_wch.3x,v 1.3 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_ins_wch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_ins_wch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>ins_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvins_wch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwins_wch</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wch</STRONG> - insert a com-
+       plex character and rendition into a window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       #include &lt;curses.h&gt;
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wch(const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win,</EM> <EM>const</EM> <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM> <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_wch(int</STRONG> <EM>y,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>x,</EM> <EM>const</EM> <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM> <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win,</EM> <EM>int</EM> <EM>y,</EM> <EM>int</EM>  <EM>x,</EM>  <EM>const</EM>  <EM>cchar</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>t</EM>
+       <EM>*wch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines, insert the complex character <EM>wch</EM> with ren-
+       dition before the character under the cursor.  All charac-
+       ters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
+       right, with the possibility of the rightmost character  on
+       the  line  being  lost.   The insertion operation does not
+       change the cursor position.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       If successful, these functions return OK.   If  not,  they
+       return ERR.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ERRORS</H2><PRE>
+       No errors are defined.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d81870
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_ins_wstr.3x,v 1.4 2005/05/15 17:02:54 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_ins_wstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_ins_wstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>ins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>wins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvins_wstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvins_nwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_wstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr</STRONG> - insert a wide-
+       character string into a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_wstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr);</EM>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ins_nwstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wins_nwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_wstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvins_nwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_wstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>wstr</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines insert a <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> character string (as many
+       characters as will fit on the line) before  the  character
+       under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cur-
+       sor are shifted right, with the possibility of the  right-
+       most  characters  on  the line being lost.  No wrapping is
+       performed.  The cursor position  does  not  change  (after
+       moving  to  <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified).  The four routines with <EM>n</EM>
+       as the last argument insert a leading substring of at most
+       <EM>n</EM>  <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>  characters.   If  <EM>n</EM> is less than 1, the entire
+       string is inserted.
+
+       If a character in <EM>wstr</EM> is a tab, newline, carriage  return
+       or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
+       window.  A newline also does  a  <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG>  before  moving.
+       Tabs  are  considered  to be at every eighth column.  If a
+       character in <EM>wstr</EM> is  another  control  character,  it  is
+       drawn  in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation.  Calling <STRONG>win_wch</STRONG> after adding a
+       control character (and moving to it,  if  necessary)  does
+       not  return  the  control character, but instead returns a
+       character in the ^-representation of the  control  charac-
+       ter.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all but wins_nwstr may be macros.
+
+       If the first character in the string is a nonspacing char-
+       acter, these functions will fail.   XSI  does  not  define
+       what  will happen if a nonspacing character follows a con-
+       trol character.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  OK.
+       Otherwise, they return ERR.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ffe0ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.10 2006/12/02 17:01:50 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_insch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_insch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>insch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>winsch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG>  -  insert a character
+       before cursor in a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insch(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsch(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsch(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines insert the character <EM>ch</EM> before the  charac-
+       ter  under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the
+       cursor are moved one space to the right, with  the  possi-
+       bility  of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+       The insertion operation does not change the  cursor  posi-
+       tion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       These routines do not necessarily imply use of a  hardware
+       insert character feature.
+
+       Note that <STRONG>insch</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsch</STRONG>, and <STRONG>mvwinsch</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
+       library are described in <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a43951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.18 2006/12/24 14:59:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_insstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_insstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>insstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>winsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinsnstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwinsstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinsnstr</STRONG> - insert string before cursor  in  a
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>insnstr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinsnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinsnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+       ters as will fit on the line) before the  character  under
+       the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cursor are
+       shifted right with the possibility of the rightmost  char-
+       acters  on  the line being lost.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to  <EM>y</EM>,  <EM>x</EM>,  if  specified).   The
+       functions  with  <EM>n</EM>  as  the last argument insert a leading
+       substring of at most <EM>n</EM>  characters.   If  <EM>n</EM>&lt;=0,  then  the
+       entire string is inserted.
+
+       Special characters are handled as in <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
+       is null, an error is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all but <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
+
+       The  Single  Unix  Specification,  Version  2  states that
+       <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> perform wrapping.  This  is  probably
+       an error, since it makes this group of functions inconsis-
+       tent.  Also, no implementation of  curses  documents  this
+       inconsistency.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ae39e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_instr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_instr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>instr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>innstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>str</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnstr</STRONG> - get a string of characters from a  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>instr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>innstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>mvwinnstr(WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*win,</STRONG>  <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return  a  string  of  characters  in  <EM>str</EM>,
+       extracted  starting  at the current cursor position in the
+       named window.  Attributes are stripped  from  the  charac-
+       ters.   The  four  functions  with  <EM>n</EM> as the last argument
+       return a leading  substring  at  most  <EM>n</EM>  characters  long
+       (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  of the functions return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, or the num-
+       ber of characters actually read into the string.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
+       is null, a zero is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       SVr4 does not document whether a length limit includes  or
+       excludes the trailing NUL.
+
+       The  ncurses library extends the XSI description by allow-
+       ing a negative value for <EM>n</EM>.  In this case,  the  functions
+       return the string ending at the right margin.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17e13b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_inwstr.3x,v 1.5 2006/02/25 21:20:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_inwstr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_inwstr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>inwstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>,  <STRONG>winwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvinnwstr</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>mvwinwstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwinnwstr</STRONG> - get a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters
+       from a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>inwstr(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>innwstr(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>winnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvinnwstr(int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwinnwstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>win</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>y</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>n</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  return  a string of <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> characters in
+       <EM>wstr</EM>, extracted starting at the current cursor position in
+       the  named window.  Attributes are stripped from the char-
+       acters.  The four functions with <EM>n</EM> as  the  last  argument
+       return a leading substring at most <EM>n</EM> bytes long (exclusive
+       of the trailing NUL).  Transfer stops at the  end  of  the
+       current  line,  or  when  <EM>n</EM>  bytes have been stored at the
+       location referenced by <EM>wstr</EM>.
+
+       If the size <EM>n</EM> is not large  enough  to  store  a  complete
+       character, an error is generated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all routines except <STRONG>winnwstr</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure. Upon successful com-
+       pletion, the *<STRONG>inwstr</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, and the  *<STRONG>innwstr</STRONG>
+       routines  return  the  number  of characters read into the
+       string.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11f41d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.15 2005/05/15 16:18:13 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_kernel 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_kernel 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>resetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>, <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>napms</STRONG> - low-level <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>def_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_prog_mode(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>reset_shell_mode(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resetty(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>savetty(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>getsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>setsyx(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ripoffline(int</STRONG> <STRONG>line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*init)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>int));</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>curs_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>visibility);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>napms(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  following  routines  give low-level access to various
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities.  Theses routines typically  are  used
+       inside library routines.
+
+       The  <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>  routines save the
+       current terminal modes as the  "program"  (in  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>)  or
+       "shell"   (not  in  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>)  state  for  use  by  the  <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>set_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines.  This is done
+       automatically by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.  There is one such save area for
+       each screen context allocated by <STRONG>newterm()</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> routines  restore
+       the  terminal  to "program" (in <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) or "shell" (out of
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG>) state.  These are  done  automatically  by  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+       and,  after  an  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>, by <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, so they normally are
+       not called.
+
+       The <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> and <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>  routines  save  and  restore  the
+       state  of  the  terminal modes.  <STRONG>savetty</STRONG> saves the current
+       state in a buffer and <STRONG>resetty</STRONG> restores the state  to  what
+       it was at the last call to <STRONG>savetty</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> routine returns the current coordinates of the
+       virtual screen cursor in <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.  If <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is currently
+       <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>,  then <STRONG>-1</STRONG>,<STRONG>-1</STRONG> is returned.  If lines have been removed
+       from the top of the screen, using <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>  in-
+       clude  these lines; therefore, <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> should be used only
+       as arguments for <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> routine sets the virtual screen cursor to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>.
+       If <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> are both <STRONG>-1</STRONG>, then <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> is set.  The two rou-
+       tines <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> are designed to be used by  a  li-
+       brary  routine,  which manipulates <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows but does
+       not want to change the current position of  the  program's
+       cursor.   The library routine would call <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> at the be-
+       ginning, do its manipulation of  its  own  windows,  do  a
+       <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>  on  its  windows, call <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG>, and then call
+       <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG> routine provides access to the same facili-
+       ty  that  <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>  [see  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>] uses to reduce the
+       size of the screen.   <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>  must  be  called  before
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called.  If <EM>line</EM> is positive, a line
+       is removed from the top of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>; if <EM>line</EM> is negative,  a
+       line is removed from the bottom.  When this is done inside
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, the routine <STRONG>init</STRONG> (supplied by the user) is called
+       with  two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
+       dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
+       of columns in the window.  Inside this initialization rou-
+       tine, the integer variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>COLS</STRONG>  (defined  in
+       <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+       or <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> must not be called.  It is allowable  to  call
+       <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> during the initialization routine.
+
+       <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>  can  be called up to five times before calling
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> routine sets the cursor state is set  to  in-
+       visible,  normal,  or very visible for <STRONG>visibility</STRONG> equal to
+       <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG> respectively.  If  the  terminal  supports  the
+       <EM>visibility</EM>  requested,  the  previous  <EM>cursor</EM> state is re-
+       turned; otherwise, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned.
+
+       The <STRONG>napms</STRONG> routine is used to sleep for <EM>ms</EM> milliseconds.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>, these routines always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> returns the previous cursor state, or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if  the
+       requested <EM>visibility</EM> is not supported.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
+       tion
+
+              <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+              <STRONG>set_shell_mode</STRONG>
+                   return an error if the terminal was  not  ini-
+                   tialized,  or  if  the  I/O call to obtain the
+                   terminal settings fails.
+
+              <STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  maximum  number  of
+                   ripped-off  lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS =
+                   5).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&amp;</STRONG> is not necessary  before
+       the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
+
+       Older  SVr4  man  pages  warn  that  the  return  value of
+       <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> "is currently  incorrect".   This  implementation
+       gets  it  right, but it may be unwise to count on the cor-
+       rectness of the return value anywhere else.
+
+       Both ncurses and SVr4 will  call  <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>  in  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>  if
+       <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG>  has  been  called  to make the cursor other than
+       normal, i.e., either invisible or very visible.  There  is
+       no  way  for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state
+       to restore that.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described  in  the
+       XSI  Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as
+       described in XSI Curses.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> as hav-
+       ing  return  type  int.  This  is  misleading, as they are
+       macros with no documented semantics for the return  value.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1de590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.1 2007/04/07 23:54:29 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_legacy 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_legacy 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegy</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getcury</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG>, <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>parx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getpary</STRONG> - get <STRONG>curses</STRONG> cursor and window coordinates
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getbegy(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcurx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getcury(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmaxy(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getparx(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getpary(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>getbegy</STRONG> and <STRONG>getbegx</STRONG> functions return the same data  as
+       <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>getcury</STRONG> and <STRONG>getcurx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+       <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>getmaxy</STRONG> and <STRONG>getmaxx</STRONG> functions return the same data  as
+       <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>getpary</STRONG> and <STRONG>getparx</STRONG> functions return the same data as
+       <STRONG>getparyx</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These functions return an integer, or ERR  if  the  window
+       parameter is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       All  of  these interfaces are provided as macros and func-
+       tions.  The macros are suppressed (and only the  functions
+       provided)  when  <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG>  is defined.  The standard
+       forms such as <STRONG>getyx</STRONG> must be implemented as macros, and (in
+       this implementation) are defined in terms of the functions
+       described here, to avoid reliance on internal  details  of
+       the WINDOW structure.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions were supported on Version 7, BSD or System
+       V implementations.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2309482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.30 2006/12/30 23:43:34 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_mouse 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_mouse 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>, <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> - mouse interface through
+       curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>typedef</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>long</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t;</STRONG>
+
+       typedef struct
+       {
+           short id;         <EM>/*</EM> <EM>ID</EM> <EM>to</EM> <EM>distinguish</EM> <EM>multiple</EM> <EM>devices</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+           <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>z;</STRONG>      <EM>/*</EM> <EM>event</EM> <EM>coordinates</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+           <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>bstate;</STRONG>   <EM>/*</EM> <EM>button</EM> <EM>state</EM> <EM>bits</EM> <EM>*/</EM>
+       <STRONG>}</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>MEVENT;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>getmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ungetmouse(MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>mousemask(mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>newmask,</STRONG> <STRONG>mmask_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*oldmask);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>wenclose(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>mouse_trafo(int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pX,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>to_screen);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>wmouse_trafo(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW*</STRONG> <STRONG>win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>int*</STRONG> <STRONG>pX,</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>to_screen);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mouseinterval(int</STRONG> <STRONG>erval);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions provide an interface to mouse events from
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.  Mouse events are  represented  by  <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>
+       pseudo-key values in the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> input stream.
+
+       To  make mouse events visible, use the <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> function.
+       This will set the mouse events to  be  reported.   By  de-
+       fault,  no  mouse  events are reported.  The function will
+       return a mask to indicate which  of  the  specified  mouse
+       events  can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0.
+       If oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the  indicated
+       location  with  the  previous  value of the given window's
+       mouse event mask.
+
+       As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask  may  turn  off
+       the  mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it on.
+       Whether this happens is device-dependent.
+
+       Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
+
+
+       <EM>Name</EM>                     <EM>Description</EM>
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       BUTTON1_PRESSED          mouse button 1 down
+       BUTTON1_RELEASED         mouse button 1 up
+       BUTTON1_CLICKED          mouse button 1 clicked
+       BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 1 double clicked
+       BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 1 triple clicked
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       BUTTON2_PRESSED          mouse button 2 down
+       BUTTON2_RELEASED         mouse button 2 up
+       BUTTON2_CLICKED          mouse button 2 clicked
+       BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 2 double clicked
+       BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 2 triple clicked
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+       BUTTON3_PRESSED          mouse button 3 down
+       BUTTON3_RELEASED         mouse button 3 up
+       BUTTON3_CLICKED          mouse button 3 clicked
+       BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 3 double clicked
+       BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 3 triple clicked
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       BUTTON4_PRESSED          mouse button 4 down
+       BUTTON4_RELEASED         mouse button 4 up
+       BUTTON4_CLICKED          mouse button 4 clicked
+       BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 4 double clicked
+       BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 4 triple clicked
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       BUTTON5_PRESSED          mouse button 5 down
+       BUTTON5_RELEASED         mouse button 5 up
+       BUTTON5_CLICKED          mouse button 5 clicked
+       BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 5 double clicked
+       BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 5 triple clicked
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       BUTTON_SHIFT             shift was down during button state change
+       BUTTON_CTRL              control was down during button state change
+       BUTTON_ALT               alt was down during button state change
+       ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS         report all button state changes
+       REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION    report mouse movement
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+       Once a class of mouse events have been made visible  in  a
+       window, calling the <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG> function on that window may re-
+       turn <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> as an indicator that a mouse event has been
+       queued.   To read the event data and pop the event off the
+       queue, call <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>.  This function will return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  if  a
+       mouse  event  is actually visible in the given window, <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+       otherwise.  When <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG>, the  data  deposited
+       as  y  and  x  in  the event structure coordinates will be
+       screen-relative character-cell coordinates.  The  returned
+       state  mask  will have exactly one bit set to indicate the
+       event type.
+
+       The <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> function behaves  analogously  to  <STRONG>ungetch</STRONG>.
+       It  pushes a <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG> event onto the input queue, and as-
+       sociates with that event the given state data and  screen-
+       relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+       The  <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG>  function  tests  whether  a  given  pair of
+       screen-relative character-cell coordinates is enclosed  by
+       a  given  window, returning TRUE if it is and FALSE other-
+       wise.  It is useful for determining  what  subset  of  the
+       screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+       The <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG> function transforms a given pair of coor-
+       dinates from stdscr-relative  coordinates  to  coordinates
+       relative to the given window or vice versa.  Please remem-
+       ber, that stdscr-relative coordinates are not always iden-
+       tical  to window-relative coordinates due to the mechanism
+       to reserve lines on top or bottom of the screen for  other
+       purposes (see the <STRONG>ripoffline()</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> calls, for ex-
+       ample).  If the parameter <STRONG>to_screen</STRONG> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>, the  pointers
+       <STRONG>pY,</STRONG> <STRONG>pX</STRONG> must reference the coordinates of a location inside
+       the window <STRONG>win</STRONG>.  They are converted to window-relative co-
+       ordinates  and returned through the pointers.  If the con-
+       version was successful, the function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>.  If one
+       of  the  parameters was NULL or the location is not inside
+       the window, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> is returned.  If <STRONG>to_screen</STRONG> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, the
+       pointers  <STRONG>pY,</STRONG>  <STRONG>pX</STRONG>  must  reference window-relative coordi-
+       nates.  They are converted to stdscr-relative  coordinates
+       if  the  window <STRONG>win</STRONG> encloses this point.  In this case the
+       function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>.  If one of the parameters  is  NULL
+       or  the point is not inside the window, <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> is returned.
+       Please notice, that the referenced  coordinates  are  only
+       replaced  by  the converted coordinates if the transforma-
+       tion was successful.
+
+       The <STRONG>mouse_trafo</STRONG> function performs the same translation  as
+       <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG>, using stdscr for <STRONG>win</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> function sets the maximum time (in thou-
+       sands of a second) that can elapse between press  and  re-
+       lease  events  for  them to be recognized as a click.  Use
+       <STRONG>mouseinterval(0)</STRONG> to disable click resolution.  This  func-
+       tion returns the previous interval value.  Use <STRONG>mouseinter-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>val(-1)</STRONG> to obtain the interval without altering  it.   The
+       default is one sixth of a second.
+
+       Note  that  mouse  events will be ignored when input is in
+       cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
+       is  being simulated in a window by a function such as <STRONG>get-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>str</STRONG> that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG> and <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG> return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon  fail-
+       ure or <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon successful completion.
+
+              <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>
+                   returns an error.  If no mouse driver was ini-
+                   tialized, or if the mask parameter is zero,
+
+              <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the FIFO is full.
+
+       <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG> returns the mask of reportable events.
+
+       <STRONG>mouseinterval</STRONG> returns the previous interval value,  unless
+       the  terminal  was  not initialized.  In that case, it re-
+       turns the maximum interval value (166).
+
+       <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> and <STRONG>wmouse_trafo</STRONG> are boolean functions  returning
+       <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> depending on their test result.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  calls  were  designed  for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and are not
+       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+       version of curses.
+
+       The feature macro <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> is provided so the
+       preprocessor can be used to test  whether  these  features
+       are  present.   If  the interface is changed, the value of
+       <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> will be incremented.   These  values
+       for  <STRONG>NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION</STRONG> may be specified when configur-
+       ing ncurses:
+
+              1  has definitions for reserved events.   The  mask
+                 uses 28 bits.
+
+              2  adds definitions for button 5, removes the defi-
+                 nitions for reserved events.  The mask  uses  29
+                 bits.
+
+       The  order  of the <STRONG>MEVENT</STRONG> structure members is not guaran-
+       teed.  Additional fields may be added to the structure  in
+       the future.
+
+       Under  <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  these calls are implemented using ei-
+       ther xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or  platform-spe-
+       cific drivers including
+              Alessandro Rubini's gpm server.
+              FreeBSD sysmouse
+              OS/2 EMX
+       If  you  are  using  an  unsupported  configuration, mouse
+       events will not be visible to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> (and the  <STRONG>mouse-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>mask</STRONG> function will always return <STRONG>0</STRONG>).
+
+       If  the  terminfo entry contains a <STRONG>XM</STRONG> string, this is used
+       in the xterm mouse driver to control the way the  terminal
+       is initialized for mouse operation.  The default, if <STRONG>XM</STRONG> is
+       not found, corresponds to private mode 1000 of xterm:
+              \E[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;
+       The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
+       It  is  intended  for use with touch screens (which may be
+       pressure-sensitive)   or   with   3D-mice/trackballs/power
+       gloves.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+       Mouse  events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
+       ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled  by  <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>.
+       Instead,  the  xterm  mouse report sequence will appear in
+       the string read.
+
+       Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
+       a  window  with  its keypad bit off, since they are inter-
+       preted as a variety of function key.   Your  terminfo  de-
+       scription  should  have <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> set to "\E[M" (the beginning
+       of the response from xterm for mouse clicks).  Other  val-
+       ues  for  <STRONG>kmous</STRONG>  are permitted, but under the same assump-
+       tion, i.e., it is the beginning of the response.
+
+       Because there are  no  standard  terminal  responses  that
+       would  serve to identify terminals which support the xterm
+       mouse protocol, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> assumes that if your  $TERM  envi-
+       ronment  variable contains "xterm", or <STRONG>kmous</STRONG> is defined in
+       the terminal description, then the terminal may send mouse
+       events.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25c52b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_move 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_move 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>move</STRONG>, <STRONG>wmove</STRONG> - move <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wmove(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines move the cursor associated with the window
+       to line <EM>y</EM> and column <EM>x</EM>.  This routine does  not  move  the
+       physical  cursor  of the terminal until <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> is called.
+       The position specified is relative to the upper  left-hand
+       corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+       Specifically,  they  return an error if the window pointer
+       is null, or if the position is outside the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>move</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e0f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.6 2007/09/08 18:49:13 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_opaque 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_opaque 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>is_cleared</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_keypad</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>is_leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_nodelay</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_timeout</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_syncok</STRONG>
+       - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window properties
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_cleared(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_idcok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_idlok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_immedok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_keypad(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_leaveok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_nodelay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_notimeout(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_scrollok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_syncok(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetparent(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wgetscrreg(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*bottom);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This  implementation provides functions which return prop-
+       erties set in the WINDOW  structure,  allowing  it  to  be
+       ``opaque'' if the symbol <STRONG>NCURSES_OPAQUE</STRONG> is defined:
+
+       <STRONG>is_cleared</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_idcok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_idlok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_immedok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_keypad</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>keypad</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_leaveok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_nodelay</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>nodelay</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_notimeout</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>notimeout</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>is_syncok</STRONG>
+            returns the value set in <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>wgetparent</STRONG>
+            returns  the parent WINDOW pointer for subwindows, or
+            NULL for windows having no parent.
+
+       <STRONG>wgetscrreg</STRONG>
+            returns the top and bottom  rows  for  the  scrolling
+            margin as set in <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on  ncurses  ex-
+       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_win-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">dow(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d4a06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.21 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_outopts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_outopts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>immedok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> output options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>clearok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>idlok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>idcok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>immedok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>leaveok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setscrreg(int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wsetscrreg(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bot);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrollok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nl(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nonl(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines set options that change the style of output
+       within  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.   All  options are initially <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>, unless
+       otherwise stated.  It is not necessary to turn  these  op-
+       tions off before calling <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>.
+
+       If  <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as argument, the next call
+       to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> with this window will clear  the  screen  com-
+       pletely  and  redraw the entire screen from scratch.  This
+       is useful when the contents of the screen  are  uncertain,
+       or  in  some  cases for a more pleasing visual effect.  If
+       the <EM>win</EM> argument to <STRONG>clearok</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>,
+       the  next  call  to  <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>  with  any window causes the
+       screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as  second  argument,  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
+       terminals so equipped.  Calling <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second
+       argument  disables  use  of  line  insertion and deletion.
+       This option should be  enabled  only  if  the  application
+       needs  insert/delete  line, for example, for a screen edi-
+       tor.  It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
+       tends  to  be  visually annoying when used in applications
+       where it is not really needed.  If insert/delete line can-
+       not  be  used,  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> redraws the changed portions of all
+       lines.
+
+       If <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as second  argument,  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
+       acter feature of terminals so equipped.  Use of  character
+       insert/delete  is  enabled by default.  Calling <STRONG>idcok</STRONG> with
+       <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
+       tion and deletion.
+
+       If  <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is called with <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> <STRONG>as</STRONG> <STRONG>argument</STRONG>, any change in
+       the window image, such as the ones caused by <STRONG>waddch,</STRONG> <STRONG>wclr-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tobot,</STRONG>  <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG>,  etc.,  automatically  cause a call to <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>fresh</STRONG>.  However, it may degrade performance  considerably,
+       due  to repeated calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.  It is disabled by de-
+       fault.
+
+       Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the  location  of
+       the window cursor being refreshed.  The <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG> option al-
+       lows the cursor to be left wherever the update happens  to
+       leave  it.  It is useful for applications where the cursor
+       is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions.
+
+       The  <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>  and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> routines allow the applica-
+       tion programmer to set a software scrolling  region  in  a
+       window.   <EM>top</EM>  and <EM>bot</EM> are the line numbers of the top and
+       bottom margin of the scrolling region.  (Line 0 is the top
+       line  of the window.)  If this option and <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> are en-
+       abled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line caus-
+       es all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in
+       the direction of the first line.  Only  the  text  of  the
+       window  is  scrolled.   (Note  that this has nothing to do
+       with the use of a physical scrolling region capability  in
+       the terminal, like that in the VT100.  If <STRONG>idlok</STRONG> is enabled
+       and the terminal has either  a  scrolling  region  or  in-
+       sert/delete line capability, they will probably be used by
+       the output routines.)
+
+       The <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> option controls what happens when the  cursor
+       of  a  window  is  moved  off  the  edge  of the window or
+       scrolling region, either as a result of a  newline  action
+       on  the  bottom  line, or typing the last character of the
+       last line.  If disabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>), the cursor is left
+       on  the bottom line.  If enabled, (<EM>bf</EM> is <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>), the window
+       is scrolled up one line (Note that  to  get  the  physical
+       scrolling  effect on the terminal, it is also necessary to
+       call <STRONG>idlok</STRONG>).
+
+       The <STRONG>nl</STRONG> and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG> routines control  whether  the  underlying
+       display  device  translates the return key into newline on
+       input, and whether it translates newline into  return  and
+       line-feed  on output (in either case, the call <STRONG>addch('\n')</STRONG>
+       does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
+       screen).   Initially, these translations do occur.  If you
+       disable them using <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will be able to make  bet-
+       ter  use  of the line-feed capability, resulting in faster
+       cursor motion.  Also, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> will then be able  to  detect
+       the return key.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The functions <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG> return <STRONG>OK</STRONG> upon suc-
+       cess and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure.  All other routines that return
+       an integer always return <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.
+
+       In this implementation, those functions that have a window
+       pointer will return an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+       null.
+
+              <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if  the cursor position is
+                   about to wrap.
+
+              <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the scrolling region  lim-
+                   its extend outside the window.
+
+       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  This imple-
+       mentation returns an error if the window pointer is  null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on  the  question  of
+       whether  <STRONG>raw</STRONG>()  should  disable the CRLF translations con-
+       trolled by <STRONG>nl</STRONG>() and <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>().  BSD curses did turn off these
+       translations;  AT&amp;T  curses (at least as late as SVr1) did
+       not.  We choose to do so, on the theory that a  programmer
+       requesting  raw  input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean)
+       connection that the operating system will not alter.
+
+       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
+       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
+       <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>.  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+       Earlier  System  V  curses  implementations specified that
+       with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG> enabled, any window modification  triggering
+       a  scroll also forced a physical refresh.  XSI Curses does
+       not require this, and <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> avoids doing it  to  perform
+       better vertical-motion optimization at <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> time.
+
+       The  XSI  Curses standard does not mention that the cursor
+       should be made invisible  as  a  side-effect  of  <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>.
+       SVr4  curses  documentation  does  this, but the code does
+       not.  Use <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> to make the cursor invisible.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>, <STRONG>idcok</STRONG>, <STRONG>nl</STRONG>, <STRONG>nonl</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       The <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> routine is useful for windows that are used as
+       terminal emulators.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>,         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..967186c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_overlay 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_overlay 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>, <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG>, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> - overlay and manipulate
+       overlapped <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overwrite(const</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dstwin);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>copywin(const</STRONG>  <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*srcwin,</STRONG>  <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*dstwin,</STRONG>  <STRONG>int</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxrow,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>dmaxcol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>overlay);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>  and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines overlay <EM>srcwin</EM> on top
+       of <EM>dstwin</EM>.  <EM>scrwin</EM> and <EM>dstwin</EM> are not required to  be  the
+       same  size;  only  text  where  the two windows overlap is
+       copied.  The difference is that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> is non-destructive
+       (blanks  are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
+
+       The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity  of  con-
+       trol over the <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines.  Like in the
+       <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
+       tion  window,  (<EM>dminrow</EM>,  <EM>dmincol</EM>) and (<EM>dmaxrow</EM>, <EM>dmaxcol</EM>),
+       and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the  source  win-
+       dow, (<EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smincol</EM>).  If the argument <EM>overlay</EM> is <STRONG>true</STRONG>,
+       then copying is non-destructive, as in <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  upon  failure,
+       and  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion,  <STRONG>copywin</STRONG>,  <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>  and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> return an error if
+       either of the window pointers are null, or if some part of
+       the window would be placed off-screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
+       (adding the const qualifiers).  It further specifies their
+       behavior in the presence of characters with multibyte ren-
+       ditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e497181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:43 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_pad 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_pad 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>newpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>subpad</STRONG>, <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG> - create and display <STRONG>curses</STRONG> pads
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newpad(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subpad(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>prefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pmincol,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>sminrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smincol,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxrow,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>smaxcol);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pechochar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>pecho_wchar(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*pad,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*wch);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>newpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a  new
+       pad data structure with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>,
+       and columns, <EM>ncols</EM>.  A pad is like a window,  except  that
+       it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
+       sarily associated with a particular part  of  the  screen.
+       Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
+       part of the window will be on the screen at one time.  Au-
+       tomatic refreshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echoing
+       of input) do not occur.  It is not legal to call  <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>
+       with  a  <EM>pad</EM>  as  an  argument;  the  routines <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> or
+       <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> should be called instead.   Note  that  these
+       routines require additional parameters to specify the part
+       of the pad to be displayed and the location on the  screen
+       to be used for the display.
+
+       The <STRONG>subpad</STRONG> routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
+       window within a  pad  with  the  given  number  of  lines,
+       <EM>nlines</EM>,  and  columns,  <EM>ncols</EM>.   Unlike <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, which uses
+       screen coordinates, the window is  at  position  (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG>
+       <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>)  on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of
+       the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes made to one window affect
+       both windows.  During the use of this routine, it will of-
+       ten be necessary to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM> be-
+       fore calling <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines are analogous to
+       <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> except that they relate to  pads
+       instead  of windows.  The additional parameters are needed
+       to indicate what part of the pad and screen are  involved.
+       <EM>pminrow</EM>  and <EM>pmincol</EM> specify the upper left-hand corner of
+       the rectangle to be displayed in the pad.  <EM>sminrow</EM>,  <EM>smin-</EM>
+       <EM>col</EM>, <EM>smaxrow</EM>, and <EM>smaxcol</EM> specify the edges of the rectan-
+       gle to be displayed on the screen.  The  lower  right-hand
+       corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad is cal-
+       culated from the screen coordinates, since the  rectangles
+       must  be  the same size.  Both rectangles must be entirely
+       contained within their  respective  structures.   Negative
+       values of <EM>pminrow</EM>, <EM>pmincol</EM>, <EM>sminrow</EM>, or <EM>smincol</EM> are treat-
+       ed as if they were zero.
+
+       The <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> routine is functionally equivalent to a call
+       to  <STRONG>addch</STRONG>  followed by a call to <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, a call to <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>
+       followed by a call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, or a call to  <STRONG>waddch</STRONG>  fol-
+       lowed  by  a  call to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.  The knowledge that only a
+       single character is being output is taken into  considera-
+       tion  and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
+       formance gain might be seen by using  these  routines  in-
+       stead of their equivalents.  In the case of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>, the
+       last location of the pad on the screen is reused  for  the
+       arguments to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG>  function is the analogous wide-character
+       form of <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>.  It outputs one character to a pad  and
+       immediately  refreshes the pad.  It does this by a call to
+       <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG> followed by a call to <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return an integer return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  upon  failure
+       and  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on  error,  and
+       set <STRONG>errno</STRONG> to <STRONG>ENOMEM</STRONG>.
+
+       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  In this im-
+       plementation
+
+              <STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>pnoutrefresh</STRONG>
+                   return an error if the window pointer is null,
+                   or if the window is not really a pad or if the
+                   area to refresh extends off-screen or  if  the
+                   minimum coordinates are greater than the maxi-
+                   mum.
+
+              <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the window is not really a
+                   pad,  and the associated call to <STRONG>wechochar</STRONG> re-
+                   turns an error.
+
+              <STRONG>pecho_wchar</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the window is not really a
+                   pad,  and  the  associated call to <STRONG>wecho_wchar</STRONG>
+                   returns an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>pechochar</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG>curs_add-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">ch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15f76f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_print 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_print 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> - ship binary data to printer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mcprint(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*data,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>len);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This  function  uses the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> or <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities,
+       if they are present, to  ship  given  data  to  a  printer
+       attached to the terminal.
+
+       Note  that  the <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> code has no way to do flow control
+       with the printer or to know how  much  buffering  it  has.
+       Your  application  is  responsible for keeping the rate of
+       writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+       (typically  about  half  of its nominal cps rating).  Dot-
+       matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
+       handle  80cps,  so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
+       sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character  line.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG>  function  returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
+       aborted for some reason.  In this case, errno will contain
+       either  an  error  associated  with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
+       following:
+
+       ENODEV
+            Capabilities for printer redirection do not exist.
+
+       ENOMEM
+            Couldn't allocate sufficient  memory  to  buffer  the
+            printer write.
+
+       When <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> succeeds, it returns the number of characters
+       actually sent to the printer.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is  not
+       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+       version of curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+       Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not  be
+       interpreted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e88d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 16:05:17 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_printw 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_printw 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>printw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG>
+       - print formatted output in <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>printw(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvprintw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG>  <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>vwprintw(WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*win,</STRONG>  <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>var-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>glist);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vw_printw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG>  <STRONG>va_list</STRONG>  <STRONG>var-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>glist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>printw</STRONG>,  <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvprintw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvwprintw</STRONG> routines are
+       analogous to  <STRONG>printf</STRONG>  [see  <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>].   In  effect,  the
+       string that would be output by <STRONG>printf</STRONG> is output instead as
+       though <STRONG>waddstr</STRONG> were used on the given window.
+
+       The <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>wv_printw</STRONG>  routines  are  analogous  to
+       <STRONG>vprintf</STRONG>  [see  <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>]  and  perform  a <STRONG>wprintw</STRONG> using a
+       variable argument list.  The third argument is a  <STRONG>va_list</STRONG>,
+       a   pointer   to  a  list  of  arguments,  as  defined  in
+       <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return an integer return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  upon  failure
+       and  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion,  an  error  may  be  returned  if it cannot allocate
+       enough memory for the buffer used to format  the  results.
+       It will return an error if the window pointer is null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.  The function <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG> is marked TO  BE  WITHDRAWN,
+       and  is  to  be replaced by a function <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG> using the
+       <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG> interface.  The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
+       sion  2  states  that  <STRONG>vw_printw</STRONG>  is preferred to <STRONG>vwprintw</STRONG>
+       since the latter  requires  including  <STRONG>&lt;varargs.h&gt;</STRONG>,  which
+       cannot  be  used in the same file as <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG>.  This im-
+       plementation uses <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG> for both, because that header
+       is included in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h</STRONG>&gt;.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>vprintf(3)</STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e169d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.12 2005/05/15 16:18:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_refresh 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_refresh 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> - refresh <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows and lines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>refresh(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wnoutrefresh(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>doupdate(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>redrawwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wredrawln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>beg_line,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>num_lines);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>  routines  (or  <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>)  must be called to get actual output to the ter-
+       minal, as other routines  merely  manipulate  data  struc-
+       tures.   The  routine  <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> copies the named window to
+       the physical terminal screen, taking into account what  is
+       already there to do optimizations.  The <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> routine is
+       the same, using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>  as  the  default  window.   Unless
+       <STRONG>leaveok</STRONG>  has been enabled, the physical cursor of the ter-
+       minal is left at the location of the cursor for that  win-
+       dow.
+
+       The  <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> routines allow multiple up-
+       dates with more efficiency than <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> alone.  In  addi-
+       tion  to  all the window structures, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> keeps two data
+       structures representing the terminal  screen:  a  physical
+       screen,  describing  what is actually on the screen, and a
+       virtual screen, describing what the  programmer  wants  to
+       have on the screen.
+
+       The  routine <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> works by first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>,
+       which copies the named window to the virtual  screen,  and
+       then  calling  <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, which compares the virtual screen
+       to the physical screen and does the actual update.  If the
+       programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a se-
+       ries of calls to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> results in alternating calls  to
+       <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>  and <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>, causing several bursts of out-
+       put to the screen.  By first calling <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> for each
+       window, it is then possible to call <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> once, result-
+       ing in only one burst of output, with fewer total  charac-
+       ters transmitted and less CPU time used.  If the <EM>win</EM> argu-
+       ment to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> is the global variable <STRONG>curscr</STRONG>, the screen
+       is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
+       above is ambiguous.  What actually  happens  is  that  all
+       <EM>touched</EM>  (changed)  lines  in the window are copied to the
+       virtual screen.  This affects programs that  use  overlap-
+       ping  windows;  it  means that if two windows overlap, you
+       can refresh them in either order and  the  overlap  region
+       will be modified only when it is explicitly changed.  (But
+       see the section on <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> below for a  warning  about
+       exploiting this behavior.)
+
+       The <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG> routine indicates to <STRONG>curses</STRONG> that some screen
+       lines are corrupted and should be thrown away before  any-
+       thing  is  written  over  them.   It touches the indicated
+       lines (marking them  changed).   The  routine  <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG>()
+       touches the entire window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines  that  return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+       and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  In this im-
+       plementation
+
+              <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+                   null, or if the window is really a pad.
+
+              <STRONG>wredrawln</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if  the associated call to
+                   <STRONG>touchln</STRONG> returns an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>redrawwin</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+       Whether  <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG>  copies  to the virtual screen the
+       entire contents of a window or just its  changed  portions
+       has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
+       (including SVr4).  It might be unwise to  rely  on  either
+       behavior  in  programs  that  might have to be linked with
+       other curses implementations.  Instead, you can do an  ex-
+       plicit  <STRONG>touchwin()</STRONG> before the <STRONG>wnoutrefresh()</STRONG> call to guar-
+       antee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56618ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.14 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scanw 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scanw 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> - con-
+       vert formatted input from a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scanw(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvscanw(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vw_scanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vwscanw(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*fmt,</STRONG> <STRONG>va_list</STRONG> <STRONG>varglist);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG> routines  are  analogous  to
+       <STRONG>scanf</STRONG>  [see <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3.html">scanf(3)</A></STRONG>].  The effect of these routines is as
+       though <STRONG>wgetstr</STRONG> were called on the window, and the  result-
+       ing line used as input for <STRONG><A HREF="sscanf.3.html">sscanf(3)</A></STRONG>.  Fields which do not
+       map to a variable in the <EM>fmt</EM> field are lost.
+
+       The <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> and <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG> routines are analogous to <STRONG>vscanf</STRONG>.
+       They perform a <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG> using a variable argument list.  The
+       third argument is a <EM>va</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>list</EM>, a pointer to a list of  argu-
+       ments, as defined in <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on failure and an integer equal to the
+       number of fields scanned on success.
+
+       Applications may use the  return  value  from  the  <STRONG>scanw</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wscanw</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mvscanw</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>mvwscanw</STRONG>  routines to determine the
+       number of fields which were mapped in the call.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   The  function  <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+       and is to be replaced by a  function  <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG>  using  the
+       <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG> interface.  The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
+       sion 2 states that <STRONG>vw_scanw</STRONG>  is preferred to <STRONG>vwscanw</STRONG> since
+       the latter requires including <STRONG>&lt;varargs.h&gt;</STRONG>, which cannot be
+       used in the same file as <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG>.  This  implementation
+       uses  <STRONG>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</STRONG> for both, because that header is included
+       in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h</STRONG>&gt;.
+
+       Both XSI and The  Single  Unix  Specification,  Version  2
+       state  that  these  functions return ERR or OK.  Since the
+       underlying <STRONG>scanf</STRONG> can return the number of  items  scanned,
+       and the SVr4 code was documented to use this feature, this
+       is probably an editing error which was introduced in  XSI,
+       rather  than  being done intentionally.  Portable applica-
+       tions should only test if the return value is  ERR,  since
+       the  OK value (zero) is likely to be misleading.  One pos-
+       sible way to get useful results would be  to  use  a  "%n"
+       conversion  at the end of the format string to ensure that
+       something was processed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="scanf.3.html">scanf(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dd6321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.7 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scr_dump 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scr_dump 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> - read (write) a
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> screen from (to) a file
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_dump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_restore(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_init(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*filename);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> routine dumps the  current  contents  of  the
+       virtual screen to the file <EM>filename</EM>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>  routine  sets  the virtual screen to the
+       contents of <EM>filename</EM>, which must have been  written  using
+       <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG>.   The  next call to <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG> restores the screen
+       to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+       The <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> routine reads in the contents of <EM>filename</EM> and
+       uses  them  to initialize the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> data structures about
+       what the terminal currently has on its screen.  If the da-
+       ta is determined to be valid, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> bases its next update
+       of the screen on this information rather than clearing the
+       screen  and starting from scratch.  <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> is used after
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or a <STRONG>system</STRONG> call to share the screen with  another
+       process  which  has done a <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> after its <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> call.
+       The data is declared invalid if the terminfo  capabilities
+       <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG> and <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG> exist; also if the terminal has been writ-
+       ten to since the preceding <STRONG>scr_dump</STRONG> call.
+
+       The <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG> routine is a combination  of  <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>.   It  tells  the program that the information in
+       <EM>filename</EM> is what is currently on the screen, and also what
+       the  program  wants on the screen.  This can be thought of
+       as a screen inheritance function.
+
+       To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the  <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routines [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>].
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All  routines  return  the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       upon success.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion,  each  will  return  an  error if the file cannot be
+       opened.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note  that  <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG>,  <STRONG>scr_set</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>scr_restore</STRONG>  may  be
+       macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+       tions (adding the const qualifiers).
+
+       The SVr4 docs merely say under <STRONG>scr_init</STRONG> that the dump data
+       is  also  considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty
+       is old" but do not define "old".
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>,       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="system.3.html">system(3)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f41572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_scroll 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_scroll 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>scroll</STRONG>, <STRONG>scrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> - scroll a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scroll(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>scrl(int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wscrl(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>scroll</STRONG>  routine scrolls the window up one line.  This
+       involves moving the lines in the  window  data  structure.
+       As  an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
+       is the entire screen, the physical screen may be  scrolled
+       at the same time.
+
+       For  positive  <EM>n</EM>,  the  <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wscrl</STRONG> routines scroll the
+       window up <EM>n</EM> lines (line <EM>i</EM>+<EM>n</EM> becomes <EM>i</EM>);  otherwise  scroll
+       the  window  down <EM>n</EM> lines.  This involves moving the lines
+       in the window character image structure.  The current cur-
+       sor position is not changed.
+
+       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+       <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure, and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4  only
+       specifies "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.
+
+       This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
+       is  null,  or  if  scrolling is not enabled in the window,
+       e.g., with <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>scrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>scroll</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
+       ically  scrolling  immediately if the scroll region is the
+       entire screen "is"  performed,  not  "may  be"  performed.
+       This  implementation  deliberately does not guarantee that
+       this will occur, to leave open the possibility of  smarter
+       optimization  of  multiple  scroll actions on the next up-
+       date.
+
+       Neither the SVr4 nor the XSI documentation specify whether
+       the current attribute or current color-pair of blanks gen-
+       erated by the scroll function is zeroed.  Under  this  im-
+       plementation it is.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e76dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_slk 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_slk 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_on</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr_set</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>slk_attr_off</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> soft label
+       routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_init(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_set(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>fmt);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_refresh(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*slk_label(int</STRONG> <STRONG>labnum);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_clear(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_restore(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_touch(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attron(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attroff(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attrset(const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_on(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_off(const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr_set(const</STRONG> <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attrs,</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number,</STRONG> <STRONG>void*</STRONG> <STRONG>opts);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_attr(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>slk_color(short</STRONG> <STRONG>color_pair_number);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
+       labels that exist on many terminals.  For those  terminals
+       that do not have soft labels, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> takes over the bottom
+       line of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, reducing the size of <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> and the  vari-
+       able  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>.  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> standardizes on eight labels of up to
+       eight characters each. In addition to  this,  the  ncurses
+       implementation  supports  a mode where it simulates 12 la-
+       bels of up to five characters each. This  is  most  common
+       for  todays  PC  like  enduser  devices.  Please note that
+       ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines
+       at  the  bottom  of the screen, it does not try to use any
+       hardware support for this mode.
+
+       The <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG> routine must  be  called  before  <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>  or
+       <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> is called.  If <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> eventually uses a line from
+       <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> to emulate the soft labels, then <EM>fmt</EM> determines how
+       the  labels  are arranged on the screen.  Setting <EM>fmt</EM> to <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+       indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels, <STRONG>1</STRONG> indicates a
+       4-4 arrangement and <STRONG>2</STRONG> indicates the PC like 4-4-4 mode. If
+       <STRONG>fmt</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>3</STRONG>, it is again the PC like 4-4-4  mode,  but
+       in  addition  an index line is generated, helping the user
+       to identify the key numbers easily.
+
+       The <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG> routine requires <EM>labnum</EM> to be a label  number,
+       from <STRONG>1</STRONG> to <STRONG>8</STRONG> (resp. <STRONG>12</STRONG>); <EM>label</EM> must be the string to be put
+       on the label, up  to  eight  (resp.  five)  characters  in
+       length.   A  null string or a null pointer sets up a blank
+       label. <EM>fmt</EM> is either <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG>, or <STRONG>2</STRONG>,  indicating  whether  the
+       label  is  to be left-justified, centered, or right-justi-
+       fied, respectively, within the label.
+
+       The <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> routines correspond to
+       the <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> and <STRONG>wnoutrefresh</STRONG> routines.
+
+       The  <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG> routine returns the current label for label
+       number <EM>labnum</EM>, with leading and trailing blanks  stripped.
+
+       The  <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>  routine  clears  the  soft labels from the
+       screen.
+
+       The <STRONG>slk_restore</STRONG> routine restores the soft  labels  to  the
+       screen after a <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG> has been performed.
+
+       The  <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>  routine  forces  all the soft labels to be
+       output the next time a <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> is performed.
+
+       The <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> rou-
+       tines correspond to <STRONG>attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>attrset</STRONG>, <STRONG>attroff</STRONG> and <STRONG>attr_get</STRONG>.
+       They have an effect only if soft labels are  simulated  on
+       the  bottom line of the screen.  The default highlight for
+       soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
+       not document this fact).
+
+       The  <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG> routine corresponds to <STRONG>color_set</STRONG>. It has an
+       effect only if soft labels are  simulated  on  the  bottom
+       line of the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
+       tion
+
+              <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG>
+                   returns the attribute used for the soft  keys.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_clear</STRONG>,
+              <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_refresh</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_touch</STRONG>
+                   return  an  error if the terminal or the soft-
+                   keys were not initialized.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the terminal or the  soft-
+                   keys were not initialized.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_attr_set</STRONG>
+                   returns  an error if the terminal or the soft-
+                   keys were not initialized, or the  color  pair
+                   is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1, or opts
+                   is not null.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_color</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the terminal or the  soft-
+                   keys  were  not initialized, or the color pair
+                   is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_init</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the  format  parameter  is
+                   outside the range 0..3.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_label</STRONG>
+                   returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+              <STRONG>slk_set</STRONG>
+                   returns  an error if the terminal or the soft-
+                   keys were not initialized, or the  <EM>labnum</EM>  pa-
+                   rameter  is outside the range of label counts,
+                   or if the  format  parameter  is  outside  the
+                   range 0..2, or if memory for the labels cannot
+                   be allocated.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Most applications would use <STRONG>slk_noutrefresh</STRONG> because a <STRONG>wre-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>fresh</STRONG> is likely to follow soon.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+       tions.  It changes the argument type of the  attribute-ma-
+       nipulation  functions <STRONG>slk_attron</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attroff</STRONG>, <STRONG>slk_attrset</STRONG>
+       to be <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>, and adds <STRONG>const</STRONG> qualifiers. The format  codes
+       <STRONG>2</STRONG>  and <STRONG>3</STRONG> for <STRONG>slk_init()</STRONG> and the function <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> are spe-
+       cific to ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG>curs_re-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">fresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daf3a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.10 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_termattrs 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_termattrs 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>                                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>erasewchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG>, <STRONG>has_il</STRONG>, <STRONG>killchar</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>killwchar</STRONG>, <STRONG>longname</STRONG>,  <STRONG>term_attrs</STRONG>,  <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG>,  <STRONG>termname</STRONG>  -
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> environment query routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>baudrate(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>erasechar(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>erasewchar(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_ic(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>has_il(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>killchar(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>killwchar(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>ch</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*longname(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>term_attrs(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>termattrs(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*termname(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>baudrate</STRONG> routine returns the output speed of the ter-
+       minal.  The number returned is in  bits  per  second,  for
+       example <STRONG>9600</STRONG>, and is an integer.
+
+       The  <STRONG>erasechar</STRONG>  routine  returns  the user's current erase
+       character.
+
+       The <STRONG>erasewchar</STRONG> routine stores the current erase  character
+       in  the  location referenced by <EM>ch</EM>.  If no erase character
+       has been defined, the routine fails and the location  ref-
+       erenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
+
+       The <STRONG>has_ic</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete- character capabilities.
+
+       The <STRONG>has_il</STRONG> routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete-line  capabilities,  or  can  simulate  them  using
+       scrolling regions.  This might be used to determine if  it
+       would  be  appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
+       <STRONG>scrollok</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>killchar</STRONG> routine returns the user's current line  kill
+       character.
+
+       The <STRONG>killwchar</STRONG> routine stores the current line-kill charac-
+       ter in the location referenced by  <EM>ch</EM>.   If  no  line-kill
+       character  has  been  defined,  the  routine fails and the
+       location referenced by <EM>ch</EM> is not changed.
+
+       The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> routine returns a pointer to  a  static  area
+       containing  a verbose description of the current terminal.
+       The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
+       ters.   It  is  defined  only after the call to <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or
+       <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.  The area is overwritten by each call to  <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>
+       and  is  not  restored by <STRONG>set_term</STRONG>, so the value should be
+       saved between calls to <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> if <STRONG>longname</STRONG> is going to  be
+       used with multiple terminals.
+
+       If  a  given  terminal  does not support a video attribute
+       that an application program is trying to use,  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  may
+       substitute  a  different  video  attribute  for  it.   The
+       <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> and <STRONG>term_attrs</STRONG> functions return a logical <STRONG>OR</STRONG>  of
+       all  video  attributes  supported by the terminal using <EM>A</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG>
+       and <EM>WA</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG> constants respectively.  This information is  use-
+       ful  when a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program needs complete control over the
+       appearance of the screen.
+
+       The <STRONG>termname</STRONG> routine returns the  terminal  name  used  by
+       <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>termname</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+       Routines  that  return  an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+       and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.  It changes the return type of <STRONG>termattrs</STRONG> to the new
+       type  <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG>.  Most versions of curses truncate the result
+       returned by <STRONG>termname</STRONG> to 14 characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a245778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_termcap 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_termcap 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>, <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> - direct
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> interface to the terminfo capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;term.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>PC;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>UP;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>BC;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>extern</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <STRONG>ospeed;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetent(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*bp,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*name);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetflag(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tgetnum(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgetstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*id,</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>**area);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tgoto(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*cap,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>col,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>row);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*str,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>affcnt,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(int));</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are included as a conversion aid  for  pro-
+       grams  that use the <EM>termcap</EM> library.  Their parameters are
+       the same and the routines are emulated using the  <EM>terminfo</EM>
+       database.   Thus, they can only be used to query the capa-
+       bilities of entries for which a terminfo  entry  has  been
+       compiled.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> routine loads the entry for <EM>name</EM>.  It returns
+       1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1  if  the
+       terminfo  database  could  not  be  found.   The emulation
+       ignores the buffer pointer <EM>bp</EM>.
+
+       The <STRONG>tgetflag</STRONG> routine gets the boolean  entry  for  <EM>id</EM>,  or
+       zero if it is not available.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG>  routine gets the numeric entry for <EM>id</EM>, or -1
+       if it is not available.
+
+       The <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> routine returns the string entry  for  <EM>id</EM>,  or
+       zero  if  it  is  not  available.  Use <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> to output the
+       returned string.  The return value will also be copied  to
+       the  buffer pointed to by <EM>area</EM>, and the <EM>area</EM> value will be
+       updated to point past the null ending this value.
+
+       Only the first two characters of the <STRONG>id</STRONG> parameter of <STRONG>tget-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>flag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tgetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> are compared in lookups.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>  routine  instantiates  the parameters into the
+       given capability.  The output from this routine is  to  be
+       passed to <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>  routine  is described on the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       manual page.  It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
+       cap or terminfo name.
+
+       The variables <STRONG>PC</STRONG>, <STRONG>UP</STRONG> and <STRONG>BC</STRONG> are set by <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> to the ter-
+       minfo   entry's   data   for   <STRONG>pad_char</STRONG>,   <STRONG>cursor_up</STRONG>   and
+       <STRONG>backspace_if_not_bs</STRONG>,  respectively.   <STRONG>UP</STRONG>  is  not  used by
+       ncurses.  <STRONG>PC</STRONG> is used in the <STRONG>tdelay_output</STRONG> function.  <STRONG>BC</STRONG> is
+       used  in  the <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> emulation.  The variable <STRONG>ospeed</STRONG> is set
+       by ncurses in a  system-specific  coding  to  reflect  the
+       terminal speed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except  where  explicitly  noted,  routines that return an
+       integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4  only  speci-
+       fies  "an  integer  value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful
+       completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+       If you call <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG> to fetch <STRONG>ca</STRONG> or any other parameterized
+       string,  be  aware  that  it  will be returned in terminfo
+       notation, not the older and  not-quite-compatible  termcap
+       notation.  This will not cause problems if all you do with
+       it is call <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> or <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>,  which  both  expand  terminfo-
+       style  strings  as terminfo.  (The <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG> function, if con-
+       figured to support termcap, will check if  the  string  is
+       indeed  terminfo-style  by  looking for "%p" parameters or
+       "$&lt;..&gt;" delays, and invoke a termcap-style parser  if  the
+       string does not appear to be terminfo).
+
+       Because  terminfo  conventions for representing padding in
+       string capabilities differ  from  termcap's,  <STRONG>tputs("50");</STRONG>
+       will  put  out a literal "50" rather than busy-waiting for
+       50 milliseconds.  Cope with it.
+
+       Note that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's  <STRONG>sgr</STRONG>
+       string.   One consequence of this is that termcap applica-
+       tions assume me (terminfo <STRONG>sgr0</STRONG>) does not reset the  alter-
+       nate  character  set.  This implementation checks for, and
+       modifies the data shown to the termcap interface to accom-
+       modate termcap's limitation in this respect.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.  However, they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN  and  may
+       be removed in future versions.
+
+       Neither  the  XSI  Curses  standard nor the SVr4 man pages
+       documented the return values of <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> correctly,  though
+       all  three were in fact returned ever since SVr1.  In par-
+       ticular, an omission in the XSI Curses  documentation  has
+       been  misinterpreted  to  mean  that <STRONG>tgetent</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.  Because the purpose of these functions is to provide
+       compatibility  with  the <EM>termcap</EM> library, that is a defect
+       in XCurses, Issue 4, Version 2 rather than in ncurses.
+
+       External variables are provided  for  support  of  certain
+       termcap  applications.  However, termcap applications' use
+       of those variables is poorly documented, e.g., not distin-
+       guishing  between  input  and output.  In particular, some
+       applications are reported to declare and/or modify <STRONG>ospeed</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6877496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1999-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.30 2008/08/16 20:53:27 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_terminfo 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_terminfo 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>, <STRONG>putp</STRONG>, <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG>, <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG>, <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       interfaces to terminfo database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;term.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setupterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>fildes</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>errret</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>setterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*set_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>nterm</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_curterm(TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>oterm</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>restartterm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>fildes</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>errret</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tparm(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tputs(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>affcnt</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(int));</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putp(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidputs(chtype</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(int));</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vidattr(chtype</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vid_puts(attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*</STRONG><EM>putc</EM><STRONG>)(char));</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>vid_attr(attr_t</STRONG> <EM>attrs</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>short</STRONG> <EM>pair</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>opts</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvcur(int</STRONG> <EM>oldrow</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>oldcol</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <EM>newrow</EM>, int <EM>newcol</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetflag(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>tigetnum(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*tigetstr(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG><EM>capname</EM><STRONG>);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These low-level routines must be called by  programs  that
+       have to deal directly with the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database to handle
+       certain terminal capabilities, such as  programming  func-
+       tion  keys.   For all other functionality, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+       are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+
+       Initially, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> should  be  called.   Note  that  <STRONG>se-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tupterm</STRONG>  is  automatically  called by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> and <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.
+       This  defines  the  set  of  terminal-dependent  variables
+       [listed in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>].  The <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> variables <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and
+       <STRONG>columns</STRONG> are initialized by <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> as follows:
+
+              If <STRONG>use_env(FALSE)</STRONG> has been called, values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG>
+              and <STRONG>columns</STRONG> specified in <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> are used.
+
+              Otherwise,  if  the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and
+              <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> exist, their values are used.  If these en-
+              vironment variables do not exist and the program is
+              running in a window, the  current  window  size  is
+              used.   Otherwise,  if the environment variables do
+              not exist, the values for <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>columns</STRONG>  speci-
+              fied in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database are used.
+
+       The  header  files  <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG> and <STRONG>term.h</STRONG> should be included
+       (in this order) to get the definitions for these  strings,
+       numbers,  and  flags.   Parameterized  strings  should  be
+       passed through <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> to instantiate  them.   All  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+       strings  [including the output of <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>] should be printed
+       with <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> or <STRONG>putp</STRONG>.  Call the <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG> to  restore
+       the  tty modes before exiting [see <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>].  Pro-
+       grams  which  use  cursor  addressing  should  output  <STRONG>en-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>ter_ca_mode</STRONG>  upon  startup  and should output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG>
+       before exiting.  Programs desiring  shell  escapes  should
+       call
+
+       <STRONG>reset_shell_mode</STRONG>  and output <STRONG>exit_ca_mode</STRONG> before the shell
+       is called and should output  <STRONG>enter_ca_mode</STRONG>  and  call  <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>set_prog_mode</STRONG> after returning from the shell.
+
+       The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine reads in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database, ini-
+       tializing the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> structures, but does not set up the
+       output virtualization structures used by <STRONG>curses</STRONG>.  The ter-
+       minal type is the character string <EM>term</EM>; if <EM>term</EM> is  null,
+       the  environment  variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is used.  All output is to
+       file descriptor <STRONG>fildes</STRONG> which is  initialized  for  output.
+       If  <EM>errret</EM>  is  not null, then <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+       and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by <EM>er-</EM>
+       <EM>rret</EM>.   A  return value of <STRONG>OK</STRONG> combined with status of <STRONG>1</STRONG> in
+       <EM>errret</EM> is normal.  If <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> is returned, examine <EM>errret</EM>:
+
+              <STRONG>1</STRONG>    means that the terminal is hardcopy, cannot be
+                   used for curses applications.
+
+              <STRONG>0</STRONG>    means that the terminal could not be found, or
+                   that it is a generic type, having  too  little
+                   information for curses applications to run.
+
+              <STRONG>-1</STRONG>   means  that the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database could not be
+                   found.
+
+       If <EM>errret</EM> is null, <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> prints an error message  upon
+       finding an error and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+             <STRONG>setupterm((char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0);</STRONG>,
+
+       which  uses  all the defaults and sends the output to <STRONG>std-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>out</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is being replaced by  <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.   The
+       call:
+
+             <STRONG>setupterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>(int</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0)</STRONG>
+
+       provides  the  same  functionality  as <STRONG>setterm(</STRONG><EM>term</EM><STRONG>)</STRONG>.  The
+       <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> routine is included here  for  BSD  compatibility,
+       and is not recommended for new programs.
+
+       The  <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG>  routine  sets  the  variable <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG> to
+       <EM>nterm</EM>, and makes all of the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> boolean, numeric, and
+       string  variables  use  the values from <EM>nterm</EM>.  It returns
+       the old value of <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG> routine frees  the  space  pointed  to  by
+       <EM>oterm</EM> and makes it available for further use.  If <EM>oterm</EM> is
+       the same as <STRONG>cur_term</STRONG>, references to any  of  the  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+       boolean,  numeric, and string variables thereafter may re-
+       fer to invalid memory locations  until  another  <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>
+       has been called.
+
+       The  <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>  routine  is  similar  to  <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>, except that it is called after  restoring  memory
+       to  a  previous  state (for example, when reloading a game
+       saved as a core image dump).  It assumes that the  windows
+       and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
+       ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may  be
+       different.   Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
+       calls <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>, and then restores the bits.
+
+       The <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> routine instantiates the string <EM>str</EM> with parame-
+       ters  <EM>pi</EM>.  A pointer is returned to the result of <EM>str</EM> with
+       the parameters applied.
+
+       The <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>  routine  applies  padding  information  to  the
+       string  <EM>str</EM>  and  outputs  it.  The <EM>str</EM> must be a terminfo
+       string variable or the return value from  <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>,  <STRONG>tgetstr</STRONG>,
+       or <STRONG>tgoto</STRONG>.  <EM>affcnt</EM> is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+       not applicable.  <EM>putc</EM> is a <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine  to  which
+       the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+       The  <STRONG>putp</STRONG> routine calls <STRONG>tputs(</STRONG><EM>str</EM><STRONG>,</STRONG> <STRONG>1,</STRONG> <STRONG>putchar)</STRONG>.  Note that
+       the output of <STRONG>putp</STRONG> always  goes  to  <STRONG>stdout</STRONG>,  not  to  the
+       <EM>fildes</EM> specified in <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> routine displays the string on the terminal in
+       the video attribute mode <EM>attrs</EM>, which is  any  combination
+       of  the  attributes  listed in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.  The characters
+       are passed to the <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>-like routine <EM>putc</EM>.
+
+       The <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> routine is like the  <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG>  routine,  except
+       that it outputs through <STRONG>putchar</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG>  and <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG> routines correspond to vidattr
+       and vidputs, respectively.  They use a  set  of  arguments
+       for  representing  the  video attributes plus color, i.e.,
+       one of type attr_t for the attributes and one of short for
+       the color_pair number.  The <STRONG>vid_attr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vid_puts</STRONG> routines
+       are designed to use the attribute constants with  the  <EM>WA</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG>
+       prefix.   The  opts  argument  is reserved for future use.
+       Currently, applications must provide a  null  pointer  for
+       that argument.
+
+       The  <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>  routine  provides low-level cursor motion.  It
+       takes effect immediately (rather  than  at  the  next  re-
+       fresh).
+
+       The  <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>,  <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG> and <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routines return the
+       value of the capability corresponding to the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <EM>cap-</EM>
+       <EM>name</EM> passed to them, such as <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tigetflag</STRONG>  routine returns the value <STRONG>-1</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+       not a boolean capability, or <STRONG>0</STRONG> if it is canceled or absent
+       from the terminal description.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tigetnum</STRONG>  routine  returns the value <STRONG>-2</STRONG> if <EM>capname</EM> is
+       not a numeric capability, or <STRONG>-1</STRONG> if it is canceled  or  ab-
+       sent from the terminal description.
+
+       The  <STRONG>tigetstr</STRONG> routine returns the value <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)-1</STRONG> if <EM>cap-</EM>
+       <EM>name</EM> is not a string capability, or <STRONG>0</STRONG> if it is canceled or
+       absent from the terminal description.
+
+       The <EM>capname</EM> for each capability is given in the table col-
+       umn entitled <EM>capname</EM> code in the capabilities  section  of
+       <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+              <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*boolnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*boolcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*boolfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+              <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*numnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*numfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+              <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*strnames[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strcodes[]</STRONG>, <STRONG>*strfnames[]</STRONG>
+
+       These  null-terminated  arrays  contain  the <EM>capnames</EM>, the
+       <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> codes, and the full C names, for each of the  <STRONG>ter-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>minfo</STRONG> variables.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines  that  return  an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure
+       and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+       in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
+       tion
+
+              <STRONG>del_curterm</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if its terminal parameter  is
+                   null.
+
+              <STRONG>putp</STRONG> calls <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>, returning the same error-codes.
+
+              <STRONG>restartterm</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if the associated call to <STRONG>se-</STRONG>
+                   <STRONG>tupterm</STRONG> returns an error.
+
+              <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>
+                   returns an error if it cannot allocate  enough
+                   memory, or create the initial windows (stdscr,
+                   curscr, newscr).  Other error  conditions  are
+                   documented above.
+
+              <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if the string parameter is
+                   null.  It does not detect I/O  errors:  X/Open
+                   states  that <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> ignores the return value of
+                   the output function <EM>putc</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> routine should be used in place of  <STRONG>setterm</STRONG>.
+       It  may be useful when you want to test for terminal capa-
+       bilities without committing to the allocation  of  storage
+       involved in <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>.
+
+       Note that <STRONG>vidattr</STRONG> and <STRONG>vidputs</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>setterm</STRONG> is not described by X/Open and must
+       be considered non-portable.  All other  functions  are  as
+       described by X/Open.
+
+       <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>  copies  the terminal name to the array <STRONG>ttytype</STRONG>.
+       This is not part of X/Open Curses, but is assumed by  some
+       applications.
+
+       In  System V Release 4, <STRONG>set_curterm</STRONG> has an <STRONG>int</STRONG> return type
+       and returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> or <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.  We have chosen  to  implement  the
+       X/Open Curses semantics.
+
+       In System V Release 4, the third argument of <STRONG>tputs</STRONG> has the
+       type <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*putc)(char)</STRONG>.
+
+       At least one implementation of X/Open Curses (Solaris) re-
+       turns  a value other than OK/ERR from <STRONG>tputs</STRONG>.  That returns
+       the length of the string, and does no error-checking.
+
+       X/Open Curses prototypes <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> with a fixed number of  pa-
+       rameters,  rather than a variable argument list.  This im-
+       plementation uses a variable argument list.  Portable  ap-
+       plications  should  provide 9 parameters after the format;
+       zeroes are fine for this purpose.
+
+       X/Open notes that after calling <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>,  the  curses  state
+       may  not  match the actual terminal state, and that an ap-
+       plication should touch and refresh the window  before  re-
+       suming normal curses calls.  Both ncurses and System V Re-
+       lease 4 curses implement <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> using the SCREEN data allo-
+       cated in either <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>.  So though it is docu-
+       mented as a terminfo function, <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG> is  really  a  curses
+       function which is not well specified.
+
+       X/Open  states  that  the  old  location must be given for
+       <STRONG>mvcur</STRONG>.  This implementation allows the caller to use  -1's
+       for  the old ordinates.  In that case, the old location is
+       unknown.
+
+       Extended terminal capability names, e.g.,  as  defined  by
+       <STRONG>tic</STRONG> <STRONG>-x</STRONG>,  are  not  stored  in the arrays described in this
+       section.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG>curs_term-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">cap(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="putc.3.html">putc(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a2f0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.12 2008/04/12 18:22:51 tom Exp @
+  * ***************************************************************************
+  * ***************************************************************************
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_threads 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_threads 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>use_screen</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_window</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> thread support
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>typedef</STRONG>  <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG> <STRONG>type-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>def</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>(*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_escdelay(int</STRONG> <STRONG>size);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_tabsize(int</STRONG> <STRONG>size);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_screen(SCREEN</STRONG> <STRONG>*scr,</STRONG> <STRONG>NCURSES_WINDOW_CB</STRONG>  <STRONG>func,</STRONG>  <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*data);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG>  <STRONG>use_window(WINDOW</STRONG>  <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>NCURSES_SCREEN_CB</STRONG> <STRONG>func,</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>*data);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This implementation can be configured to provide  rudimen-
+       tary  support for multi-threaded applications.  This makes
+       a different set of libraries, e.g., <EM>libncursest</EM> since  the
+       binary interfaces are different.
+
+       Rather  than modify the interfaces to pass a thread speci-
+       fier to each function, it adds a few functions  which  can
+       be used in any configuration which hide the mutex's needed
+       to prevent concurrent use of  the  global  variables  when
+       configured for threading.
+
+       In  addition  to  forcing  access to members of the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>
+       structure to be via functions  (see  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>),  it
+       makes functions of the common global variables, e.g., COL-
+       ORS, COLOR_PAIRS, COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES,  TABSIZE  curscr,
+       newscr  and  ttytype.   Those  variables are maintained as
+       read-only values, stored in the <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG> structure.
+
+       Even this is not enough to make a thread-safe  application
+       using  curses.   A multi-threaded application would be ex-
+       pected to have threads updating separate  windows  (within
+       the same device), or updating on separate screens (on dif-
+       ferent devices).  Also, a few of the global variables  are
+       considered  writable  by some applications.  The functions
+       described here address these special situations.
+
+       The ESCDELAY and TABSIZE global variables are modified  by
+       some  applications.   To modify them in any configuration,
+       use the  <STRONG>set_escdelay</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>set_tabsize</STRONG>  functions.   Other
+       global variables are not modifiable.
+
+       The  <STRONG>use_window</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>use_screen</STRONG>  functions provide coarse
+       granularity mutexes for their respective <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> and <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG>
+       parameters,  and call a user-supplied function, passing it
+       a <EM>data</EM> parameter, and returning the value from  the  user-
+       supplied function to the application.
+
+   <STRONG>USAGE</STRONG>
+       All  of  the ncurses library functions assume that the lo-
+       cale is not altered during operation.  In  addition,  they
+       use data which is maintained within a hierarchy of scopes.
+
+              -  global data, e.g., used in the low-level termin-
+                 fo or termcap interfaces.
+
+              -  terminal  data,  e.g., associated with a call to
+                 <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>curterm</EM>.  The terminal data are  initialized
+                 when screens are created.
+
+              -  screen  data,  e.g.,  associated  with a call to
+                 <EM>newterm</EM> or <EM>initscr</EM>.
+
+              -  window data, e.g., associated  with  a  call  to
+                 <EM>newwin</EM>  or  <EM>subwin</EM>.  Windows are associated with
+                 screens.  Pads are  not  necessarily  associated
+                 with a particular screen.
+
+                 Most  curses applications operate on one or more
+                 windows within a single screen.
+
+              -  reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as
+                 parameters.
+
+       This table lists the scope of data used for each symbol in
+       the ncurses library  when  it  is  configured  to  support
+       threading:
+
+      Symbol                  Scope
+      -------------------------------------------------------------
+      BC                      global
+      COLORS                  screen (readonly)
+      COLOR_PAIR              reentrant
+      COLOR_PAIRS             screen (readonly)
+      COLS                    screen (readonly)
+      ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>escdelay</EM>)
+      LINES                   screen (readonly)
+      PAIR_NUMBER             reentrant
+      PC                      global
+      SP                      global
+      TABSIZE                 screen (readonly)
+      UP                      global
+      acs_map                 screen (readonly)
+      add_wch                 window (stdscr)
+      add_wchnstr             window (stdscr)
+      add_wchstr              window (stdscr)
+      addch                   window (stdscr)
+      addchnstr               window (stdscr)
+      addchstr                window (stdscr)
+      addnstr                 window (stdscr)
+      addnwstr                window (stdscr)
+      addstr                  window (stdscr)
+      addwstr                 window (stdscr)
+      assume_default_colors   screen
+      attr_get                window (stdscr)
+      attr_off                window (stdscr)
+      attr_on                 window (stdscr)
+      attr_set                window (stdscr)
+      attroff                 window (stdscr)
+      attron                  window (stdscr)
+      attrset                 window (stdscr)
+      baudrate                screen
+      beep                    screen
+      bkgd                    window (stdscr)
+      bkgdset                 window (stdscr)
+      bkgrnd                  window (stdscr)
+      bkgrndset               window (stdscr)
+      boolcodes               global (readonly)
+      boolfnames              global (readonly)
+      boolnames               global (readonly)
+      border                  window (stdscr)
+      border_set              window (stdscr)
+      box                     window (stdscr)
+      box_set                 window (stdscr)
+
+      can_change_color        terminal
+      cbreak                  screen
+      chgat                   window (stdscr)
+      clear                   window (stdscr)
+      clearok                 window
+      clrtobot                window (stdscr)
+      clrtoeol                window (stdscr)
+      color_content           screen
+      color_set               window (stdscr)
+      copywin                 window locks(source, target)
+      cur_term                terminal
+      curs_set                screen
+      curscr                  screen (readonly)
+      curses_version          global (readonly)
+      def_prog_mode           terminal
+      def_shell_mode          terminal
+      define_key              screen
+      del_curterm             screen
+      delay_output            screen
+      delch                   window (stdscr)
+      deleteln                window (stdscr)
+      delscreen               global locks(screenlist, screen)
+      delwin                  global locks(windowlist)
+      derwin                  screen
+      doupdate                screen
+      dupwin                  screen locks(window)
+      echo                    screen
+      echo_wchar              window (stdscr)
+      echochar                window (stdscr)
+      endwin                  screen
+      erase                   window (stdscr)
+      erasechar               window (stdscr)
+      erasewchar              window (stdscr)
+      filter                  global
+      flash                   terminal
+      flushinp                screen
+      get_wch                 screen (input-operation)
+      get_wstr                screen (input-operation)
+      getattrs                window
+      getbegx                 window
+      getbegy                 window
+      getbkgd                 window
+      getbkgrnd               window
+      getcchar                reentrant
+      getch                   screen (input-operation)
+      getcurx                 window
+      getcury                 window
+      getmaxx                 window
+      getmaxy                 window
+      getmouse                screen (input-operation)
+      getn_wstr               screen (input-operation)
+      getnstr                 screen (input-operation)
+      getparx                 window
+      getpary                 window
+      getstr                  screen (input-operation)
+      getwin                  screen (input-operation)
+      halfdelay               screen
+      has_colors              terminal
+      has_ic                  terminal
+      has_il                  terminal
+      has_key                 screen
+      hline                   window (stdscr)
+      hline_set               window (stdscr)
+      idcok                   window
+      idlok                   window
+      immedok                 window
+
+      in_wch                  window (stdscr)
+      in_wchnstr              window (stdscr)
+      in_wchstr               window (stdscr)
+      inch                    window (stdscr)
+      inchnstr                window (stdscr)
+      inchstr                 window (stdscr)
+      init_color              screen
+      init_pair               screen
+      initscr                 global locks(screenlist)
+      innstr                  window (stdscr)
+      innwstr                 window (stdscr)
+      ins_nwstr               window (stdscr)
+      ins_wch                 window (stdscr)
+      ins_wstr                window (stdscr)
+      insch                   window (stdscr)
+      insdelln                window (stdscr)
+      insertln                window (stdscr)
+      insnstr                 window (stdscr)
+      insstr                  window (stdscr)
+      instr                   window (stdscr)
+      intrflush               terminal
+      inwstr                  window (stdscr)
+      is_cleared              window
+      is_idcok                window
+      is_idlok                window
+      is_immedok              window
+      is_keypad               window
+      is_leaveok              window
+      is_linetouched          window
+      is_nodelay              window
+      is_notimeout            window
+      is_scrollok             window
+      is_syncok               window
+      is_term_resized         terminal
+      is_wintouched           window
+      isendwin                screen
+      key_defined             screen
+      key_name                global (static data)
+      keybound                screen
+      keyname                 global (static data)
+      keyok                   screen
+      keypad                  window
+      killchar                terminal
+      killwchar               terminal
+      leaveok                 window
+      longname                screen
+      mcprint                 terminal
+      meta                    screen
+      mouse_trafo             window (stdscr)
+      mouseinterval           screen
+      mousemask               screen
+      move                    window (stdscr)
+      mvadd_wch               window (stdscr)
+      mvadd_wchnstr           window (stdscr)
+      mvadd_wchstr            window (stdscr)
+      mvaddch                 window (stdscr)
+      mvaddchnstr             window (stdscr)
+      mvaddchstr              window (stdscr)
+      mvaddnstr               window (stdscr)
+      mvaddnwstr              window (stdscr)
+      mvaddstr                window (stdscr)
+      mvaddwstr               window (stdscr)
+      mvchgat                 window (stdscr)
+      mvcur                   screen
+      mvdelch                 window (stdscr)
+      mvderwin                window (stdscr)
+
+      mvget_wch               screen (input-operation)
+      mvget_wstr              screen (input-operation)
+      mvgetch                 screen (input-operation)
+      mvgetn_wstr             screen (input-operation)
+      mvgetnstr               screen (input-operation)
+      mvgetstr                screen (input-operation)
+      mvhline                 window (stdscr)
+      mvhline_set             window (stdscr)
+      mvin_wch                window (stdscr)
+      mvin_wchnstr            window (stdscr)
+      mvin_wchstr             window (stdscr)
+      mvinch                  window (stdscr)
+      mvinchnstr              window (stdscr)
+      mvinchstr               window (stdscr)
+      mvinnstr                window (stdscr)
+      mvinnwstr               window (stdscr)
+      mvins_nwstr             window (stdscr)
+      mvins_wch               window (stdscr)
+      mvins_wstr              window (stdscr)
+      mvinsch                 window (stdscr)
+      mvinsnstr               window (stdscr)
+      mvinsstr                window (stdscr)
+      mvinstr                 window (stdscr)
+      mvinwstr                window (stdscr)
+      mvprintw                window (stdscr)
+      mvscanw                 screen
+      mvvline                 window (stdscr)
+      mvvline_set             window (stdscr)
+      mvwadd_wch              window
+      mvwadd_wchnstr          window
+      mvwadd_wchstr           window
+      mvwaddch                window
+      mvwaddchnstr            window
+      mvwaddchstr             window
+      mvwaddnstr              window
+      mvwaddnwstr             window
+      mvwaddstr               window
+      mvwaddwstr              window
+      mvwchgat                window
+      mvwdelch                window
+      mvwget_wch              screen (input-operation)
+      mvwget_wstr             screen (input-operation)
+      mvwgetch                screen (input-operation)
+      mvwgetn_wstr            screen (input-operation)
+      mvwgetnstr              screen (input-operation)
+      mvwgetstr               screen (input-operation)
+      mvwhline                window
+      mvwhline_set            window
+      mvwin                   window
+      mvwin_wch               window
+      mvwin_wchnstr           window
+      mvwin_wchstr            window
+      mvwinch                 window
+      mvwinchnstr             window
+      mvwinchstr              window
+      mvwinnstr               window
+      mvwinnwstr              window
+      mvwins_nwstr            window
+      mvwins_wch              window
+      mvwins_wstr             window
+      mvwinsch                window
+      mvwinsnstr              window
+      mvwinsstr               window
+      mvwinstr                window
+      mvwinwstr               window
+      mvwprintw               window
+
+      mvwscanw                screen
+      mvwvline                window
+      mvwvline_set            window
+      napms                   reentrant
+      newpad                  global locks(windowlist)
+      newscr                  screen (readonly)
+      newterm                 global locks(screenlist)
+      newwin                  global locks(windowlist)
+      nl                      screen
+      nocbreak                screen
+      nodelay                 window
+      noecho                  screen
+      nofilter                global
+      nonl                    screen
+      noqiflush               terminal
+      noraw                   screen
+      notimeout               window
+      numcodes                global (readonly)
+      numfnames               global (readonly)
+      numnames                global (readonly)
+      ospeed                  global
+      overlay                 window locks(source, target)
+      overwrite               window locks(source, target)
+      pair_content            screen
+      pecho_wchar             screen
+      pechochar               screen
+      pnoutrefresh            screen
+      prefresh                screen
+      printw                  window
+      putp                    global
+      putwin                  window
+      qiflush                 terminal
+      raw                     screen
+      redrawwin               window
+      refresh                 screen
+      reset_prog_mode         screen
+      reset_shell_mode        screen
+      resetty                 terminal
+      resize_term             screen locks(windowlist)
+      resizeterm              screen
+      restartterm             screen
+      ripoffline              global (static data)
+      savetty                 terminal
+      scanw                   screen
+      scr_dump                screen
+      scr_init                screen
+      scr_restore             screen
+      scr_set                 screen
+      scrl                    window (stdscr)
+      scroll                  window
+      scrollok                window
+      set_curterm             screen
+      set_escdelay            screen
+      set_tabsize             screen
+      set_term                global locks(screenlist, screen)
+      setcchar                reentrant
+      setscrreg               window (stdscr)
+      setupterm               global
+      slk_attr                screen
+      slk_attr_off            screen
+      slk_attr_on             screen
+      slk_attr_set            screen
+      slk_attroff             screen
+      slk_attron              screen
+      slk_attrset             screen
+      slk_clear               screen
+
+      slk_color               screen
+      slk_init                screen
+      slk_label               screen
+      slk_noutrefresh         screen
+      slk_refresh             screen
+      slk_restore             screen
+      slk_set                 screen
+      slk_touch               screen
+      slk_wset                screen
+      standend                window
+      standout                window
+      start_color             screen
+      stdscr                  screen (readonly)
+      strcodes                global (readonly)
+      strfnames               global (readonly)
+      strnames                global (readonly)
+      subpad                  window
+      subwin                  window
+      syncok                  window
+      term_attrs              screen
+      termattrs               screen
+      termname                terminal
+      tgetent                 global
+      tgetflag                global
+      tgetnum                 global
+      tgetstr                 global
+      tgoto                   global
+      tigetflag               terminal
+      tigetnum                terminal
+      tigetstr                terminal
+      timeout                 window (stdscr)
+      touchline               window
+      touchwin                window
+      tparm                   global (static data)
+      tputs                   screen
+      trace                   global (static data)
+      ttytype                 screen (readonly)
+      typeahead               screen
+      unctrl                  screen
+      unget_wch               screen (input-operation)
+      ungetch                 screen (input-operation)
+      ungetmouse              screen (input-operation)
+      untouchwin              window
+      use_default_colors      screen
+      use_env                 global (static data)
+      use_extended_names      global (static data)
+      use_legacy_coding       screen
+      use_screen              global locks(screenlist, screen)
+      use_window              global locks(windowlist, window)
+      vid_attr                screen
+      vid_puts                screen
+      vidattr                 screen
+      vidputs                 screen
+      vline                   window (stdscr)
+      vline_set               window (stdscr)
+      vw_printw               window
+      vw_scanw                screen
+      vwprintw                window
+      vwscanw                 screen
+      wadd_wch                window
+      wadd_wchnstr            window
+      wadd_wchstr             window
+      waddch                  window
+      waddchnstr              window
+      waddchstr               window
+      waddnstr                window
+
+      waddnwstr               window
+      waddstr                 window
+      waddwstr                window
+      wattr_get               window
+      wattr_off               window
+      wattr_on                window
+      wattr_set               window
+      wattroff                window
+      wattron                 window
+      wattrset                window
+      wbkgd                   window
+      wbkgdset                window
+      wbkgrnd                 window
+      wbkgrndset              window
+      wborder                 window
+      wborder_set             window
+      wchgat                  window
+      wclear                  window
+      wclrtobot               window
+      wclrtoeol               window
+      wcolor_set              window
+      wcursyncup              screen (affects window plus parents)
+      wdelch                  window
+      wdeleteln               window
+      wecho_wchar             window
+      wechochar               window
+      wenclose                window
+      werase                  window
+      wget_wch                screen (input-operation)
+      wget_wstr               screen (input-operation)
+      wgetbkgrnd              window
+      wgetch                  screen (input-operation)
+      wgetn_wstr              screen (input-operation)
+      wgetnstr                screen (input-operation)
+      wgetparent              window
+      wgetscrreg              window
+      wgetstr                 screen (input-operation)
+      whline                  window
+      whline_set              window
+      win_wch                 window
+      win_wchnstr             window
+      win_wchstr              window
+      winch                   window
+      winchnstr               window
+      winchstr                window
+      winnstr                 window
+      winnwstr                window
+      wins_nwstr              window
+      wins_wch                window
+      wins_wstr               window
+      winsch                  window
+      winsdelln               window
+      winsertln               window
+      winsnstr                window
+      winsstr                 window
+      winstr                  window
+      winwstr                 window
+      wmouse_trafo            window
+      wmove                   window
+      wnoutrefresh            screen
+      wprintw                 window
+      wredrawln               window
+      wrefresh                screen
+      wresize                 window locks(windowlist)
+      wscanw                  screen
+      wscrl                   window
+
+      wsetscrreg              window
+      wstandend               window
+      wstandout               window
+      wsyncdown               screen (affects window plus parents)
+      wsyncup                 screen (affects window plus parents)
+      wtimeout                window
+      wtouchln                window
+      wunctrl                 global (static data)
+      wvline                  window
+      wvline_set              window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on  ncurses  ex-
+       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_threads.3x.html">curs_threads(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42c0fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.11 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_touch 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_touch 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>touchline</STRONG>, <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> refresh control routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>touchline(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>start,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>untouchwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wtouchln(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>changed);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_linetouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>line);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_wintouched(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> and <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> routines throw away  all  opti-
+       mization  information about which parts of the window have
+       been touched, by pretending that  the  entire  window  has
+       been  drawn  on.   This  is sometimes necessary when using
+       overlapping windows, since a change to one window  affects
+       the other window, but the records of which lines have been
+       changed in the other window do  not  reflect  the  change.
+       The  routine <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> only pretends that <EM>count</EM> lines have
+       been changed, beginning with line <EM>start</EM>.
+
+       The <STRONG>untouchwin</STRONG> routine marks all lines in  the  window  as
+       unchanged since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> routine makes <EM>n</EM> lines in the window, starting
+       at line <EM>y</EM>, look as if they have (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=1</STRONG>)  or  have  not
+       (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=0</STRONG>)  been changed since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> and <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> routines return  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>
+       if  the  specified line/window was modified since the last
+       call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>; otherwise they return <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.   In  addi-
+       tion,  <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if <EM>line</EM> is not valid for
+       the given window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
+       unless otherwise noted in the preceding  routine  descrip-
+       tions.
+
+       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  In this im-
+       plementation
+
+              <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+                   null,  or  if  the  line number is outside the
+                   window.  Note that ERR is distinct  from  TRUE
+                   and  FALSE, which are the normal return values
+                   of this function.
+
+              <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+                   null,  or  if  the  line number is outside the
+                   window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
+       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
+       <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG>  <STRONG>1)</STRONG>  by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>scr)</STRONG>.  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Note that all routines except <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> may be macros.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24a8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2000-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.8 2007/02/24 17:33:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_trace 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_trace 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracedump</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr</STRONG>, <STRONG>_traceattr2</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>_nc_tracebits</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechar</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechtype</STRONG>, <STRONG>_tracechtype2</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>_tracemouse</STRONG>, <STRONG>trace</STRONG> - <STRONG>curses</STRONG> debugging routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_tracef(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*format,</STRONG> <STRONG>...);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>_tracedump(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*label,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_traceattr(attr_t</STRONG> <STRONG>attr);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_traceattr2(int</STRONG> <STRONG>buffer,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_nc_tracebits(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechar(int);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechtype(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracechtype2(int</STRONG> <STRONG>buffer,</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>ch);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*_tracemouse(const</STRONG> <STRONG>MEVENT</STRONG> <STRONG>*event);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>trace(const</STRONG> <STRONG>unsigned</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>param);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>trace</STRONG> routines are used for debugging the ncurses li-
+       braries, as well as applications which use the ncurses li-
+       braries.  These functions are normally available only with
+       the debugging library <EM>libncurses</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>g.a</EM>, but may be  compiled
+       into  any  model (shared, static, profile) by defining the
+       symbol <STRONG>TRACE</STRONG>.
+
+       The principal parts of this interface are the  <STRONG>trace</STRONG>  rou-
+       tine which selectively enables different tracing features,
+       and the <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG> routine which writes formatted data to the
+       <EM>trace</EM> file.
+
+       Calling  <STRONG>trace</STRONG>  with  a  nonzero  parameter opens the file
+       <STRONG>trace</STRONG> in the current directory for output.  The  parameter
+       is formed by OR'ing values from the list of <STRONG>TRACE_</STRONG><EM>xxx</EM> def-
+       initions in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.  These include:
+
+       TRACE_DISABLE
+            turn off tracing.
+
+       TRACE_TIMES
+            trace user and system times of updates.
+
+       TRACE_TPUTS
+            trace tputs calls.
+
+       TRACE_UPDATE
+            trace update actions, old &amp; new screens.
+
+       TRACE_MOVE
+            trace cursor movement and scrolling.
+
+       TRACE_CHARPUT
+            trace all character outputs.
+
+       TRACE_ORDINARY
+            trace all update actions.  The  old  and  new  screen
+            contents  are  written to the trace file for each re-
+            fresh.
+
+       TRACE_CALLS
+            trace all curses calls.  The parameters for each call
+            are traced, as well as return values.
+
+       TRACE_VIRTPUT
+            trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+
+       TRACE_IEVENT
+            trace low-level input processing, including timeouts.
+
+       TRACE_BITS
+            trace state of TTY control bits.
+
+       TRACE_ICALLS
+            trace internal/nested calls.
+
+       TRACE_CCALLS
+            trace per-character calls.
+
+       TRACE_DATABASE
+            trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data.
+
+       TRACE_ATTRS
+            trace changes to video attributes and colors.
+
+       TRACE_MAXIMUM
+            maximum trace level,  enables  all  of  the  separate
+            trace features.
+
+       Some  tracing  features are enabled whenever the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> pa-
+       rameter is nonzero.  Some features overlap.  The  specific
+       names are used as a guideline.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines  which  return a value are designed to be used as
+       parameters to the <STRONG>_tracef</STRONG> routine.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These functions are not part of the XSI  interface.   Some
+       other  curses  implementations  are known to have similar,
+       undocumented features, but they are  not  compatible  with
+       ncurses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..981a372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.26 2008/10/11 20:32:56 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_util 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_util 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG>, <STRONG>filter</STRONG>, <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, <STRONG>getwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>key_name</STRONG>, <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG>, <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, <STRONG>use_env</STRONG>, <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG> - miscellaneous
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> utility routines
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*unctrl(chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*wunctrl(cchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>*c);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*keyname(int</STRONG> <STRONG>c);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*key_name(wchar_t</STRONG> <STRONG>w);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>filter(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>nofilter(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>use_env(bool</STRONG> <STRONG>f);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>putwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*getwin(FILE</STRONG> <STRONG>*filep);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delay_output(int</STRONG> <STRONG>ms);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>flushinp(void);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>  routine returns a character string which is a
+       printable representation of the character <EM>c</EM>, ignoring  at-
+       tributes.   Control characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> no-
+       tation.  Printing characters are  displayed  as  is.   The
+       corresponding  <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG>  returns a printable representation
+       of a wide-character.
+
+       The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> routine returns a character string correspond-
+       ing to the key <EM>c</EM>:
+
+          -  Printable  characters  are  displayed as themselves,
+             e.g., a one-character string containing the key.
+
+          -  Control characters are displayed in the <STRONG>^</STRONG><EM>X</EM> notation.
+
+          -  DEL (character 127) is displayed as <STRONG>^?</STRONG>.
+
+          -  Values  above 128 are either meta characters (if the
+             screen has not been initialized, or if <STRONG>meta</STRONG> has been
+             called  with a TRUE parameter), shown in the <STRONG>M-</STRONG><EM>X</EM> no-
+             tation, or are displayed as themselves.  In the lat-
+             ter case, the values may not be printable; this fol-
+             lows the X/Open specification.
+
+          -  Values above 256 may be the names of  the  names  of
+             function keys.
+
+          -  Otherwise  (if  there  is no corresponding name) the
+             function returns null, to denote an  error.   X/Open
+             also lists an "UNKNOWN KEY" return value, which some
+             implementations return rather than null.
+
+       The corresponding <STRONG>key_name</STRONG> returns a character string cor-
+       responding  to  the wide-character value <EM>w</EM>.  The two func-
+       tions do not return the same set of  strings;  the  latter
+       returns null where the former would display a meta charac-
+       ter.
+
+       The <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine, if used, must be called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>
+       or  <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>  are called.  The effect is that, during those
+       calls, <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> is set to 1;  the  capabilities  <STRONG>clear</STRONG>,  <STRONG>cup</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>cud</STRONG>,  <STRONG>cud1</STRONG>,  <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>,  <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>,  <STRONG>vpa</STRONG>  are  disabled; and the <STRONG>home</STRONG>
+       string is set to the value of <STRONG>cr</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG> routine cancels the  effect  of  a  preceding
+       <STRONG>filter</STRONG>  call.   That  allows  the  caller  to initialize a
+       screen on a different device, using a different  value  of
+       <STRONG>$TERM</STRONG>.   The  limitation arises because the <STRONG>filter</STRONG> routine
+       modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.
+
+       The <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> routine, if used, is called before <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>  or
+       <STRONG>newterm</STRONG>  are  called.   When called with <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> as an argu-
+       ment, the values of <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and  <STRONG>columns</STRONG>  specified  in  the
+       <EM>terminfo</EM>  database will be used, even if environment vari-
+       ables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> (used by default) are set,  or  if
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  is  running in a window (in which case default be-
+       havior would be to  use  the  window  size  if  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>  are not set).  Note that setting <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> or <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+       overrides the corresponding size  which  may  be  obtained
+       from the operating system.
+
+       The  <STRONG>putwin</STRONG> routine writes all data associated with window
+       <EM>win</EM> into the file to which <EM>filep</EM> points.  This information
+       can be later retrieved using the <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> function.
+
+       The <STRONG>getwin</STRONG> routine reads window related data stored in the
+       file by <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>.  The routine then creates and  initializes
+       a new window using that data.  It returns a pointer to the
+       new window.
+
+       The <STRONG>delay_output</STRONG> routine inserts an <EM>ms</EM>  millisecond  pause
+       in  output.   This  routine should not be used extensively
+       because padding characters are  used  rather  than  a  CPU
+       pause.   If  no  padding character is specified, this uses
+       <STRONG>napms</STRONG> to perform the delay.
+
+       The <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG> routine throws away any  typeahead  that  has
+       been  typed  by  the user and has not yet been read by the
+       program.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>, routines that return an  integer  re-
+       turn  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 specifies only "an in-
+       teger value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this  im-
+       plementation
+
+              <STRONG>flushinp</STRONG>
+                   returns  an error if the terminal was not ini-
+                   tialized.
+
+              <STRONG>putwin</STRONG>
+                   returns an  error  if  the  associated  <STRONG>fwrite</STRONG>
+                   calls return an error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.  It states that <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> and <STRONG>wunctrl</STRONG>  will  return  a
+       null  pointer if unsuccessful, but does not define any er-
+       ror conditions.  This implementation checks for three cas-
+       es:
+
+              -    the  parameter is a 7-bit US-ASCII code.  This
+                   is the case that X/Open Curses documented.
+
+              -    the parameter is in the range 128-159, i.e., a
+                   C1  control  code.   If  <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> has
+                   been called with a <STRONG>2</STRONG> parameter, <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> returns
+                   the  parameter,  i.e.,  a one-character string
+                   with the parameter  as  the  first  character.
+                   Otherwise,  it  returns  ``~@'', ``~A'', etc.,
+                   analogous to ``^@'', ``^A'', C0 controls.
+
+                   X/Open Curses does not document whether <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>
+                   can  be  called  before  initializing  curses.
+                   This implementation permits that, and  returns
+                   the ``~@'', etc., values in that case.
+
+              -    parameter  values  outside the 0 to 255 range.
+                   <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> returns a null pointer.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes the action of <STRONG>filter</STRONG> only
+       in  the  vaguest  terms.   The description here is adapted
+       from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously  fails  to
+       describe the disabling of <STRONG>cuu</STRONG>).
+
+       The  strings returned by <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG> in this implementation are
+       determined at compile time, showing C1 controls  from  the
+       upper-128  codes with a `~' prefix rather than `^'.  Other
+       implementations have different conventions.  For  example,
+       they  may  show  both sets of control characters with `^',
+       and strip the parameter to 7 bits.  Or they may ignore  C1
+       controls  and  treat  all of the upper-128 codes as print-
+       able.  This implementation uses 8 bits but does not modify
+       the string to reflect locale.  The <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> func-
+       tion allows the caller to change the output of <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+       Likewise, the <STRONG>meta</STRONG> function allows the  caller  to  change
+       the  output of <STRONG>keyname</STRONG>, i.e., it determines whether to use
+       the `M-' prefix for ``meta'' keys (codes in the range  128
+       to 255).  Both <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> and <STRONG>meta</STRONG> succeed only af-
+       ter curses is initialized.  X/Open Curses does  not  docu-
+       ment  the  treatment  of  codes 128 to 159.  When treating
+       them as ``meta'' keys (or if <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> is called before ini-
+       tializing  curses),  this  implementation  returns strings
+       ``M-^@'', ``M-^A'', etc.
+
+       The <STRONG>keyname</STRONG> function may return the names of  user-defined
+       string  capabilities which are defined in the terminfo en-
+       try via the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.  This  implementation  auto-
+       matically  assigns  at  run-time  keycodes to user-defined
+       strings which begin  with  "k".   The  keycodes  start  at
+       KEY_MAX,  but  are not guaranteed to be the same value for
+       different runs because user-defined codes are merged  from
+       all  terminal  descriptions  which  have been loaded.  The
+       <STRONG>use_extended_names</STRONG> function controls whether this data  is
+       loaded  when  the  terminal description is read by the li-
+       brary.
+
+       The <STRONG>nofilter</STRONG> routine is specific to ncurses.  It  was  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on  ncurses  ex-
+       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG>curs_ker-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">nel(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6219d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>curs_window 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>curs_window 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>subwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>derwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>, <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> - create <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       windows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*newwin(int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>delwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*subwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*derwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*orig,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>nlines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>ncols,</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>begin_x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvderwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>par_x);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*dupwin(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>syncok(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>bf);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wcursyncup(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>wsyncdown(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Calling <STRONG>newwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines and columns.  The upper
+       left-hand  corner of the window is at line <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, column
+       <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>.  If either <EM>nlines</EM> or <EM>ncols</EM> is zero, they  default
+       to  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <STRONG>COLS</STRONG> <STRONG>-</STRONG> <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>.  A new full-screen
+       window is created by calling <STRONG>newwin(0,0,0,0)</STRONG>.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>delwin</STRONG> deletes the named window, freeing all memo-
+       ry associated with it (it does not actually erase the win-
+       dow's screen image).  Subwindows must  be  deleted  before
+       the main window can be deleted.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG> moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+       corner is at position (<EM>x</EM>, <EM>y</EM>).  If the move would cause the
+       window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
+       is not moved.  Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
+       avoided.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>subwin</STRONG> creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines, <EM>nlines</EM>,  and  columns,
+       <EM>ncols</EM>.   The  window  is at position (<EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM>, <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM>) on
+       the screen.  (This position is relative to the screen, and
+       not to the window <EM>orig</EM>.)  The window is made in the middle
+       of the window <EM>orig</EM>, so that changes  made  to  one  window
+       will  affect  both  windows.   The subwindow shares memory
+       with the window <EM>orig</EM>.  When using this routine, it is nec-
+       essary  to call <STRONG>touchwin</STRONG> or <STRONG>touchline</STRONG> on <EM>orig</EM> before call-
+       ing <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> on the subwindow.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>derwin</STRONG> is the same as calling <STRONG>subwin,</STRONG> except  that
+       <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>y</EM> and <EM>begin</EM>_<EM>x</EM> are relative to the origin of the win-
+       dow <EM>orig</EM> rather than the screen.  There is  no  difference
+       between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG> moves a derived window (or subwindow) in-
+       side its parent window.  The screen-relative parameters of
+       the  window are not changed.  This routine is used to dis-
+       play different parts of the  parent  window  at  the  same
+       physical position on the screen.
+
+       Calling  <STRONG>dupwin</STRONG>  creates  an exact duplicate of the window
+       <EM>win</EM>.
+
+       Calling <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> touches all locations in ancestors of  <EM>win</EM>
+       that  are changed in <EM>win</EM>.  If <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> is called with second
+       argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> then <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> is called automatically whenev-
+       er there is a change in the window.
+
+       The  <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG>  routine  touches each location in <EM>win</EM> that
+       has been touched in any of  its  ancestor  windows.   This
+       routine  is  called by <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, so it should almost never
+       be necessary to call it manually.
+
+       The routine <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG> updates the current cursor position
+       of  all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
+       cursor position of the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return an integer return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> up-
+       on  failure  and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
+       other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
+       tion
+
+              <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
+                   null, or if the window is the parent of anoth-
+                   er window.
+
+                   This  implementation  also maintains a list of
+                   windows, and checks that the pointer passed to
+                   <STRONG>delwin</STRONG>  is  one  that it created, returning an
+                   error if it was not..
+
+              <STRONG>mvderwin</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+                   null,  or  if some part of the window would be
+                   placed off-screen.
+
+              <STRONG>mvwin</STRONG>
+                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
+                   null,  or if the window is really a pad, or if
+                   some part of the window would be  placed  off-
+                   screen.
+
+              <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>
+                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
+                   null.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       If many small changes are made to the window, the  <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG>
+       option could degrade performance.
+
+       Note that <STRONG>syncok</STRONG> may be a macro.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+       The  subwindow  functions (<EM>subwin</EM>, <EM>derwin</EM>, <EM>mvderwin</EM>, <STRONG>wsyn-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>cup</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG>, <STRONG>wcursyncup</STRONG>, <STRONG>syncok</STRONG>) are flaky, incomplete-
+       ly implemented, and not well tested.
+
+       The  System  V  curses documentation is very unclear about
+       what <STRONG>wsyncup</STRONG> and <STRONG>wsyncdown</STRONG> actually do.  It seems to imply
+       that  they  are only supposed to touch exactly those lines
+       that are affected by ancestor changes.  The language here,
+       and  the  behavior  of  the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> implementation, is pat-
+       terned on the XPG4 curses standard.  The weaker XPG4  spec
+       may result in slower updates.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9e801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
+  * @Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.20 2006/12/24 15:02:53 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>default_colors 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>default_colors 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>                                   <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>use_default_colors</STRONG>, <STRONG>assume_default_colors</STRONG> - use terminal's
+       default colors
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_default_colors(void);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>assume_default_colors(int</STRONG> <STRONG>fg,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bg);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> and <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> func-
+       tions are extensions to the curses library.  They are used
+       with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+       These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
+       unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49).
+
+       Applications that paint  a  colored  background  over  the
+       whole  screen  do not take advantage of SGR 39 and SGR 49.
+       Some applications are designed to work  with  the  default
+       background,  using  colors  only  for  text.  For example,
+       there are several implementations of the <STRONG>ls</STRONG> program  which
+       use  colors to denote different file types or permissions.
+       These "color ls" programs do not  necessarily  modify  the
+       background  color, typically using only the <EM>setaf</EM> terminfo
+       capability  to  set  the  foreground  color.   Full-screen
+       applications  that  use default colors can achieve similar
+       visual effects.
+
+       The first function, <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> tells the  curses
+       library  to  assign terminal default foreground/background
+       colors to color number  -1.  So  init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1)
+       will  initialize  pair  x as red on default background and
+       init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE)  will  initialize  pair  x   as
+       default foreground on blue.
+
+       The  other,  <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> is a refinement which
+       tells which colors to paint for color pair 0.  This  func-
+       tion  recognizes  a special color number -1, which denotes
+       the default terminal color.
+
+       The following are equivalent:
+              <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors();</EM>
+              <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors(-1,-1);</EM>
+
+       These are ncurses extensions.  For other curses  implemen-
+       tations,  color  number -1 does not mean anything, just as
+       for ncurses before a successful call  of  <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>col-</EM>
+       <EM>ors()</EM> or <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM>.
+
+       Other  curses  implementations do not allow an application
+       to modify color pair 0.  They assume that  the  background
+       is COLOR_BLACK, but do not ensure that the color pair 0 is
+       painted to match the assumption.  If your application does
+       not use either <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> or <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>col-</EM>
+       <EM>ors()</EM> ncurses will paint a white  foreground  (text)  with
+       black background for color pair 0.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These functions return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       on success.  They will fail if either  the  terminal  does
+       not  support  the <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> or <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors</EM> capability.  If
+       the <EM>initialize</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> capability is found,  this  causes  an
+       error as well.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       Associated  with  this  extension,  the <STRONG>init_pair</STRONG> function
+       accepts negative arguments to specify  default  foreground
+       or background colors.
+
+       The  <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM>  function  was  added to support
+       <EM>ded</EM>.  This is a full-screen application which uses  curses
+       to  manage only part of the screen.  The bottom portion of
+       the screen, which is of adjustable size, is left uncolored
+       to  display the results from shell commands.  The top por-
+       tion of the screen colors filenames using  a  scheme  like
+       the  "color  ls" programs.  Attempting to manage the back-
+       ground color of the screen for this application would give
+       unsatisfactory  results  for  a  variety of reasons.  This
+       extension was devised after noting that color  xterm  (and
+       similar  programs)  provides a background color which does
+       not necessarily correspond to  any  of  the  ANSI  colors.
+       While  a special terminfo entry could be constructed using
+       nine colors, there was no mechanism provided within curses
+       to  account for the related <EM>orig</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>pair</EM> and <EM>back</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>color</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>erase</EM>
+       capabilities.
+
+       The <EM>assume</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>default</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>colors()</EM> function was added to solve  a
+       different  problem:  support  for applications which would
+       use  environment  variables  and  other  configuration  to
+       bypass  curses'  notion  of the terminal's default colors,
+       setting specific values.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ded.1.html">ded(1)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas  Dickey  (from  an analysis of the requirements for
+       color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+
+
+
+                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a6b54b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
+  * @Id: define_key.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>define_key 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>define_key 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>define_key</STRONG> - define a keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>define_key(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
+       application to define keycodes  with  their  corresponding
+       control  strings,  so that the ncurses library will inter-
+       pret them just as it would the  predefined  codes  in  the
+       terminfo database.
+
+       If  the  given string is null, any existing definition for
+       the keycode is removed.  Similarly, if the  given  keycode
+       is  negative  or  zero,  any existing string for the given
+       definition is removed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The keycode  must  be  greater  than  zero,  else  ERR  is
+       returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2135f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form.3x,v 1.22 2008/10/11 20:48:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form</STRONG> - curses extension for programming forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>form</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing form screens  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The  library  includes:  field  routines, which create and
+       modify form fields; and form routines, which group  fields
+       into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
+       action with the user.
+
+       The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries.   To  use  the
+       <STRONG>form</STRONG> library, link with the options <STRONG>-lform</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+       Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
+
+            <STRONG>setlocale(LC_ALL,</STRONG> <STRONG>"");</STRONG>
+
+       so that input/output processing will work.
+
+       A  curses  initialization  routine such as <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> must be
+       called before using any of these functions.
+
+   <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Field</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+       The <STRONG>form</STRONG> library  maintains  a  default  value  for  field
+       attributes.   You  can  get or set this default by calling
+       the appropriate <STRONG>set_</STRONG> or  retrieval  routine  with  a  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+       field pointer.  Changing this default with a <STRONG>set_</STRONG> function
+       affects future field creations, but does  not  change  the
+       rendering of fields already created.
+
+   <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+       The  following  table lists each <STRONG>form</STRONG> routine and the name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name    Manual Page Name
+       -------------------------------------------------
+       current_field          <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       data_ahead             <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       data_behind            <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       dup_field              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       dynamic_field_info     <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_arg              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_back             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_buffer           <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_count            <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_fore             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_index            <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_info             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_init             <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_just             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_opts             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_opts_off         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_opts_on          <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_pad              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_status           <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_term             <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       field_type             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+       field_userptr          <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_driver            <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_fields            <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_init              <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_opts              <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_opts_off          <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_opts_on           <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_page              <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_request_by_name   <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_request_name      <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_sub               <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_term              <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_userptr           <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       form_win               <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       free_field             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       free_fieldtype         <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       free_form              <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       link_field             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       link_fieldtype         <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       move_field             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_field              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_fieldtype          <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_form               <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_page               <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       pos_form_cursor        <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       post_form              <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       scale_form             <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_current_field      <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_back         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_buffer       <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_fore         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_init         <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_just         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_opts         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_pad          <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_status       <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_term         <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_type         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_field_userptr      <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_fieldtype_arg      <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_fieldtype_choice   <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_fields        <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_init          <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_opts          <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_page          <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_sub           <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_term          <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_userptr       <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_form_win           <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_max_field          <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_new_page           <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       unpost_form            <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on  error,  and
+       set  errno  to  the  corresponding  error-code returned by
+       functions returning an integer.  Routines that  return  an
+       integer return one of the following error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No fields are connected to the form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       files <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG> and <STRONG>&lt;eti.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       In  your  library  list,  libform.a should be before libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
+       the  other  way  around (which would give you a link error
+       using most linkers).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                               <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af34701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 18:50:24 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_cursor 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_cursor 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_cursor</STRONG> - position a form window cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>pos_form_cursor</STRONG>  restores the cursor to the
+       position required for the forms driver  to  continue  pro-
+       cessing  requests.   This  is useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines
+       have been called to do screen-painting in  response  to  a
+       form operation.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="form_cursor.3x.html">form_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0232996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_data.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:38:26 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_data 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_data 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_data</STRONG> - test for off-screen data in given forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>data_ahead</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+       data ahead in the given form.   It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+       The function <STRONG>data_behind</STRONG> tests whether there is off-screen
+       data behind in the given form.  It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="form_data.3x.html">form_data(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66eb7e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.16 2008/06/21 21:55:39 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_driver 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_driver 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the form system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>.  This routine  has
+       three major input cases:
+
+       -  The  input  is  a  form navigation request.  Navigation
+          request codes are constants defined in <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>,  which
+          are distinct from the key- and character codes returned
+          by <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>.
+
+       -  The input is a printable character.  Printable  charac-
+          ters  (which  must  be  positive,  less  than  256) are
+          checked according to the program's locale settings.
+
+       -  The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated  with
+          an mouse event.
+
+       The form driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+            Move to the next page.
+
+       REQ_PREV_PAGE
+            Move to the previous page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+            Move to the first page.
+
+       REQ_LAST_PAGE
+            Move to the last field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the next field.
+
+       REQ_PREV_FIELD
+            Move to the previous field.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the first field.
+
+       REQ_LAST_FIELD
+            Move to the last field.
+
+       REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted next field.
+
+       REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted previous field.
+
+       REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted first field.
+
+       REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted last field.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+            Move left to a field.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_FIELD
+            Move right to a field.
+
+       REQ_UP_FIELD
+            Move up to a field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+            Move down to a field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+            Move to the next char.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHAR
+            Move to the previous char.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_LINE
+            Move to the next line.
+
+       REQ_PREV_LINE
+            Move to the previous line.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_WORD
+            Move to the next word.
+
+       REQ_PREV_WORD
+            Move to the previous word.
+
+       REQ_BEG_FIELD
+            Move to the beginning of the field.
+
+       REQ_END_FIELD
+            Move to the end of the field.
+
+       REQ_BEG_LINE
+            Move to the beginning of the line.
+
+       REQ_END_LINE
+            Move to the end of the line.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+            Move left in the field.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+            Move right in the field.
+
+       REQ_UP_CHAR
+            Move up in the field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+            Move down in the field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEW_LINE
+            Insert or overlay a new line.
+
+       REQ_INS_CHAR
+            Insert a blank at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_INS_LINE
+            Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_CHAR
+            Delete character at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_PREV
+            Delete character before the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_LINE
+            Delete line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_WORD
+            Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOL
+            Clear to end of line from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOF
+            Clear to end of field from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_FIELD
+            Clear the entire field.
+
+       REQ_OVL_MODE
+            Enter overlay mode.
+
+       REQ_INS_MODE
+            Enter insert mode.
+
+
+       REQ_SCR_FLINE
+            Scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BLINE
+            Scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+            Scroll the field backward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward half a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+            Scroll the field backward half a page.
+
+
+       REQ_SCR_FCHAR
+            Scroll the field forward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+            Scroll the field backward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+
+       REQ_VALIDATION
+            Validate field.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+            Display next field choice.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+            Display previous field choice.
+
+       If  the  second  argument  is  a  printable character, the
+       driver places it in the current position  in  the  current
+       field.   If  it is one of the forms requests listed above,
+       that request is executed.
+
+   <STRONG>MOUSE</STRONG> <STRONG>HANDLING</STRONG>
+       If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special  key,  the
+       associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
+       pre-defined requests.  Currently only clicks in  the  user
+       window  (e.g.  inside the form display area or the decora-
+       tion window) are handled.
+
+       If you click above the display region of the form:
+
+              a REQ_PREV_FIELD is generated for a single click,
+
+              a REQ_PREV_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+              a REQ_FIRST_FIELD is generated for a  triple-click.
+
+       If you click below the display region of the form:
+
+              a REQ_NEXT_FIELD is generated for a single click,
+
+              a REQ_NEXT_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+              a REQ_LAST_FIELD is generated for a triple-click.
+
+       If you click at an field inside the display  area  of  the
+       form:
+
+              -  the form cursor is positioned to that field.
+
+              -  If  you double-click a field, the form cursor is
+                 positioned to that field  and  <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+                 is  returned.   This  return  value makes sense,
+                 because a double click  usually  means  that  an
+                 field-specific action should be returned.  It is
+                 exactly the purpose of this return value to sig-
+                 nal  that an application specific command should
+                 be executed.
+
+              -  If  a  translation  into  a  request  was  done,
+                 <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>  returns the result of this request.
+
+       If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse  event
+       could   not   be   translated   into  a  form  request  an
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
+
+   <STRONG>APPLICATION-DEFINED</STRONG> <STRONG>COMMANDS</STRONG>
+       If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
+       above  pre-defined form requests, the driver assumes it is
+       an application-specific command and returns <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COM-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>MAND</STRONG>.  Application-defined commands should be defined rel-
+       ative to <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>, the  maximum  value  of  these  pre-
+       defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG> returns one of the following error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+            Contents of field is invalid.
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wgetch.3x.html">wgetch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       files <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="form_driver.3x.html">form_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d743390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:01:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field</STRONG> - make and break connections between fields and
+       forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+       int field_count(const FORM *form);
+       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG>  changes  the  field  pointer
+       array  of the given <EM>form</EM>.  The array must be terminated by
+       a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns the field  array  of  the
+       given form.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>field_count</STRONG>  returns the count of fields in
+       <EM>form</EM>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> moves the given field (which  must
+       be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>form_fields</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The function <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the <EM>form</EM> parameter
+       is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+       The functions <STRONG>set_form_fields</STRONG> and <STRONG>move_field</STRONG> return one of
+       the following codes on error:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The   SVr4   forms  library  documentation  specifies  the
+       <STRONG>field_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="form_field.3x.html">form_field(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54d77d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:51:26 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_attributes 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_attributes 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>                     <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_attributes</STRONG>  -  color  and attribute control for
+       form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+       int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground  attribute
+       of  <EM>field</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the field
+       contents.  The function <STRONG>field_fore</STRONG> returns the  foreground
+       attribute.  The default is <STRONG>A_STANDOUT</STRONG>.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>set_field_back</STRONG> sets the background attribute
+       of <EM>form</EM>. This is the highlight used to display the  extent
+       fields  in  the form.  The function <STRONG>field_back</STRONG> returns the
+       background attribute.  The default is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to fill
+       the  field.   The  function  <STRONG>field_pad</STRONG>  returns  the given
+       form's pad character.  The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_attributes.3x.html">form_field_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e99806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_buffer 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_buffer 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_buffer</STRONG> - field buffer control
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int  set_field_buffer(FIELD  *field,  int  buf, const char
+       *value);
+       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_buffer</STRONG> sets the numbered buffer  of
+       the  given  field  to contain a given string.  Buffer 0 is
+       the displayed value of the field; other  numbered  buffers
+       may be allocated by applications through the <STRONG>nbuf</STRONG> argument
+       of (see <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>) but are not manipulated by the
+       forms  library.   The  function  <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG>  returns the
+       address of the buffer.  Please note that this  buffer  has
+       always  the  length  of the buffer, that means that it may
+       typically contain trailing spaces. If you entered  leading
+       spaces  the  buffer may also contain them. If you want the
+       raw data, you must write your own routine that copies  the
+       value out of the buffer and removes the leading and trail-
+       ing spaces. Please note also, that  subsequent  operations
+       on  the  form  will  probably  change  the  content of the
+       buffer. So do not use it for  long  term  storage  of  the
+       entered form data.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_field_status</STRONG> sets the associated status
+       flag of <EM>field</EM>; <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> gets the current  value.   The
+       status  flag  is set to a nonzero value whenever the field
+       changes.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_max_field</STRONG> sets the  maximum  size  for  a
+       dynamic  field.   An  argument  of 0 turns off any maximum
+       size threshold for that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> function returns NULL on error.  It  sets
+       errno according to their success:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       The <STRONG>field_status</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+       The remaining routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file
+
+       When  configured for wide-characters, <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> returns
+       a pointer to temporary storage (allocated and freed by the
+       library).   The  application  should not attempt to modify
+       the  data.   It  will  be  freed  on  the  next  call   to
+       <STRONG>field_buffer</STRONG> to return the same buffer.  <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                  <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_buffer.3x.html">form_field_buffer(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..498fc29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:14:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_info 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_info 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_info</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+                     int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+       int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows,  int
+       *cols, int *max);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>field_info</STRONG>  returns  the  sizes  and  other
+       attributes passed in to the field at  its  creation  time.
+       The  attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+       ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen  rows,
+       and number of working buffers.
+
+       The function <STRONG>dynamic_field_info</STRONG> returns the actual size of
+       the field, and its maximum possible size.   If  the  field
+       has  no  size  limit,  the location addressed by the third
+       argument will be set to 0.  A field can be made dynamic by
+       turning off the <STRONG>O_STATIC</STRONG> option with <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       A  null  (zero  pointer) is accepted for any of the return
+       values, to ignore that  value.   Not  all  implementations
+       allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_info.3x.html">form_field_info(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507020f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_just 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_just 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_just</STRONG> - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+       int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The   function   <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG>   sets  the  justification
+       attribute of a field; <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns a field's  justi-
+       fication attribute.  The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
+       FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or  JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+       JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_just.3x.html">form_field_just(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a0269a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>                                   <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_new</STRONG> - create and destroy form fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+                        int toprow, int leftcol,
+                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       int free_field(FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>new_field</STRONG> allocates a new field and initial-
+       izes it from the parameters given: height, width,  row  of
+       upper-left  corner,  column  of  upper-left corner, number
+       off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> duplicates a field at a new loca-
+       tion.  Most attributes (including current contents,  size,
+       validation  type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+       cation, foreground, background,  pad  character,  options,
+       and  user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the field
+       page bit are not copied.
+
+       The function <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> acts like <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, but  the  new
+       field  shares  buffers with its parent.  Attribute data is
+       separate.
+
+       The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG>  de-allocates  storage  associated
+       with a field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function, <STRONG>new_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+       on error.  They set errno according to their success:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+       The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            field is connected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes  copied
+       by  <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>  being  portable; the System V forms library
+       documents are not very explicit about what gets copied and
+       what does not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_new.3x.html">form_field_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a1321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.13 2007/02/24 17:34:27 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_opts</STRONG> - set and get field options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
+       Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_field_opts</STRONG>  sets  all the given field's
+       option bits (field  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The function <STRONG>field_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG> turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG> returns the field's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_VISIBLE
+            The  field is displayed.  If this option is off, dis-
+            play of the field is suppressed.
+
+       O_ACTIVE
+            The field is  visited  during  processing.   If  this
+            option  is  off,  the  field will not be reachable by
+            navigation keys.  Please  notice  that  an  invisible
+            field appears to be inactive also.
+
+       O_PUBLIC
+            The  field contents are displayed as data is entered.
+
+       O_EDIT
+            The field can be edited.
+
+       O_WRAP
+            Words that do not fit on a line are  wrapped  to  the
+            next line.  Words are blank-separated.
+
+       O_BLANK
+            The  field is cleared whenever a character is entered
+            at the first position.
+
+       O_AUTOSKIP
+            Skip to the next field when this one fills.
+
+       O_NULLOK
+            Allow a blank field.
+
+       O_STATIC
+            Field buffers are fixed  to  field's  original  size.
+            Turn this option off to create a dynamic field.
+
+       O_PASSOK
+            Validate field only if modified by user.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except  for  <STRONG>field_opts</STRONG>,  each  routine returns one of the
+       following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CURRENT</STRONG>
+            The field is the current field.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+       <STRONG>NOTES</STRONG>  The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the
+              header file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_opts.3x.html">form_field_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7a6ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:04:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>                           <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_userptr</STRONG>  -  associate  application  data with a
+       form field
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void*userptr);
+       void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every form field has a field that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the form-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>field_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
+       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                 <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_userptr.3x.html">form_field_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9328031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.16 2006/12/24 16:08:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_field_validation 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_field_validation 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>                     <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_field_validation</STRONG> - data type validation for fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
+       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG>  declares  a data type for a
+       given form field.  This is the type checked by  validation
+       functions.  The predefined types are as follows:
+
+       TYPE_ALNUM
+            Alphanumeric  data.  Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument, a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ALPHA
+            Character data.  Requires a  third  <STRONG>int</STRONG>  argument,  a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ENUM
+            Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Requires a
+            third <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>**)</STRONG> argument pointing to a string list; a
+            fourth  <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+            and a fifth <STRONG>int</STRONG> flag argument  specifying  whether  a
+            partial  match  must be a unique one (if this flag is
+            off, a prefix matches the first of any  set  of  more
+            than  one  list  elements  with  that prefix). Please
+            notice that the string list is  not  copied,  only  a
+            reference to it is stored in the field. So you should
+            avoid using a list that lives in automatic  variables
+            on the stack.
+
+       TYPE_INTEGER
+            Integer  data,  parsable  to  an  integer by <STRONG>atoi(3)</STRONG>.
+            Requires a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the  preci-
+            sion,  a  fourth  <STRONG>long</STRONG>  argument constraining minimum
+            value, and a fifth <STRONG>long</STRONG> constraining  maximum  value.
+            If  the  maximum  value  is less than or equal to the
+            minimum value, the range is simply ignored. On return
+            the field buffer is formatted according to the <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+            format  specification  ".*ld",  where  the   '*'   is
+            replaced  by  the precision argument.  For details of
+            the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG> man-page.
+
+       TYPE_NUMERIC
+            Numeric  data  (may  have  a   decimal-point   part).
+            Requires  a third <STRONG>int</STRONG> argument controlling the preci-
+            sion, a fourth <STRONG>double</STRONG> argument  constraining  minimum
+            value, and a fifth <STRONG>double</STRONG> constraining maximum value.
+            If your system supports locales,  the  decimal  point
+            character  to  be  used  must be the one specified by
+            your locale.  If the maximum value is  less  than  or
+            equal  to  the  minimum  value,  the  range is simply
+            ignored. On return  the  field  buffer  is  formatted
+            according  to  the <STRONG>printf</STRONG> format specification ".*f",
+            where the '*' is replaced by the precision  argument.
+            For  details  of  the precision handling see <STRONG>printf's</STRONG>
+            man-page.
+
+       TYPE_REGEXP
+            Regular expression data.  Requires a regular  expres-
+            sion  <STRONG>(char</STRONG>  <STRONG>*)</STRONG>  third argument; the data is valid if
+            the regular expression matches it.   Regular  expres-
+            sions  are  in  the  format  of  <STRONG>regcomp</STRONG> and <STRONG>regexec</STRONG>.
+            Please notice that the regular expression must  match
+            the  whole  field.  If  you have for example an eight
+            character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$"
+            always  means  that  you have to fill all eight posi-
+            tions with digits. If you want to allow fewer digits,
+            you  may  use  for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good
+            for trailing spaces (up to an  empty  field),  or  "^
+            *[0-9]*  *$"  which  is good for leading and trailing
+            spaces around the digits.
+
+       TYPE_IPV4
+            An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
+            no  additional argument. It is checked whether or not
+            the buffer has the form a.b.c.d, where  a,b,c  and  d
+            are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
+            buffer are ignored. The address itself is  not  vali-
+            dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
+            This field type may not be available in other  curses
+            implementations.
+
+       It  is  possible  to  set  up new programmer-defined field
+       types.  See the <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The functions <STRONG>field_type</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>field_arg</STRONG>  return  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on
+       error. The function <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG> returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                              <STRONG><A HREF="form_field_validation.3x.html">form_field_validation(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80dab41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_fieldtype 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_fieldtype 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>                                   <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_fieldtype</STRONG> - define validation-field types
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+       int set_fieldtype_arg(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
+       int set_fieldtype_choice(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type usable
+       for data validation.  You supply it  with  <EM>field</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>,  a
+       predicate  to check the validity of an entered data string
+       whenever the user attempts to leave a field.   The  (FIELD
+       *)  argument  is passed in so the validation predicate can
+       see the field's buffer, sizes and  other  attributes;  the
+       second  argument  is  an  argument-block  structure, about
+       which more below.
+
+       You also supply <STRONG>new_fieldtype</STRONG> with <EM>char</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>check</EM>, a  function
+       to  validate input characters as they are entered; it will
+       be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to  an
+       argument-block structure.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>free_fieldtype</STRONG> frees the space allocated for
+       a given validation type.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_fieldtype_arg</STRONG> associates  three  storage-
+       management  functions  with  a  field  type.  The <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM>
+       function is automatically applied to the list of arguments
+       you  give  <STRONG>set_field_type</STRONG>  when  attaching validation to a
+       field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated  argu-
+       ment-block  object which can later be passed to validation
+       predicated.  The other two hook arguments should copy  and
+       free  argument-block structures.  They will be used by the
+       forms-driver code.  You must supply the <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM> function,
+       the  other two are optional, you may supply NULL for them.
+       In this case it is assumed that <EM>make</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>arg</EM> does not allocate
+       memory  but simply loads the argument into a single scalar
+       value.
+
+       The function <STRONG>link_fieldtype</STRONG> creates a new field type  from
+       the  two  given  types.   They are connected by an logical
+       'OR'.
+
+       The   form    driver    requests    <STRONG>REQ_NEXT_CHOICE</STRONG>    and
+       <STRONG>REQ_PREV_CHOICE</STRONG> assume that the possible values of a field
+       form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
+       to  move  through the set.  The <STRONG>set_fieldtype_choice</STRONG> func-
+       tion allows forms  programmers  to  define  successor  and
+       predecessor functions for the field type.  These functions
+       take the field pointer and an argument-block structure  as
+       arguments.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  pointer-valued  routines  return NULL on error.  They
+       set errno according to their success:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+       The  integer-valued  routines  return one of the following
+       codes on error:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CURRENT</STRONG>
+            The field is the current field.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       All of the <STRONG>(char</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG> arguments of  these  functions  should
+       actually  be <STRONG>(void</STRONG> <STRONG>*)</STRONG>.  The type has been left uncorrected
+       for strict compatibility with System V.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="form_fieldtype.3x.html">form_fieldtype(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88aa1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:18 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_hook 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_hook 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
+       Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by <STRONG>form_driver</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_field_init</STRONG> sets a hook to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  each time the selected field changes
+       (after the change).  <STRONG>field_init</STRONG> returns the current  field
+       init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_field_term</STRONG>  sets a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and each time the selected field  changes
+       (before the change).  <STRONG>field_term</STRONG> returns the current field
+       term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_form_init</STRONG> sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  just  after a page change once it is
+       posted.  <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form init hook,  if
+       any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_form_term</STRONG>  sets  a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and just before a page change once it  is
+       posted.   <STRONG>form_init</STRONG> returns the current form term hook, if
+       any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="form_hook.3x.html">form_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c313012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_new.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_new</STRONG> - create and destroy forms
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+       int free_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>new_form</STRONG>  creates a new form connected to a
+       specified field pointer array (which must  be  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>free_form</STRONG>  disconnects  <EM>form</EM> from its field
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_form</STRONG> returns  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on  error.   It  sets
+       errno according to the function's success:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+       The function <STRONG>free_form</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="form_new.3x.html">form_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8863369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_new_page 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_new_page 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_new_page</STRONG> - form pagination functions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG>  sets or resets a flag marking
+       the given field as the beginning of  a  new  page  on  its
+       form.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>new_page</STRONG>  is  a  predicate which tests if a
+       given field marks a page beginning on its form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_page</STRONG> returns <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_new_page</STRONG> return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            The given field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="form_new_page.3x.html">form_new_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53869a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:36 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> - set and get form options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
+       Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_form_opts</STRONG>  sets  all  the  given form's
+       option bits  (form  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function <STRONG>form_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function <STRONG>form_opts_off</STRONG>  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG> returns the form's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_NL_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  <STRONG>REQ_NEW_LINE</STRONG>  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the end of a  field  goes  to  the
+            next field.
+
+       O_BS_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  <STRONG>REQ_DEL_PREV</STRONG>  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the beginning of a field  goes  to
+            the previous field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>form_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="form_opts.3x.html">form_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..753075b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_page.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:52:32 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_page 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_page 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> - set and get form page number
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+       int form_page(const FORM *form);
+       int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_current</STRONG> <STRONG>field</STRONG> sets the current field of
+       the given form; <STRONG>current_field</STRONG> returns the current field of
+       the given form.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_form_page</STRONG>  sets  the form's page number
+       (goes to page <EM>n</EM> of the form).
+
+       The function <STRONG>form_page</STRONG> returns  the  form's  current  page
+       number.
+
+       The function <STRONG>field_index</STRONG> returns the index of the field in
+       the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  if  the  argument is the null pointer or the field is
+       not connected.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>form_page</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_INVALID_FIELD</STRONG>
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="form_page.3x.html">form_page(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f125a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_post.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:53:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_post 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_post 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_post</STRONG>  -  write or erase forms from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int post_form(FORM *form);
+       int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>post_form</STRONG> displays a form to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>  or  some  equivalent  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  routine   (the
+       implicit  <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>  triggered  by  an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+       will do).
+
+       The function <STRONG>unpost_form</STRONG> erases form from  its  associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="form_post.3x.html">form_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c0c2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:57:49 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_requestname 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_requestname 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>                               <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable form request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       const char *form_request_name(int request);
+       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+       of a form request code.
+       The function <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
+       ble  for  a  request  with  the given name and returns its
+       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno  to
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+       <STRONG>form_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error.  It does
+       not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                   <STRONG><A HREF="form_requestname.3x.html">form_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a50fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:43:24 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a form item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
+       void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every form and every form item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the form user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
+       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="form_userptr.3x.html">form_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d213df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: form_win.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>form_win 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>form_win 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>form_win</STRONG>  - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every  form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows.  The
+       form window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the form subwindow displays the items of the
+       form that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+       In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>.   A form argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  form
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>scale_form</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+       for the subwindow of <EM>form</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="form.3x.html">form(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="form_win.3x.html">form_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/index.html b/doc/html/man/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5db3a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//EN">
+<!--
+  $Id: index.html,v 1.3 2006/12/24 23:05:35 tom Exp $
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  -->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>NCURSES - Manual Pages</TITLE>
+<LINK REV=MADE HREF="mailto:dickey@invisible-island.net">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<HR>
+<ul>
+<li>Programs:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo - convert a termcap description into a terminfo description</a>
+<li><a href = "clear.1.html">clear - clear the terminal screen</a>
+<li><a href = "infocmp.1m.html">infocmp - compare or print out terminfo descriptions</a>
+<li><a href = "infotocap.1m.html">infotocap - convert a terminfo description into a termcap description</a>
+<li><a href = "tic.1m.html">tic - the terminfo entry-description compiler</a>
+<li><a href = "toe.1m.html">toe - table of (terminfo) entries</a>
+<li><a href = "tput.1.html">tput -  initialize  a  terminal or query terminfo database</a>
+<li><a href = "tset.1.html">tset - terminal initialization</a>
+</ul>
+<li>Libraries:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "ncurses.3x.html">ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package</a>
+<li><a href = "panel.3x.html">panel- panel stack extension for curses</a>
+<li><a href = "form.3x.html">form - curses extension for programming forms</a>
+<li><a href = "menu.3x.html">menu - curses extension for programming menus</a>
+</ul>
+<li>File formats:
+<ul>
+<li><a href = "terminfo.5.html">terminfo - terminal capability data base</a>
+<li><a href = "term.5.html">term - format of compiled term file.</a>
+<li><a href = "term.7.html">term - conventions for naming terminal types</a>
+</ul>
+</ul>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e63557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 18:16:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>infocmp 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>infocmp 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>                                                 <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> - compare or print out <EM>terminfo</EM> descriptions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> [<STRONG>-1CEFGILTUVcdegilnpqrtux</STRONG>]
+             [<STRONG>-v</STRONG> <EM>n</EM>] [<STRONG>-s</STRONG> <STRONG>d</STRONG>| <STRONG>i</STRONG>| <STRONG>l</STRONG>| <STRONG>c</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <STRONG>subset</STRONG>]
+             [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] [<STRONG>-A</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>] [<STRONG>-B</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>]
+             [<EM>termname</EM>...]
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG>  can  be  used  to compare a binary <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry
+       with other terminfo entries, rewrite a  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  descrip-
+       tion  to  take  advantage  of  the <STRONG>use=</STRONG> terminfo field, or
+       print out a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  description  from  the  binary  file
+       (<STRONG>term</STRONG>) in a variety of formats.  In all cases, the boolean
+       fields will be printed  first,  followed  by  the  numeric
+       fields, followed by the string fields.
+
+   <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG>
+       If  no options are specified and zero or one <EM>termnames</EM> are
+       specified, the <STRONG>-I</STRONG> option will be assumed.   If  more  than
+       one  <EM>termname</EM> is specified, the <STRONG>-d</STRONG> option will be assumed.
+
+   <STRONG>Comparison</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG> <STRONG>[-d]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-c]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-n]</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> compares the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  description  of  the  first
+       terminal  <EM>termname</EM>  with each of the descriptions given by
+       the entries for the  other  terminal's  <EM>termnames</EM>.   If  a
+       capability  is  defined for only one of the terminals, the
+       value returned will depend on the type of the  capability:
+       <STRONG>F</STRONG>  for  boolean  variables,  <STRONG>-1</STRONG> for integer variables, and
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> for string variables.
+
+       The <STRONG>-d</STRONG> option produces a list of each capability  that  is
+       different  between  two entries.  This option is useful to
+       show the difference between two entries, created  by  dif-
+       ferent people, for the same or similar terminals.
+
+       The  <STRONG>-c</STRONG>  option produces a list of each capability that is
+       common between two entries.  Capabilities that are not set
+       are  ignored.  This option can be used as a quick check to
+       see if the <STRONG>-u</STRONG> option is worth using.
+
+       The <STRONG>-n</STRONG> option produces a list of each capability  that  is
+       in neither entry.  If no <EM>termnames</EM> are given, the environ-
+       ment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> will be used for both of the <EM>termnames</EM>.
+       This  can  be used as a quick check to see if anything was
+       left out of a description.
+
+   <STRONG>Source</STRONG> <STRONG>Listing</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG> <STRONG>[-I]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-L]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-C]</STRONG> <STRONG>[-r]</STRONG>
+       The <STRONG>-I</STRONG>, <STRONG>-L</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-C</STRONG> options will produce a  source  listing
+       for each terminal named.
+
+      <STRONG>-I</STRONG>   use the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> names
+      <STRONG>-L</STRONG>   use the long C variable name listed in &lt;<STRONG>term.h</STRONG>&gt;
+      <STRONG>-C</STRONG>   use the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> names
+      <STRONG>-r</STRONG>   when using <STRONG>-C</STRONG>, put out all capabilities in <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> form
+
+       If  no  <EM>termnames</EM> are given, the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>
+       will be used for the terminal name.
+
+       The source produced by the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> option may be used  directly
+       as  a <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> entry, but not all parameterized strings can
+       be changed to the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> format.  <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will attempt to
+       convert  most  of  the parameterized information, and any-
+       thing not converted will be plainly marked in  the  output
+       and commented out.  These should be edited by hand.
+
+       All  padding  information  for  strings  will be collected
+       together and placed at the beginning of the  string  where
+       <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>  expects  it.  Mandatory padding (padding informa-
+       tion with a trailing '/') will become optional.
+
+       All <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> variables no longer supported by <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>, but
+       which are derivable from other <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> variables, will be
+       output.  Not all <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> capabilities will be translated;
+       only  those variables which were part of <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> will nor-
+       mally be output.  Specifying the <STRONG>-r</STRONG> option will  take  off
+       this  restriction,  allowing all capabilities to be output
+       in <EM>termcap</EM> form.
+
+       Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of
+       the  capability,  not all capabilities are output.  Manda-
+       tory padding is not supported.   Because  <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>  strings
+       are  not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
+       a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> string capability into  an  equivalent  <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>
+       format.   A subsequent conversion of the <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> file back
+       into <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> format will not  necessarily  reproduce  the
+       original <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> source.
+
+       Some  common  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  parameter sequences, their <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>
+       equivalents, and some terminal types which  commonly  have
+       such sequences, are:
+
+     <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>                    <STRONG>termcap</STRONG>   Representative Terminals
+     ---------------------------------------------------------------
+     <STRONG>%p1%c</STRONG>                       <STRONG>%.</STRONG>        adm
+     <STRONG>%p1%d</STRONG>                       <STRONG>%d</STRONG>        hp, ANSI standard, vt100
+     <STRONG>%p1%'x'%+%c</STRONG>                 <STRONG>%+x</STRONG>       concept
+     <STRONG>%i</STRONG>                          <STRONG>%i</STRONG>q       ANSI standard, vt100
+     <STRONG>%p1%?%'x'%&gt;%t%p1%'y'%+%;</STRONG>    <STRONG>%&gt;xy</STRONG>      concept
+     <STRONG>%p2</STRONG> is printed before <STRONG>%p1</STRONG>   <STRONG>%r</STRONG>        hp
+
+   <STRONG>Use=</STRONG> <STRONG>Option</STRONG> <STRONG>[-u]</STRONG>
+       The  <STRONG>-u</STRONG>  option  produces a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> source description of
+       the first terminal <EM>termname</EM> which is relative to  the  sum
+       of  the  descriptions  given  by the entries for the other
+       terminals <EM>termnames</EM>.  It does this by analyzing  the  dif-
+       ferences   between   the  first  <EM>termname</EM>  and  the  other
+       <EM>termnames</EM> and producing a description with <STRONG>use=</STRONG> fields for
+       the  other  terminals.   In this manner, it is possible to
+       retrofit  generic  terminfo  entries  into  a   terminal's
+       description.  Or, if two similar terminals exist, but were
+       coded at different times or by different  people  so  that
+       each description is a full description, using <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will
+       show what can be done to change one description to be rel-
+       ative to the other.
+
+       A capability will get printed with an at-sign (@) if it no
+       longer exists in the first <EM>termname</EM>, but one of the  other
+       <EM>termname</EM>  entries contains a value for it.  A capability's
+       value gets printed if the value in the first  <EM>termname</EM>  is
+       not  found in any of the other <EM>termname</EM> entries, or if the
+       first of the other <EM>termname</EM> entries that has this capabil-
+       ity  gives  a different value for the capability than that
+       in the first <EM>termname</EM>.
+
+       The order of the other <EM>termname</EM>  entries  is  significant.
+       Since  the terminfo compiler <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does a left-to-right scan
+       of the capabilities, specifying two <STRONG>use=</STRONG> entries that con-
+       tain differing entries for the same capabilities will pro-
+       duce different results depending on  the  order  that  the
+       entries  are  given in.  <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> will flag any such incon-
+       sistencies between the other <EM>termname</EM> entries as they  are
+       found.
+
+       Alternatively,  specifying a capability <EM>after</EM> a <STRONG>use=</STRONG> entry
+       that contains that capability will cause the second speci-
+       fication  to  be  ignored.   Using  <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG>  to recreate a
+       description can be a useful check to make sure that every-
+       thing  was  specified  correctly  in  the  original source
+       description.
+
+       Another error  that  does  not  cause  incorrect  compiled
+       files,  but will slow down the compilation time, is speci-
+       fying extra <STRONG>use=</STRONG> fields  that  are  superfluous.   <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG>
+       will  flag  any  other  <EM>termname</EM> <EM>use=</EM> fields that were not
+       needed.
+
+   <STRONG>Changing</STRONG> <STRONG>Databases</STRONG> <STRONG>[-A</STRONG> <EM>directory</EM>] [-B <EM>directory</EM>]
+       The location of the compiled <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  database  is  taken
+       from  the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> .  If the variable
+       is not defined, or the terminal is not found in that loca-
+       tion,  the  system  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  database, in <STRONG>/usr/share/ter-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>minfo</STRONG>, will be used.  The options <STRONG>-A</STRONG> and <STRONG>-B</STRONG> may be used to
+       override  this  location.  The <STRONG>-A</STRONG> option will set <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>
+       for the first <EM>termname</EM> and the <STRONG>-B</STRONG> option will set <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>
+       for  the  other  <EM>termnames</EM>.   With this, it is possible to
+       compare descriptions for a terminal  with  the  same  name
+       located  in  two  different databases.  This is useful for
+       comparing descriptions for the same  terminal  created  by
+       different people.
+
+   <STRONG>Other</STRONG> <STRONG>Options</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>-1</STRONG>   causes  the  fields  to be printed out one to a line.
+            Otherwise, the fields will be printed  several  to  a
+            line to a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+       <STRONG>-a</STRONG>   tells  <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG>  to  retain commented-out capabilities
+            rather than discarding them.  Capabilities  are  com-
+            mented by prefixing them with a period.
+
+       <STRONG>-E</STRONG>   Dump  the  capabilities  of  the  given  terminal  as
+            tables, needed in the C initializer  for  a  TERMTYPE
+            structure  (the  terminal capability structure in the
+            <STRONG>&lt;term.h&gt;</STRONG>).  This option is useful for preparing  ver-
+            sions  of  the  curses  library hardwired for a given
+            terminal type.  The tables are all  declared  static,
+            and  are  named according to the type and the name of
+            the corresponding terminal entry.
+
+            Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the <STRONG>-e</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>-E</STRONG>
+            options  was  not  needed;  but  support for extended
+            names required making the arrays of terminal capabil-
+            ities separate from the TERMTYPE structure.
+
+       <STRONG>-e</STRONG>   Dump  the  capabilities  of the given terminal as a C
+            initializer for a TERMTYPE  structure  (the  terminal
+            capability  structure  in the <STRONG>&lt;term.h&gt;</STRONG>).  This option
+            is  useful  for  preparing  versions  of  the  curses
+            library hardwired for a given terminal type.
+
+       <STRONG>-F</STRONG>   compare  terminfo  files.  This assumes that two fol-
+            lowing  arguments  are  filenames.   The  files   are
+            searched  for  pairwise matches between entries, with
+            two entries considered to match if any of their names
+            do.   The  report  printed  to  standard output lists
+            entries with  no  matches  in  the  other  file,  and
+            entries  with  more than one match.  For entries with
+            exactly one match it includes  a  difference  report.
+            Normally,  to  reduce  the  volume of the report, use
+            references are not resolved before looking  for  dif-
+            ferences, but resolution can be forced by also speci-
+            fying <STRONG>-r</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>-f</STRONG>   Display  complex  terminfo  strings   which   contain
+            if/then/else/endif expressions indented for readabil-
+            ity.
+
+       <STRONG>-G</STRONG>   Display constant literals in decimal form rather than
+            their character equivalents.
+
+       <STRONG>-g</STRONG>   Display  constant  character  literals in quoted form
+            rather than their decimal equivalents.
+
+       <STRONG>-i</STRONG>   Analyze the initialization (<STRONG>is1</STRONG>, <STRONG>is2</STRONG>, <STRONG>is3</STRONG>), and reset
+            (<STRONG>rs1</STRONG>,  <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>,  <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>),  strings  in  the entry.  For each
+            string, the code tries to analyze it into actions  in
+            terms of the other capabilities in the entry, certain
+            X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain  DEC
+            VT-series  private  modes (the set of recognized spe-
+            cial sequences has  been  selected  for  completeness
+            over  the  existing  terminfo database).  Each report
+            line consists of the capability name, followed  by  a
+            colon and space, followed by a printable expansion of
+            the capability string with sections  matching  recog-
+            nized  actions  translated into {}-bracketed descrip-
+            tions.  Here  is  a  list  of  the  DEC/ANSI  special
+            sequences recognized: i.
+
+                  Action        Meaning
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  RIS           full reset
+                  SC            save cursor
+                  RC            restore cursor
+                  LL            home-down
+                  RSR           reset scroll region
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  DECSTR        soft reset (VT320)
+                  S7C1T         7-bit controls (VT220)
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  ISO DEC G0    enable DEC graphics for G0
+                  ISO UK G0     enable UK chars for G0
+                  ISO US G0     enable US chars for G0
+                  ISO DEC G1    enable DEC graphics for G1
+                  ISO UK G1     enable UK chars for G1
+                  ISO US G1     enable US chars for G1
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  DECPAM        application keypad mode
+                  DECPNM        normal keypad mode
+                  DECANSI       enter ANSI mode
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  ECMA[+-]AM    keyboard action mode
+                  ECMA[+-]IRM   insert replace mode
+                  ECMA[+-]SRM   send receive mode
+                  ECMA[+-]LNM   linefeed mode
+                  -----------------------------------------
+                  DEC[+-]CKM    application cursor keys
+                  DEC[+-]ANM    set VT52 mode
+                  DEC[+-]COLM   132-column mode
+
+                  DEC[+-]SCLM   smooth scroll
+                  DEC[+-]SCNM   reverse video mode
+                  DEC[+-]OM     origin mode
+                  DEC[+-]AWM    wraparound mode
+                  DEC[+-]ARM    auto-repeat mode
+
+            It  also  recognizes  a  SGR  action corresponding to
+            ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set Graphics Rendition,  with  the
+            values  NORMAL,  BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and REVERSE.
+            All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on)  or
+            `-' (turn off).
+
+       An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent
+       to {SGR:NORMAL}).
+
+       <STRONG>-l</STRONG>   Set output format to terminfo.
+
+       <STRONG>-p</STRONG>   Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
+
+       <STRONG>-q</STRONG>   Make  the comparison listing shorter by omitting sub-
+            headings, and using "-" for absent capabilities,  "@"
+            for canceled rather than "NULL".
+
+       <STRONG>-R</STRONG><EM>subset</EM>
+            Restrict  output  to  a given subset.  This option is
+            for use with archaic versions of terminfo like  those
+            on  SVr1,  Ultrix,  or  HP/UX that do not support the
+            full set of SVR4/XSI Curses  terminfo;  and  variants
+            such as AIX that have their own extensions incompati-
+            ble with SVr4/XSI.  Available  terminfo  subsets  are
+            "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  and "AIX"; see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+            for details.  You can also choose  the  subset  "BSD"
+            which  selects only capabilities with termcap equiva-
+            lents recognized by 4.4BSD.
+
+       <STRONG>-s</STRONG> <EM>[d|i|l|c]</EM>
+            The <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option  sorts  the  fields  within  each  type
+            according to the argument below:
+
+            <STRONG>d</STRONG>    leave  fields  in the order that they are stored
+                 in the <EM>terminfo</EM> database.
+
+            <STRONG>i</STRONG>    sort by <EM>terminfo</EM> name.
+
+            <STRONG>l</STRONG>    sort by the long C variable name.
+
+            <STRONG>c</STRONG>    sort by the <EM>termcap</EM> name.
+
+            If the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option is not given, the fields printed out
+            will  be  sorted  alphabetically by the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> name
+            within each type, except in the case of the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> or the
+            <STRONG>-L</STRONG> options, which cause the sorting to be done by the
+            <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> name or the long  C  variable  name,  respec-
+            tively.
+
+       <STRONG>-T</STRONG>   eliminates  size-restrictions  on the generated text.
+            This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since
+            the compiled descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for
+            termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+
+       <STRONG>-t</STRONG>   tells  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>  to  discard  commented-out  capabilities.
+            Normally  when  translating from terminfo to termcap,
+            untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
+
+       <STRONG>-U</STRONG>   tells <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to  not  post-process  the  data  after
+            parsing  the  source  file.   This feature helps when
+            comparing the actual contents of  two  source  files,
+            since  it  excludes the inferences that <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> makes
+            to fill in missing data.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+            program, and exits.
+
+       <STRONG>-v</STRONG> <EM>n</EM> prints  out  tracing information on standard error as
+            the program runs.  Higher values of n induce  greater
+            verbosity.
+
+       <STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>
+            changes the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+       <STRONG>-x</STRONG>   print   information  for  user-defined  capabilities.
+            These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which
+            can be loaded using the <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled      terminal     description
+                           database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>-E</STRONG>, <STRONG>-F</STRONG>, <STRONG>-G</STRONG>, <STRONG>-R</STRONG>, <STRONG>-T</STRONG>, <STRONG>-V</STRONG>, <STRONG>-a</STRONG>, <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-f</STRONG>, <STRONG>-g</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>, <STRONG>-l</STRONG>, <STRONG>-p</STRONG>, <STRONG>-q</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>-t</STRONG> options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
+
+       The <STRONG>-r</STRONG> option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System
+       V Release 4's.  Actual BSD curses  versions  will  have  a
+       more  restricted  set.  To see only the 4.4BSD set, use <STRONG>-r</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>-RBSD</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>-F</STRONG> option of <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> should be a <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG> mode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>,    <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,     <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>,     <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Eric S. Raymond &lt;esr@snark.thyrsus.com&gt; and
+       Thomas E. Dickey &lt;dickey@invisible-island.net&gt;
+
+
+
+                                                            <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15359d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.8 2006/12/24 20:13:56 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>infotocap 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>infotocap 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG>  - convert a <EM>terminfo</EM> description into a <EM>termcap</EM>
+       description
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM> <EM>width</EM>]  [<STRONG>-V</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-1</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG> <EM>width</EM>] <EM>file</EM> . . .
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG> looks in <EM>file</EM> for  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  descriptions.   For
+       each one found, an equivalent <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> description is writ-
+       ten to standard output.   Terminfo  <STRONG>use</STRONG>  capabilities  are
+       translated directly to termcap <STRONG>tc</STRONG> capabilities.
+
+       <STRONG>-v</STRONG>   print  out  tracing  information on standard error as
+            the program runs.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>   print out the version of the program in use on  stan-
+            dard error and exit.
+
+       <STRONG>-1</STRONG>   cause  the fields to print out one to a line.  Other-
+            wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
+            a maximum width of 60 characters.
+
+       <STRONG>-w</STRONG>   change the output to <EM>width</EM> characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled      terminal     description
+                           database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       This utility is actually a link  to  <EM>tic</EM>,  running  in  <EM>-C</EM>
+       mode.  You can use other <EM>tic</EM> options such as <STRONG>-f</STRONG> and  <STRONG>-x</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b1debe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2003-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
+  * @Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.4 2006/02/25 21:50:01 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>key_defined 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>key_defined 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>key_defined</STRONG> - check if a keycode is defined
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>key_defined(const</STRONG> <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*definition);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
+       application to determine if a string is currently bound to
+       any keycode.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       If  the  string  is bound to a keycode, its value (greater
+       than zero) is returned.  If no keycode is bound,  zero  is
+       returned.   If  the  string  conflicts with longer strings
+       which are bound to keys, -1 is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62d9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1999-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999
+  * @Id: keybound.3x,v 1.6 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>keyok 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>keyok 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>keybound</STRONG> - return definition of keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>char</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> <STRONG>keybound(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>count);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
+       application to determine the string which  is  defined  in
+       the terminfo for specific keycodes.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The <EM>keycode</EM> parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL
+       is returned.  If it does not correspond to a defined  key,
+       then  NULL  is  returned.   The <EM>count</EM> parameter is used to
+       allow the application to iterate through multiple  defini-
+       tions,  counting from zero.  When successful, the function
+       returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+                                                              <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a38610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
+  * @Id: keyok.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>keyok 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>keyok 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>keyok</STRONG> - enable or disable a keycode
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>keyok(int</STRONG> <STRONG>keycode,</STRONG> <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>enable);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
+       application to disable specific keycodes, rather than  use
+       the  <EM>keypad</EM>  function  to disable all keycodes.  Keys that
+       have been disabled can be reenabled.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The keycode  must  be  greater  than  zero,  else  ERR  is
+       returned.   If  it  does  not correspond to a defined key,
+       then ERR is returned.  If the <EM>enable</EM>  parameter  is  true,
+       then  the  key  must  have  been disabled, and vice versa.
+       Otherwise, the function returns OK.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey.
+
+
+
+                                                              <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9297a7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey
+  * @Id: legacy_coding.3x,v 1.3 2006/12/24 15:12:55 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>legacy_coding 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>legacy_coding 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>use_legacy_coding</STRONG> - use terminal's default colors
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>use_legacy_coding(int</STRONG> <STRONG>level);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <EM>use</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>legacy</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>coding()</EM>  function  is an extension to the
+       curses library.  It allows the caller to change the result
+       of  <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, and suppress related checks within the library
+       that would normally cause  nonprinting  characters  to  be
+       rendered in visible form.  This affects only 8-bit charac-
+       ters.
+
+       The <EM>level</EM> parameter controls the result:
+
+              0    the library functions normally, rendering non-
+                   printing characters as described in <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+              1    the  library ignores <STRONG>isprintf</STRONG> for codes in the
+                   range 160-255.
+
+              2    the library ignores <STRONG>isprintf</STRONG> for codes in  the
+                   range 128-255.  It also modifies the output of
+                   <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>, showing codes in the range 128-159  as
+                   is.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       If  the  screen  has  not  been  initialized, or the <EM>level</EM>
+       parameter is out of range, the function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>.  Oth-
+       erwise, it returns the previous level: <STRONG>0</STRONG>, <STRONG>1</STRONG> or <STRONG>2</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       This routine is specific to ncurses.  It was not supported
+       on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is rec-
+       ommended  that any code depending on ncurses extensions be
+       conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>unctrl</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey (to support lynx's font-switching  feature).
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ab9195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu.3x,v 1.19 2006/11/04 18:38:29 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu</STRONG> - curses extension for programming menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing menu systems  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
+       ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items  into
+       menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
+       with the user.
+
+       The <STRONG>menu</STRONG> library uses the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> libraries, and  a  curses
+       initialization  routine  such  as  <STRONG>initscr</STRONG>  must be called
+       before using any of these  functions.   To  use  the  <STRONG>menu</STRONG>
+       library, link with the options <STRONG>-lmenu</STRONG> <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG>.
+
+   <STRONG>Current</STRONG> <STRONG>Default</STRONG> <STRONG>Values</STRONG> <STRONG>for</STRONG> <STRONG>Item</STRONG> <STRONG>Attributes</STRONG>
+       The  <STRONG>menu</STRONG>  library  maintains  a  default  value  for item
+       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
+       the  appropriate  <STRONG>get_</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>set_</STRONG>  routine with a <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> item
+       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  <STRONG>set_</STRONG>  function
+       affects  future  item  creations,  but does not change the
+       rendering of items already created.
+
+   <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+       The following table lists each <STRONG>menu</STRONG> routine and  the  name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name    Manual Page Name
+       --------------------------------------------
+       current_item           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       free_item              <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       free_menu              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_count             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_description       <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_index             <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_init              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_name              <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_opts              <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_opts_off          <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_opts_on           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_term              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_userptr           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_value             <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       item_visible           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_back              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_driver            <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_fore              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_format            <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_grey              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_init              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_items             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_mark              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_opts              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_opts_off          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_opts_on           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_pad               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_pattern           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+       menu_request_by_name   <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_request_name      <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_spacing           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_sub               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_term              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_userptr           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       menu_win               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_item               <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       new_menu               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       pos_menu_cursor        <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       post_menu              <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       scale_menu             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_current_item       <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_item_init          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_item_opts          <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_item_term          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_item_userptr       <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_item_value         <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_back          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_fore          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_format        <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_grey          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_init          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_items         <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_mark          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_opts          <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_pad           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_pattern       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_spacing       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_sub           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_term          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_userptr       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_menu_win           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       set_top_row            <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       top_row                <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+       unpost_menu            <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines  that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.  Rou-
+       tines that return an integer return one of  the  following
+       error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+            Character failed to match.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+            Menu is too large for its window.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_SELECTABLE</STRONG>
+            The designated item cannot be selected.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       files <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG> and <STRONG>&lt;eti.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       In  your  library  list,  libmenu.a should be before libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
+       the  other  way  around  (which would usually give a link-
+       error).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                               <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7c2c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2008/08/23 18:24:23 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_attributes 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_attributes 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>                                 <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_attributes</STRONG> - color and attribute control for menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_menu_fore</STRONG> sets the foreground attribute
+       of <EM>menu</EM>. This is the  highlight  used  for  selected  menu
+       items.   <STRONG>menu_fore</STRONG>  returns the foreground attribute.  The
+       default is <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_back</STRONG> sets the  background  attribute
+       of  <EM>menu</EM>.  This  is the highlight used for selectable (but
+       not  currently  selected)  menu   items.    The   function
+       <STRONG>menu_back</STRONG>  returns  the background attribute.  The default
+       is <STRONG>A_NORMAL</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_grey</STRONG>  sets  the  grey  attribute  of
+       <EM>menu</EM>.  This  is  the highlight used for un-selectable menu
+       items in menus that permit more than one  selection.   The
+       function   <STRONG>menu_grey</STRONG>  returns  the  grey  attribute.   The
+       default is <STRONG>A_UNDERLINE</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_pad</STRONG> sets the character used to  fill
+       the space between the name and description parts of a menu
+       item.  <STRONG>menu_pad</STRONG> returns the given  menu's  pad  character.
+       The default is a blank.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG> and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                    <STRONG><A HREF="menu_attributes.3x.html">menu_attributes(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815dcf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:13:57 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_cursor 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_cursor 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_cursor</STRONG> - position a menu's cursor
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>pos_menu_cursor</STRONG>  restores the cursor to the
+       current position associated with the menu's selected item.
+       This  is  useful after <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have been called to
+       do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="menu_cursor.3x.html">menu_cursor(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c592699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.15 2008/06/21 21:55:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_driver 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_driver 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> - command-processing loop of the menu system
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>.  This routine  has
+       three major input cases:
+
+       -  The  input  is  a  form navigation request.  Navigation
+          request codes are constants defined in <STRONG>&lt;form.h&gt;</STRONG>,  which
+          are distinct from the key- and character codes returned
+          by <STRONG>wgetch</STRONG>.
+
+       -  The input is a printable character.  Printable  charac-
+          ters  (which  must  be  positive,  less  than  256) are
+          checked according to the program's locale settings.
+
+       -  The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated  with
+          an mouse event.
+
+       The menu driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+            Move left to an item.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+            Move right to an item.
+
+       REQ_UP_ITEM
+            Move up to an item.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+            Move down to an item.
+
+       REQ_SCR_ULINE
+            Scroll up a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DLINE
+            Scroll down a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+            Scroll down a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+            Scroll up a page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+            Move to the first item.
+
+       REQ_LAST_ITEM
+            Move to the last item.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+            Move to the next item.
+
+       REQ_PREV_ITEM
+            Move to the previous item.
+
+       REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+            Select/deselect an item.
+
+       REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN
+            Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+
+       REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+            Delete   the  previous  character  from  the  pattern
+            buffer.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+            Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+
+       REQ_PREV_MATCH
+            Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+
+       If  the second argument is a printable character, the code
+       appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to  move  to
+       the  next  item  matching the new pattern.  If there is no
+       such match, <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> and deletes the
+       appended character from the buffer.
+
+       If  the  second  argument  is one of the above pre-defined
+       requests, the corresponding action is performed.
+
+   <STRONG>MOUSE</STRONG> <STRONG>HANDLING</STRONG>
+       If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special  key,  the
+       associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
+       pre-defined requests.  Currently only clicks in  the  user
+       window  (e.g.  inside the menu display area or the decora-
+       tion window) are handled.
+
+       If you click above the display region of the menu:
+
+              a REQ_SCR_ULINE is generated for a single click,
+
+              a REQ_SCR_UPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+              a REQ_FIRST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+
+       If you click below the display region of the menu:
+
+              a REQ_SCR_DLINE is generated for a single click,
+
+              a REQ_SCR_DPAGE is generated for a double-click and
+
+              a REQ_LAST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
+
+       If you click at an item inside the  display  area  of  the
+       menu:
+
+              -  the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
+
+              -  If you double-click an item a REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM is
+                 generated  and  <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>  is  returned.
+                 This  return value makes sense, because a double
+                 click usually means that an item-specific action
+                 should  be  returned.  It is exactly the purpose
+                 of this return value to signal that an  applica-
+                 tion specific command should be executed.
+
+              -  If  a  translation  into  a  request  was  done,
+                 <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> returns the result of this  request.
+
+       If  you clicked outside the user window or the mouse event
+       could  not  be  translated  into   a   menu   request   an
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG> is returned.
+
+   <STRONG>APPLICATION-DEFINED</STRONG> <STRONG>COMMANDS</STRONG>
+       If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
+       above pre-defined menu requests or  KEY_MOUSE,  the  drive
+       assumes  it is an application-specific command and returns
+       <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>.  Application-defined commands should be
+       defined  relative  to  <STRONG>MAX_COMMAND</STRONG>,  the  maximum value of
+       these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG> return one of the following error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND</STRONG>
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+            Character failed to match.
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="wgetch.3x.html">wgetch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       files <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions. The  sup-
+       port for mouse events is ncurses specific.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77b73c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_format 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_format 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG> - set and get menu sizes
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+       void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG> sets the maximum display size
+       of the given menu.  If this size is too small  to  display
+       all  menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this
+       size is larger than the menus subwindow and the  subwindow
+       is  too  small to display all menu items, <STRONG>post_menu()</STRONG> will
+       fail.
+
+       The  default  format  is  16  rows,  1  column.    Calling
+       <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG>  with a null menu pointer will change this
+       default.  A zero row or column argument to <STRONG>set_menu_format</STRONG>
+       is  interpreted  as  a  request  not to change the current
+       value.
+
+       The function <STRONG>menu_format</STRONG>  returns  the  maximum-size  con-
+       straints  for the given menu into the storage addressed by
+       <STRONG>rows</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="menu_format.3x.html">menu_format(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95addf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:08 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_hook 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_hook 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_hook</STRONG> - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook item_term(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
+       Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by <STRONG>menu_driver</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_item_init</STRONG> sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  each  time the selected item changes
+       (after the change).  <STRONG>item_init</STRONG> returns  the  current  item
+       init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_item_term</STRONG>  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and each time the selected  item  changes
+       (before  the  change).  <STRONG>item_term</STRONG> returns the current item
+       term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_init</STRONG> sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  just  after  the top row on the menu
+       changes once it is posted.  <STRONG>menu_init</STRONG> returns the  current
+       menu init hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_menu_term</STRONG>  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and just before the top row on  the  menu
+       changes  once it is posted.  <STRONG>menu_term</STRONG> returns the current
+       menu term hook, if any (<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is no such hook).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_hook.3x.html">menu_hook(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad609f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:35:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_items 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_items 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG>  - make and break connections between items and
+       menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> changes the item pointer array
+       of  the  given  <EM>menu</EM>.   The  array must be terminated by a
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns  the  item  array  of  the
+       given menu.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>item_count</STRONG>  returns  the  count of items in
+       <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>menu_items</STRONG> returns a pointer  (which  may  be
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>item_count</STRONG>  returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       error return value) if its <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_items</STRONG> returns one of  the  following
+       codes on error:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The  SVr4  menu  library   documentation   specifies   the
+       <STRONG>item_count</STRONG>  error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="menu_items.3x.html">menu_items(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6929963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:33:18 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_mark 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_mark 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> - get and set the menu mark string
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       In  order  to make menu selections visible on older termi-
+       nals without highlighting or color  capability,  the  menu
+       library  marks  selected  items  in  a  menu with a prefix
+       string.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> sets the mark  string  for  the
+       given  menu.   Calling <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> with a null menu item
+       will abolish the mark  string.   Note  that  changing  the
+       length  of  the  mark  string for a menu while the menu is
+       posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+       The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling  <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG>
+       with a non-<STRONG>NULL</STRONG> menu argument will change this default.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns the menu's mark string (or
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if there is none).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>menu_mark</STRONG> returns a  pointer  (which  may  be
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>set_menu_mark</STRONG> may return the following error
+       codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_mark.3x.html">menu_mark(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8fdde7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:31:37 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menus
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+       int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG>  creates a new menu connected to a
+       specified item pointer array (which  must  be  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG>  disconnects  <EM>menu</EM>  from its item
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_menu</STRONG> returns  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on  error.   It  sets
+       errno according to the function's failure:
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+       The function <STRONG>free_menu</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_new.3x.html">menu_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb9670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.10 2007/02/24 17:33:59 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
+       Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG>  sets  all  the  given menu's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function <STRONG>menu_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG> returns the menu's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_ONEVALUE
+            Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+
+       O_SHOWDESC
+            Display  the  item  descriptions  when  the  menu  is
+            posted.
+
+       O_ROWMAJOR
+            Display the menu in row-major order.
+
+       O_IGNORECASE
+            Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+
+       O_SHOWMATCH
+            Move the cursor to within the item  name  while  pat-
+            tern-matching.
+
+       O_NONCYCLIC
+            Don't   wrap   around  next-item  and  previous-item,
+            requests to the other end of the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>menu_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0345c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.11 2008/06/21 21:58:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_pattern 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_pattern 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every  menu  has  an  associated pattern match buffer.  As
+       input events that are printable characters come  in,  they
+       are  appended to this match buffer and tested for a match,
+       as described in <STRONG><A HREF="menu_driver.3x.html">menu_driver(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG> sets the pattern buffer  for
+       the  given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
+       If it succeeds, that item becomes  current;  if  not,  the
+       current item does not change.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG>  returns the pattern buffer of
+       the given <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>menu_pattern</STRONG> returns a pointer, which is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>
+       if the <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.  Otherwise, it is a pointer
+       to a string which is empty if no pattern has been set.  It
+       does not set errno.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_menu_pattern</STRONG>  may  return the following
+       error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG>
+            Character failed to match.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_pattern.3x.html">menu_pattern(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84055be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_post 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_post 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_post</STRONG>  -  write or erase menus from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> displays a menu to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>  or  some  equivalent  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  routine   (the
+       implicit  <STRONG>doupdate</STRONG>  triggered  by  an <STRONG>curses</STRONG> input request
+       will do). <STRONG>post_menu</STRONG> resets the  selection  status  of  all
+       items.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>unpost_menu</STRONG> erases menu from its associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NO_ROOM</STRONG>
+            Menu is too large for its window. You should consider
+            to use <STRONG>set_menu_format()</STRONG> to solve the problem.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="menu_post.3x.html">menu_post(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6da9ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:56:09 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_requestname 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_requestname 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>                               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_requestname</STRONG> - handle printable menu request names
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns the printable name
+       of a menu request code.
+       The function <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> searches in the name-ta-
+       ble  for  a  request  with  the given name and returns its
+       request code.  Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_request_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error and sets errno  to
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>.
+       <STRONG>menu_request_by_name</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_NO_MATCH</STRONG> on error.  It does
+       not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                   <STRONG><A HREF="menu_requestname.3x.html">menu_requestname(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..736e95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.8 2004/12/11 23:39:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_spacing 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_spacing 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> - Control spacing between menu items.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+                            int spc_description,
+                            int spc_rows,
+                            int spc_columns);
+       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+                        int* spc_description,
+                        int* spc_rows,
+                        int* spc_columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG>  sets the spacing informa-
+       tions for the menu.  <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> controls  the  number
+       of spaces between an item name and an item description. It
+       must not be larger than <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>. The menu system  puts  in
+       the  middle  of  this  spacing area the pad character. The
+       remaining parts are filled with spaces.  <STRONG>spc_rows</STRONG> controls
+       the  number of rows that are used for an item. It must not
+       be larger than 3. The menu system inserts the blank  lines
+       between  item rows, these lines will contain the pad char-
+       acter in the appropriate positions.  <STRONG>spc_columns</STRONG>  controls
+       the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+       be larger than TABSIZE.  A value of 0 for all the  spacing
+       values  resets  them to the default, which is 1 for all of
+       them.
+       The function <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> passes back the spacing info for
+       the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is sim-
+       ply not returned.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> may
+       return  <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>  if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+       if one of the spacing values is out of range.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_spacing.3x.html">menu_spacing(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78341cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> - associate application data with a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
+       void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every menu and every menu item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the menu user pointer field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG>  returns  a  pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It
+       does not set errno.
+
+       <STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
+       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                       <STRONG><A HREF="menu_userptr.3x.html">menu_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85511bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>menu_win 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>menu_win 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>                                               <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>menu_win</STRONG>  - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every  menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows.  The
+       menu window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+       menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
+
+       In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>.   A menu argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  menu
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The  function <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+       for the subwindow of <EM>menu</EM>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                           <STRONG><A HREF="menu_win.3x.html">menu_win(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9529473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:18:19 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_current 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_current 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_current</STRONG> - set and get current_menu_item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> sets the current item (the
+       item on  which  the  menu  cursor  is  positioned).   <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>rent_item</STRONG>  returns  a  pointer  to the current item in the
+       given menu.
+
+       The function <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> sets the top row of the  menu  to
+       show  the  given  row  (the top row is initially 0, and is
+       reset to this value whenever the <STRONG>O_ROWMAJOR</STRONG> option is tog-
+       gled).   The  item  leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
+       rent.  The function <STRONG>top_row</STRONG> returns the number of the  top
+       menu row being displayed.
+
+       The function <STRONG>item_index</STRONG> returns the (zero-origin) index of
+       <EM>item</EM> in the menu's item pointer list.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>current_item</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may  be  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).   It
+       does not set errno.
+
+       <STRONG>top_row</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>item_index</STRONG>  return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  (the general <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       error value) if their <EM>menu</EM> parameter is <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>set_current_item</STRONG> and <STRONG>set_top_row</STRONG> return one of the follow-
+       ing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_STATE</STRONG>
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       <STRONG>E_NOT_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The  SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the <STRONG>top_row</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>index_item</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is  the  value  of
+       <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_current.3x.html">mitem_current(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90895d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:53:40 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_name 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_name 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_name</STRONG> - get menu item name and description fields
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function <STRONG>item_name</STRONG> returns the name part of the given
+       item.
+       The function <STRONG>item_description</STRONG> returns the description part
+       of the given item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       These routines return a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  They
+       do not set errno.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_name.3x.html">mitem_name(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e069b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:16:36 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_new 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_new 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>                                             <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_new</STRONG> - create and destroy menu items
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+       int free_item(ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> allocates a new item and initializes
+       it  from  the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers. Please notice
+       that the item stores only the pointers  to  the  name  and
+       description. Those pointers must be valid during the life-
+       time of the item. So you should be very careful with names
+       or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
+       The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> de-allocates an item. Please notice
+       that it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  application  to
+       release  the memory for the name or the description of the
+       item.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns  <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>  on  error.   It  sets
+       errno according to the function's failure:
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
+
+       The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       <STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
+            Item is connected to a menu.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                          <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_new.3x.html">mitem_new(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..459930a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:33:32 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_opts 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_opts 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_opts</STRONG> - set and get menu item options
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
+       Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>set_item_opts</STRONG>  sets  all  the  given item's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function <STRONG>item_opts_on</STRONG> turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function <STRONG>item_opts_off</STRONG>  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG> returns the item's current option
+       bits.
+
+       There is only one defined option bit  mask,  <STRONG>O_SELECTABLE</STRONG>.
+       When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
+       cessing.  This option defaults to on.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except for <STRONG>item_opts</STRONG>, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_opts.3x.html">mitem_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7c9c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_userptr 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_userptr 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_userptr</STRONG>  -  associate  application  data with a menu
+       item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
+       void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Every menu item has a field  that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the menu-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The  function  <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG>  returns  a  pointer (possibly
+       <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>).  It does not set errno.
+
+       The <STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG> always returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
+       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_userptr.3x.html">mitem_userptr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..386c8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_value 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_value 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>                                         <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_value</STRONG> - set and get menu item values
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       If  you  turn  off  the menu option <STRONG>O_ONEVALUE</STRONG> (e.g., with
+       <STRONG>set_menu_opts</STRONG> or <STRONG>menu_opts_off</STRONG>;  see  <STRONG><A HREF="menu_opts.3x.html">menu_opts(3x)</A></STRONG>),  the
+       menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
+       simultaneously be selected.
+
+       In a multi_valued menu, you  can  used  <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG>  to
+       select the given menu item (second argument <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>) or dese-
+       lect it (second argument <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function <STRONG>set_item_value</STRONG> returns one of the following:
+
+       <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
+
+       <STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
+            System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>E_REQUEST_DENIED</STRONG>
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                        <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_value.3x.html">mitem_value(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d3d016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.5 1998/11/29 01:12:55 Rick.Ohnemus Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>mitem_visible 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>mitem_visible 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>                                     <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>mitem_visible</STRONG> - check visibility of a menu item
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG>
+       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       A  menu  item  is  visible  when it is in the portion of a
+       posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
+       scrollable,  in  particular,  this portion will be smaller
+       than the whole menu).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="menu.3x.html">menu(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header file <STRONG>&lt;menu.h&gt;</STRONG> automatically includes the header
+       file <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+                                                      <STRONG><A HREF="mitem_visible.3x.html">mitem_visible(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1dee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1233 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.91 2008/10/11 20:43:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>ncurses 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>ncurses 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                 <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  library  routines  give the user a terminal-
+       independent method of updating character screens with rea-
+       sonable   optimization.    This  implementation  is  ``new
+       curses'' (ncurses) and is  the  approved  replacement  for
+       4.4BSD  classic curses, which has been discontinued.  This
+       describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library emulates  the  <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>  library  of
+       System  V  Release  4  UNIX,  and XPG4 (X/Open Portability
+       Guide) curses (also known as XSI curses).  XSI stands  for
+       X/Open  System  Interfaces Extension.  The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library
+       is freely redistributable  in  source  form.   Differences
+       from  the  SVr4 curses are summarized under the <STRONG>EXTENSIONS</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> sections below and described in detail  in
+       the  respective  <STRONG>EXTENSIONS</STRONG>, <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG> and <STRONG>BUGS</STRONG> sections
+       of individual man pages.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library also provides many useful  extensions,
+       i.e.,  features  which  cannot  be implemented by a simple
+       add-on library but which require access to  the  internals
+       of the library.
+
+       A  program  using  these  routines must be linked with the
+       <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG> option, or (if it has been generated)  with  the
+       debugging  library  <STRONG>-lncurses_g</STRONG>.   (Your system integrator
+       may also have installed these libraries  under  the  names
+       <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG> and <STRONG>-lcurses_g</STRONG>.)  The ncurses_g library generates
+       trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
+       tory)  that describe curses actions.  See also the section
+       on <STRONG>ALTERNATE</STRONG> <STRONG>CONFIGURATIONS</STRONG>.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> package supports: overall screen,  window  and
+       pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
+       minal input; control over terminal and  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  input  and
+       output  options; environment query routines; color manipu-
+       lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
+       access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+       The  library uses the locale which the calling program has
+       initialized.  That is normally done with <STRONG>setlocale</STRONG>:
+
+             <STRONG>setlocale(LC_ALL,</STRONG> <STRONG>"");</STRONG>
+
+       If the locale is not initialized, the library assumes that
+       characters  are  printable  as in ISO-8859-1, to work with
+       certain legacy programs.  You should initialize the locale
+       and  not  rely on specific details of the library when the
+       locale has not been setup.
+
+       The function <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> or <STRONG>newterm</STRONG> must be called to initial-
+       ize the library before any of the other routines that deal
+       with windows and screens are  used.   The  routine  <STRONG>endwin</STRONG>
+       must be called before exiting.
+
+       To  get  character-at-a-time  input  without echoing (most
+       interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the fol-
+       lowing sequence should be used:
+
+             <STRONG>initscr();</STRONG> <STRONG>cbreak();</STRONG> <STRONG>noecho();</STRONG>
+
+       Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+             <STRONG>nonl();</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>intrflush(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>FALSE);</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>keypad(stdscr,</STRONG> <STRONG>TRUE);</STRONG>
+
+       Before  a <STRONG>curses</STRONG> program is run, the tab stops of the ter-
+       minal should be set and  its  initialization  strings,  if
+       defined,  must  be  output.  This can be done by executing
+       the <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG> command after the shell environment variable
+       <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>  has  been  exported.  <STRONG>tset(1)</STRONG> is usually responsible
+       for doing this.  [See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for further details.]
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library permits manipulation  of  data  struc-
+       tures,  called  <EM>windows</EM>,  which  can be thought of as two-
+       dimensional arrays of characters representing all or  part
+       of a CRT screen.  A default window called <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>, which is
+       the size of the terminal screen, is supplied.  Others  may
+       be created with <STRONG>newwin</STRONG>.
+
+       Note  that  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  does  not  handle overlapping windows,
+       that's done by the <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG> library.  This means that you
+       can either use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> or divide the screen into tiled win-
+       dows and not using <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> at all.   Mixing  the  two  will
+       result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
+
+       Windows are referred to by variables declared as <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG>.
+       These  data  structures  are  manipulated  with   routines
+       described  here and elsewhere in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> manual pages.
+       Among those, the most basic routines are <STRONG>move</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
+       More  general versions of these routines are included with
+       names beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG>, allowing the  user  to  specify  a
+       window.   The routines not beginning with <STRONG>w</STRONG> affect <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+       After using routines to manipulate a  window,  <STRONG>refresh</STRONG>  is
+       called,  telling <STRONG>curses</STRONG> to make the user's CRT screen look
+       like <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.  The characters in a window are  actually  of
+       type  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>, (character and attribute data) so that other
+       information about the character may also  be  stored  with
+       each character.
+
+       Special  windows  called  <EM>pads</EM>  may  also  be manipulated.
+       These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
+       the  screen and whose contents need not be completely dis-
+       played.  See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG> for more information.
+
+       In addition to drawing characters  on  the  screen,  video
+       attributes  and colors may be supported, causing the char-
+       acters to show up in such modes as underlined, in  reverse
+       video,  or in color on terminals that support such display
+       enhancements.  Line drawing characters may be specified to
+       be  output.   On  input,  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is also able to translate
+       arrow and function keys  that  transmit  escape  sequences
+       into  single  values.   The video attributes, line drawing
+       characters,  and  input  values  use  names,  defined   in
+       <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>, such as <STRONG>A_REVERSE</STRONG>, <STRONG>ACS_HLINE</STRONG>, and <STRONG>KEY_LEFT</STRONG>.
+
+       If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set, or
+       if the program is executing in a window environment,  line
+       and  column  information  in the environment will override
+       information read by <EM>terminfo</EM>.  This would affect a program
+       running  in an AT&amp;T 630 layer, for example, where the size
+       of a screen is changeable (see <STRONG>ENVIRONMENT</STRONG>).
+
+       If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is defined, any  pro-
+       gram  using  <STRONG>curses</STRONG> checks for a local terminal definition
+       before checking in the standard place.   For  example,  if
+       <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> is set to <STRONG>att4424</STRONG>, then the compiled terminal defini-
+       tion is found in
+
+             <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+       (The <STRONG>a</STRONG> is copied from the first letter of <STRONG>att4424</STRONG> to avoid
+       creation  of  huge  directories.)  However, if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is
+       set to <STRONG>$HOME/myterms</STRONG>, <STRONG>curses</STRONG> first checks
+
+             <STRONG>$HOME/myterms/a/att4424</STRONG>,
+
+       and if that fails, it then checks
+
+             <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424</STRONG>.
+
+       This is useful for developing experimental definitions  or
+       when write permission in <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> is not avail-
+       able.
+
+       The integer  variables  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>COLS</STRONG>  are  defined  in
+       <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>  and will be filled in by <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> with the size
+       of the screen.  The constants <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG> and <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG> have the val-
+       ues <STRONG>1</STRONG> and <STRONG>0</STRONG>, respectively.
+
+       The  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  routines  also  define  the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*</STRONG> variable
+       <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> which is used for certain low-level operations like
+       clearing  and  redrawing a screen containing garbage.  The
+       <STRONG>curscr</STRONG> can be used in only a few routines.
+
+   <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Argument</STRONG> <STRONG>Names</STRONG>
+       Many <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routines have two or more versions.  The  rou-
+       tines prefixed with <STRONG>w</STRONG> require a window argument.  The rou-
+       tines prefixed with <STRONG>p</STRONG> require a pad argument.  Those with-
+       out a prefix generally use <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>.
+
+       The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mv</STRONG> require a <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM> coordinate
+       to move to before performing the appropriate action.   The
+       <STRONG>mv</STRONG>  routines  imply  a call to <STRONG>move</STRONG> before the call to the
+       other routine.  The coordinate <EM>y</EM> always refers to the  row
+       (of  the  window), and <EM>x</EM> always refers to the column.  The
+       upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+       The routines prefixed with <STRONG>mvw</STRONG> take both a window argument
+       and  <EM>x</EM>  and  <EM>y</EM> coordinates.  The window argument is always
+       specified before the coordinates.
+
+       In each case, <EM>win</EM> is the window affected, and <EM>pad</EM>  is  the
+       pad affected; <EM>win</EM> and <EM>pad</EM> are always pointers to type <STRONG>WIN-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>DOW</STRONG>.
+
+       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag <EM>bf</EM> with the
+       value  <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>  or <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>; <EM>bf</EM> is always of type <STRONG>bool</STRONG>.  Most of
+       the data types used in the library routines, such as  <STRONG>WIN-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>DOW</STRONG>,  <STRONG>SCREEN</STRONG>,  <STRONG>bool</STRONG>, and <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> are defined in <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+       Types used for the terminfo routines such as <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG>  are
+       defined in <STRONG>&lt;term.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       This  manual  page describes functions which may appear in
+       any configuration of the library.  There  are  two  common
+       configurations of the library:
+
+              ncurses
+                   the  "normal"  library,  which  handles  8-bit
+                   characters.  The normal (8-bit) library stores
+                   characters  combined with attributes in <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+                   data.
+
+                   Attributes alone (no corresponding  character)
+                   may  be  stored  in  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>  or the equivalent
+                   <STRONG>attr_t</STRONG> data.  In  either  case,  the  data  is
+                   stored in something like an integer.
+
+                   Each  cell  (row  and  column)  in a <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> is
+                   stored as a <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>.
+
+              ncursesw
+                   the so-called "wide"  library,  which  handles
+                   multibyte   characters  (See  the  section  on
+                   <STRONG>ALTERNATE</STRONG> <STRONG>CONFIGURATIONS</STRONG>).  The "wide" library
+                   includes  all  of  the calls from the "normal"
+                   library.  It adds about one third  more  calls
+                   using data types which store multibyte charac-
+                   ters:
+
+                   <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>
+                        corresponds to <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>.  However it  is  a
+                        structure,  because  more  data is stored
+                        than can fit into an integer.  The  char-
+                        acters are large enough to require a full
+                        integer value - and  there  may  be  more
+                        than  one  character per cell.  The video
+                        attributes and color are stored in  sepa-
+                        rate fields of the structure.
+
+                        Each cell (row and column) in a <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> is
+                        stored as a <STRONG>cchar_t</STRONG>.
+
+                   <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG>
+                        stores a "wide" character.  Like  <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>,
+                        this may be an integer.
+
+                   <STRONG>wint_t</STRONG>
+                        stores  a <STRONG>wchar_t</STRONG> or <STRONG>WEOF</STRONG> - not the same,
+                        though both may have the same size.
+
+                   The  "wide"  library  provides  new  functions
+                   which  are analogous to functions in the "nor-
+                   mal" library.  There is  a  naming  convention
+                   which  relates  many  of the normal/wide vari-
+                   ants: a "_w" is inserted into the  name.   For
+                   example, <STRONG>waddch</STRONG> becomes <STRONG>wadd_wch</STRONG>.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Routine</STRONG> <STRONG>Name</STRONG> <STRONG>Index</STRONG>
+       The following table lists each <STRONG>curses</STRONG> routine and the name
+       of the manual page on which  it  is  described.   Routines
+       flagged  with  `*'  are ncurses-specific, not described by
+       XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+
+              <STRONG>curses</STRONG> Routine Name     Manual Page Name
+              --------------------------------------------
+              COLOR_PAIR              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              PAIR_NUMBER             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              _nc_tracebits           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+
+              _traceattr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _traceattr2             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracechar              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracechtype            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracechtype2           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracedump              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracef                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              _tracemouse             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              add_wch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              add_wchnstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              add_wchstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addch                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addchnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addchstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addnstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addnwstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              addwstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              assume_default_colors   <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              attr_get                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attr_off                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attr_on                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attr_set                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attroff                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attron                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              attrset                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              baudrate                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              beep                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              bkgd                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              bkgdset                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              bkgrnd                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              bkgrndset               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              border                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              border_set              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              box                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              box_set                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              can_change_color        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              cbreak                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              chgat                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              clear                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              clearok                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              clrtobot                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              clrtoeol                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              color_content           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              color_set               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              copywin                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              curs_set                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              curses_version          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              def_prog_mode           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              def_shell_mode          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              define_key              <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              del_curterm             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              delay_output            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              delch                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              deleteln                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              delscreen               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              delwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              derwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              doupdate                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              dupwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              echo                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              echo_wchar              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              echochar                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              endwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              erase                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+              erasechar               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              erasewchar              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              filter                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              flash                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_beep.3x.html">curs_beep(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              flushinp                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              get_wch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              get_wstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getattrs                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getbegx                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getbegy                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getbegyx                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getbkgd                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getbkgrnd               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getcchar                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getch                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getcurx                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getcury                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getmaxx                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getmaxy                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getmaxyx                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getmouse                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getn_wstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getnstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getparx                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getpary                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_legacy.3x.html">curs_legacy(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              getparyx                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getsyx                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              getyx                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getyx.3x.html">curs_getyx(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              halfdelay               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              has_colors              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              has_ic                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              has_il                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              has_key                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              hline                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              hline_set               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              idcok                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              idlok                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              immedok                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              in_wch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              in_wchnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              in_wchstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              inch                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              inchnstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              inchstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              init_color              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              init_pair               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              initscr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              innstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              innwstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ins_nwstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ins_wch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ins_wstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              insch                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              insdelln                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              insertln                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              insnstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              insstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              instr                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              intrflush               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              inwstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              is_cleared              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_idcok                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_idlok                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+
+              is_immedok              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_keypad               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_leaveok              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_linetouched          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              is_nodelay              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_notimeout            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_scrollok             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_syncok               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_term_resized         <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              is_wintouched           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              isendwin                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              key_defined             <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              key_name                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              keybound                <STRONG><A HREF="keybound.3x.html">keybound(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              keyname                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              keyok                   <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              keypad                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              killchar                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              killwchar               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              leaveok                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              longname                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mcprint                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              meta                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mouse_trafo             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              mouseinterval           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              mousemask               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              move                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvadd_wch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvadd_wchnstr           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvadd_wchstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddchnstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddchstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddnwstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvaddwstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvchgat                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvcur                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvdelch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvderwin                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvget_wch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvget_wstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvgetch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvgetn_wstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvgetnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvgetstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvhline                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvhline_set             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvin_wch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvin_wchnstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvin_wchstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinchnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinchstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinnstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinnwstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvins_nwstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvins_wch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvins_wstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinsch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinsnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinsstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvinwstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+              mvprintw                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvscanw                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvvline                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvvline_set             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwadd_wch              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwadd_wchnstr          <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwadd_wchstr           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddchnstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddchstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddnwstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwaddwstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwchgat                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwdelch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwget_wch              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwget_wstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwgetch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwgetn_wstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwgetnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwgetstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwhline                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwhline_set            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwin                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwin_wch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwin_wchnstr           <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwin_wchstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinchnstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinchstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinnwstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwins_nwstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwins_wch              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwins_wstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinsch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinsnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinsstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwinwstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwprintw               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwscanw                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwvline                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              mvwvline_set            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              napms                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              newpad                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              newterm                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              newwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              nl                      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              nocbreak                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              nodelay                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              noecho                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              nofilter                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              nonl                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              noqiflush               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              noraw                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              notimeout               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              overlay                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              overwrite               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_overlay.3x.html">curs_overlay(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              pair_content            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              pechochar               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              pnoutrefresh            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              prefresh                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              printw                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+              putp                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              putwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              qiflush                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              raw                     <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              redrawwin               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              refresh                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              reset_prog_mode         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              reset_shell_mode        <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              resetty                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              resizeterm              <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              restartterm             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ripoffline              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              savetty                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scanw                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scr_dump                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scr_init                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scr_restore             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scr_set                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scr_dump.3x.html">curs_scr_dump(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scrl                    <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scroll                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              scrollok                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              set_curterm             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              set_term                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_initscr.3x.html">curs_initscr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              setcchar                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getcchar.3x.html">curs_getcchar(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              setscrreg               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              setsyx                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_kernel.3x.html">curs_kernel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              setterm                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              setupterm               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              slk_attr_off            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attr_on             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attr_set            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attroff             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attron              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_attrset             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_clear               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_color               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_init                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_label               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_noutrefresh         <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_refresh             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_restore             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_set                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              slk_touch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              standend                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              standout                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              start_color             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_color.3x.html">curs_color(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              subpad                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_pad.3x.html">curs_pad(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              subwin                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              syncok                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              term_attrs              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              termattrs               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              termname                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termattrs.3x.html">curs_termattrs(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tgetent                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tgetflag                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tgetnum                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tgetstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tgoto                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tigetflag               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tigetnum                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tigetstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              timeout                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              touchline               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              touchwin                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tparm                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+              tputs                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_termcap.3x.html">curs_termcap(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              tputs                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              trace                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_trace.3x.html">curs_trace(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              typeahead               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              unctrl                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              unget_wch               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ungetch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              ungetmouse              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              untouchwin              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              use_default_colors      <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              use_env                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              use_extended_names      <STRONG><A HREF="curs_extend.3x.html">curs_extend(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              use_legacy_coding       <STRONG><A HREF="legacy_coding.3x.html">legacy_coding(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              vid_attr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vid_puts                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vidattr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vidputs                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vline                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vline_set               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vw_printw               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vw_scanw                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vwprintw                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              vwscanw                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wadd_wch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wadd_wchnstr            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wadd_wchstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wchstr.3x.html">curs_add_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddchnstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddchstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addchstr.3x.html">curs_addchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddnstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddnwstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addstr.3x.html">curs_addstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              waddwstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addwstr.3x.html">curs_addwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattr_get               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattr_off               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattr_on                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattr_set               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattroff                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattron                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wattrset                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wbkgd                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wbkgdset                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgd.3x.html">curs_bkgd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wbkgrnd                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wbkgrndset              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wborder                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wborder_set             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wchgat                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wclear                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wclrtobot               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wclrtoeol               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wcolor_set              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wcursyncup              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wdelch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_delch.3x.html">curs_delch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wdeleteln               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wecho_wchar             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_add_wch.3x.html">curs_add_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wechochar               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_addch.3x.html">curs_addch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wenclose                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              werase                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wget_wch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wch.3x.html">curs_get_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wget_wstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wgetbkgrnd              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_bkgrnd.3x.html">curs_bkgrnd(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wgetch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wgetn_wstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_get_wstr.3x.html">curs_get_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wgetnstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wgetstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getstr.3x.html">curs_getstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+              whline                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              whline_set              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              win_wch                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wch.3x.html">curs_in_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              win_wchnstr             <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              win_wchstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_in_wchstr.3x.html">curs_in_wchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winch                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winchnstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winchstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inchstr.3x.html">curs_inchstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winnstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winnwstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wins_nwstr              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wins_wch                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wch.3x.html">curs_ins_wch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wins_wstr               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_ins_wstr.3x.html">curs_ins_wstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winsch                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insch.3x.html">curs_insch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winsdelln               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winsertln               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_deleteln.3x.html">curs_deleteln(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winsnstr                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winsstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_insstr.3x.html">curs_insstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winstr                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_instr.3x.html">curs_instr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              winwstr                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inwstr.3x.html">curs_inwstr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wmouse_trafo            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              wmove                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_move.3x.html">curs_move(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wnoutrefresh            <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wprintw                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_printw.3x.html">curs_printw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wredrawln               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wrefresh                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_refresh.3x.html">curs_refresh(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wresize                 <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>*
+              wscanw                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scanw.3x.html">curs_scanw(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wscrl                   <STRONG><A HREF="curs_scroll.3x.html">curs_scroll(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wsetscrreg              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_outopts.3x.html">curs_outopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wstandend               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wstandout               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_attr.3x.html">curs_attr(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wsyncdown               <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wsyncup                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_window.3x.html">curs_window(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wtimeout                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inopts.3x.html">curs_inopts(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wtouchln                <STRONG><A HREF="curs_touch.3x.html">curs_touch(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wunctrl                 <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wvline                  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border.3x.html">curs_border(3x)</A></STRONG>
+              wvline_set              <STRONG><A HREF="curs_border_set.3x.html">curs_border_set(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Routines that return an integer return  <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>  upon  failure
+       and  an  integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful com-
+       pletion, unless otherwise noted in  the  routine  descrip-
+       tions.
+
+       All  macros  return  the  value  of  the <STRONG>w</STRONG> version, except
+       <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>, and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG>.  The
+       return  values  of <STRONG>setscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>wsetscrreg</STRONG>, <STRONG>getyx</STRONG>, <STRONG>getbegyx</STRONG>,
+       and <STRONG>getmaxyx</STRONG> are undefined (i.e., these should not be used
+       as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+       Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+       The following environment symbols are useful for customiz-
+       ing the runtime behavior of the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library.  The most
+       important ones have been already discussed in detail.
+
+       BAUDRATE
+            The  debugging library checks this environment symbol
+            when the application has redirected output to a file.
+            The  symbol's numeric value is used for the baudrate.
+            If no value is found, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses 9600.  This allows
+            testers  to construct repeatable test-cases that take
+            into account costs that depend on baudrate.
+
+       CC   When set, change occurrences of the command_character
+            (i.e.,  the  <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG> capability) of the loaded terminfo
+            entries to the value of this symbol.  Very  few  ter-
+            minfo entries provide this feature.
+
+       COLUMNS
+            Specify  the  width  of  the  screen  in  characters.
+            Applications running in a windowing environment  usu-
+            ally  are  able  to obtain the width of the window in
+            which they are executing.   If  neither  the  <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+            value  nor  the  terminal's screen size is available,
+            <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> uses the size which may be specified  in  the
+            terminfo database (i.e., the <STRONG>cols</STRONG> capability).
+
+            It  is  important that your application use a correct
+            size for the screen.  This  is  not  always  possible
+            because  your  application  may  be running on a host
+            which does not honor NAWS (Negotiations About  Window
+            Size),  or  because  you  are  temporarily running as
+            another user.  However, setting <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> and/or  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>
+            overrides  the  library's  use  of  the  screen  size
+            obtained from the operating system.
+
+            Either <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> or  <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>  symbols  may  be  specified
+            independently.   This  is mainly useful to circumvent
+            legacy misfeatures of  terminal  descriptions,  e.g.,
+            xterm which commonly specifies a 65 line screen.  For
+            best results, <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>cols</STRONG> should not be  specified
+            in a terminal description for terminals which are run
+            as emulations.
+
+            Use the <STRONG>use_env</STRONG> function to disable all use of exter-
+            nal environment (including system calls) to determine
+            the screen size.
+
+       ESCDELAY
+            Specifies the total time, in milliseconds, for  which
+            ncurses  will  await  a  character  sequence, e.g., a
+            function key.  The default value, 1000  milliseconds,
+            is enough for most uses.  However, it is made a vari-
+            able to accommodate unusual applications.
+
+            The most common instance where you may wish to change
+            this  value is to work with slow hosts, e.g., running
+            on a network.  If the  host  cannot  read  characters
+            rapidly  enough,  it  will have the same effect as if
+            the terminal did not send characters rapidly  enough.
+            The library will still see a timeout.
+
+            Note  that xterm mouse events are built up from char-
+            acter sequences received from  the  xterm.   If  your
+            application makes heavy use of multiple-clicking, you
+            may wish to lengthen this default value  because  the
+            timeout  applies to the composed multi-click event as
+            well as the individual clicks.
+
+            In addition to the environment variable, this  imple-
+            mentation  provides  a  global variable with the same
+            name.  Portable applications should not rely upon the
+            presence  of ESCDELAY in either form, but setting the
+            environment variable rather than the global  variable
+            does  not  create problems when compiling an applica-
+            tion.
+
+       HOME Tells <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> where your home directory is.  That  is
+            where  it  may  read  and  write  auxiliary  terminal
+            descriptions:
+
+            $HOME/.termcap
+            $HOME/.terminfo
+
+       LINES
+            Like COLUMNS, specify the height  of  the  screen  in
+            characters.   See COLUMNS for a detailed description.
+
+       MOUSE_BUTTONS_123
+            This applies only to the OS/2 EMX port.  It specifies
+            the  order  of  buttons on the mouse.  OS/2 numbers a
+            3-button mouse inconsistently from other platforms:
+
+            1 = left
+            2 = right
+            3 = middle.
+
+            This symbol lets you customize the mouse.  The symbol
+            must  be three numeric digits 1-3 in any order, e.g.,
+            123 or 321.  If it is  not  specified,  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  uses
+            132.
+
+       NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS
+            Override  the  compiled-in assumption that the termi-
+            nal's  default   colors   are   white-on-black   (see
+            <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG>).   You may set the foreground and
+            background color values with this  environment  vari-
+            able  by  proving  a 2-element list: foreground,back-
+            ground.  For example, to tell ncurses to  not  assume
+            anything  about  the colors, set this to "-1,-1".  To
+            make it green-on-black, set it to "2,0".   Any  posi-
+            tive value from zero to the terminfo <STRONG>max_colors</STRONG> value
+            is allowed.
+
+       NCURSES_GPM_TERMS
+            This applies only to ncurses configured  to  use  the
+            GPM interface.
+
+            If present, the environment variable is a list of one
+            or more terminal names against which the  TERM  envi-
+            ronment  variable is matched.  Setting it to an empty
+            value disables the GPM interface; using the  built-in
+            support for xterm, etc.
+
+            If  the  environment variable is absent, ncurses will
+            attempt to open GPM if TERM contains "linux".
+
+       NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS
+            <STRONG>Ncurses</STRONG> may use tabs as part of the  cursor  movement
+            optimization.   In  some  cases, your terminal driver
+            may not handle these properly.  Set this  environment
+            variable to disable the feature.  You can also adjust
+            your <STRONG>stty</STRONG> settings to avoid the problem.
+
+       NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIES
+            Some  terminals  use  a  magic-cookie  feature  which
+            requires  special  handling  to make highlighting and
+            other video attributes  display  properly.   You  can
+            suppress  the  highlighting entirely for these termi-
+            nals by setting this environment variable.
+
+       NCURSES_NO_PADDING
+            Most of the terminal  descriptions  in  the  terminfo
+            database  are  written for real "hardware" terminals.
+            Many people use terminal emulators  which  run  in  a
+            windowing    environment    and    use   curses-based
+            applications.  Terminal emulators can  duplicate  all
+            of  the important aspects of a hardware terminal, but
+            they do not have the  same  limitations.   The  chief
+            limitation of a hardware terminal from the standpoint
+            of your application is the  management  of  dataflow,
+            i.e.,  timing.   Unless a hardware terminal is inter-
+            faced into a terminal concentrator (which  does  flow
+            control),   it  (or  your  application)  must  manage
+            dataflow, preventing overruns.  The cheapest solution
+            (no  hardware cost) is for your program to do this by
+            pausing  after  operations  that  the  terminal  does
+            slowly, such as clearing the display.
+
+            As  a  result,  many terminal descriptions (including
+            the vt100) have delay times embedded.  You  may  wish
+            to  use  these  descriptions, but not want to pay the
+            performance penalty.
+
+            Set the NCURSES_NO_PADDING symbol to disable all  but
+            mandatory  padding.   Mandatory  padding is used as a
+            part of special control sequences such as <EM>flash</EM>.
+
+       NCURSES_NO_SETBUF
+            Normally <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> enables buffered output during  ter-
+            minal  initialization.   This  is  done  (as  in SVr4
+            curses) for performance reasons.   For  testing  pur-
+            poses, both of <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> and certain applications, this
+            feature    is    made    optional.     Setting    the
+            NCURSES_NO_SETBUF variable disables output buffering,
+            leaving the output  in  the  original  (usually  line
+            buffered) mode.
+
+       NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
+            During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library checks for
+            special cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the  cor-
+            responding   alternate  character  set  capabilities)
+            described in the terminfo are known  to  be  missing.
+            Specifically,  when  running  in  a UTF-8 locale, the
+            Linux console emulator and  the  GNU  screen  program
+            ignore  these.   Ncurses  checks the TERM environment
+            variable for these.  For  other  special  cases,  you
+            should  set  this  environment  variable.  Doing this
+            tells ncurses to use Unicode values which  correspond
+            to the VT100 line-drawing glyphs.  That works for the
+            special cases cited, and is likely to work for termi-
+            nal emulators.
+
+            When  setting  this  variable, you should set it to a
+            nonzero value.  Setting it to zero (or to  a  nonnum-
+            ber) disables the special check for Linux and screen.
+
+       NCURSES_TRACE
+            During initialization, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> debugging  library
+            checks  the  NCURSES_TRACE symbol.  If it is defined,
+            to a numeric value, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> calls the <STRONG>trace</STRONG> function,
+            using that value as the argument.
+
+            The  argument  values, which are defined in <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>,
+            provide several types of information.   When  running
+            with  traces enabled, your application will write the
+            file <STRONG>trace</STRONG> to the current directory.
+
+       TERM Denotes your terminal type.  Each  terminal  type  is
+            distinct, though many are similar.
+
+       TERMCAP
+            If the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library has been configured with <EM>term-</EM>
+            <EM>cap</EM> support, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  will  check  for  a  terminal's
+            description in termcap form if it is not available in
+            the terminfo database.
+
+            The  TERMCAP  symbol  contains  either   a   terminal
+            description  (with  newlines stripped out), or a file
+            name telling where the  information  denoted  by  the
+            TERM  symbol  exists.   In  either  case,  setting it
+            directs <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> to ignore the usual  place  for  this
+            information, e.g., /etc/termcap.
+
+       TERMINFO
+            Overrides the directory in which <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> searches for
+            your terminal description.  This is the simplest, but
+            not  the  only way to change the list of directories.
+            The complete list of directories in order follows:
+
+            -  the last directory to which <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> wrote, if any,
+               is searched first
+
+            -  the directory specified by the TERMINFO symbol
+
+            -  $HOME/.terminfo
+
+            -  directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS symbol
+
+            -  one or more directories whose names are configured
+               and  compiled  into  the  ncurses  library,  e.g.,
+               /usr/share/terminfo
+
+       TERMINFO_DIRS
+            Specifies  a list of directories to search for termi-
+            nal descriptions.  The list is  separated  by  colons
+            (i.e.,  ":") on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.  All of
+            the terminal descriptions are in terminfo form, which
+            makes  a  subdirectory  named for the first letter of
+            the terminal names therein.
+
+       TERMPATH
+            If TERMCAP does not hold a  file  name  then  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+            checks  the TERMPATH symbol.  This is a list of file-
+            names separated by spaces or colons  (i.e.,  ":")  on
+            Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.  If the TERMPATH symbol
+            is not set, <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> looks in the files  /etc/termcap,
+            /usr/share/misc/termcap  and  $HOME/.termcap, in that
+            order.
+
+       The library may be configured to disregard  the  following
+       variables  when  the current user is the superuser (root),
+       or if the application uses setuid or  setgid  permissions:
+       $TERMINFO, $TERMINFO_DIRS, $TERMPATH, as well as $HOME.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS</H2><PRE>
+       Several  different  configurations are possible, depending
+       on  the  configure  script  options  used  when   building
+       <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>.   There  are a few main options whose effects are
+       visible to the applications developer using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>:
+
+       --disable-overwrite
+            The standard include for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> is as noted in  <STRONG>SYN-</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>OPSIS</STRONG>:
+
+            <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+            This  option is used to avoid filename conflicts when
+            <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> is not the main implementation of  curses  of
+            the  computer.   If  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  is  installed disabling
+            overwrite, it puts its  headers  in  a  subdirectory,
+            e.g.,
+
+            <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;ncurses/curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+            It  also  omits a symbolic link which would allow you
+            to use <STRONG>-lcurses</STRONG> to build executables.
+
+       --enable-widec
+            The configure script renames the library and (if  the
+            <STRONG>--disable-overwrite</STRONG>  option  is used) puts the header
+            files  in  a  different  subdirectory.   All  of  the
+            library  names  have  a  "w"  appended to them, i.e.,
+            instead of
+
+            <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
+
+            you link with
+
+            <STRONG>-lncursesw</STRONG>
+
+            You must also define <STRONG>_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED</STRONG> when com-
+            piling  for  the  wide-character  library  to use the
+            extended (wide-character)  functions.   The  <STRONG>curses.h</STRONG>
+            file   which  is  installed  for  the  wide-character
+            library is designed to be compatible with the  normal
+            library's header.  Only the size of the <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> struc-
+            ture differs, and very few applications require  more
+            than  a  pointer  to  <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG>s.   If  the  headers are
+            installed  allowing  overwrite,  the   wide-character
+            library's  headers should be installed last, to allow
+            applications to be built using  either  library  from
+            the same set of headers.
+
+       --with-shared
+
+       --with-normal
+
+       --with-debug
+
+       --with-profile
+            The  shared  and normal (static) library names differ
+            by their  suffixes,  e.g.,  <STRONG>libncurses.so</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>libn-</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>curses.a</STRONG>.   The  debug  and profiling libraries add a
+            "_g" and a "_p" to the root names respectively, e.g.,
+            <STRONG>libncurses_g.a</STRONG> and <STRONG>libncurses_p.a</STRONG>.
+
+       --with-trace
+            The  <STRONG>trace</STRONG>  function  normally  resides  in the debug
+            library, but it is sometimes useful to configure this
+            in  the  shared  library.   Configure  scripts should
+            check for the function's existence rather than assum-
+            ing it is always in the debug library.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/tabset
+            directory  containing  initialization  files  for the
+            terminal capability database /usr/share/terminfo ter-
+            minal capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>  and  related  pages whose names begin "curs_"
+       for detailed routine descriptions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  library  can  be  compiled  with  an  option
+       (<STRONG>-DUSE_GETCAP</STRONG>) that falls back to the old-style /etc/term-
+       cap file if the terminal setup code cannot find a terminfo
+       entry  corresponding  to <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.  Use of this feature is not
+       recommended, as it essentially includes an entire  termcap
+       compiler  in the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> startup code, at significant cost
+       in core and startup cycles.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  library  includes  facilities  for  capturing
+       mouse  events on certain terminals (including xterm).  See
+       the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library includes facilities for responding  to
+       window  resizing  events,  e.g., when running in an xterm.
+       See the <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG> and <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>  manual  pages  for
+       details.   In addition, the library may be configured with
+       a SIGWINCH handler.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library extends the fixed set of function  key
+       capabilities  of  terminals  by  allowing  the application
+       designer to define additional key  sequences  at  runtime.
+       See the <STRONG><A HREF="define_key.3x.html">define_key(3x)</A></STRONG> <STRONG><A HREF="key_defined.3x.html">key_defined(3x)</A></STRONG>, and <STRONG><A HREF="keyok.3x.html">keyok(3x)</A></STRONG> man-
+       ual pages for details.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library can exploit the capabilities of termi-
+       nals  which  implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 con-
+       trols, which allow an application to reset the terminal to
+       its  original  foreground and background colors.  From the
+       users' perspective, the application is able to  draw  col-
+       ored  text  on  a  background  whose color is set indepen-
+       dently, providing better  control  over  color  contrasts.
+       See the <STRONG><A HREF="default_colors.3x.html">default_colors(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+       The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  library  includes  a  function for directing
+       application output to a printer attached to  the  terminal
+       device.  See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for details.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  library is intended to be BASE-level confor-
+       mant with XSI Curses.  The EXTENDED XSI Curses functional-
+       ity (including color support) is supported.
+
+       A  small  number of local differences (that is, individual
+       differences between the XSI Curses and <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> calls)  are
+       described  in  <STRONG>PORTABILITY</STRONG>  sections  of  the  library man
+       pages.
+
+       This implementation also contains several extensions:
+
+            The routine <STRONG>has_key</STRONG> is not part of XPG4,  nor  is  it
+            present  in SVr4.  See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_getch.3x.html">curs_getch(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page
+            for details.
+
+            The routine <STRONG>slk_attr</STRONG> is not part of XPG4, nor  is  it
+            present  in  SVr4.   See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_slk.3x.html">curs_slk(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page
+            for details.
+
+            The routines <STRONG>getmouse</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mousemask</STRONG>,  <STRONG>ungetmouse</STRONG>,  <STRONG>mou-</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>seinterval</STRONG>,  and <STRONG>wenclose</STRONG> relating to mouse interfac-
+            ing are not part of XPG4, nor  are  they  present  in
+            SVr4.    See   the  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_mouse.3x.html">curs_mouse(3x)</A></STRONG>  manual  page  for
+            details.
+
+            The routine <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> was not present in  any  previous
+            curses implementation.  See the <STRONG><A HREF="curs_print.3x.html">curs_print(3x)</A></STRONG> manual
+            page for details.
+
+            The routine <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> is not part of XPG4,  nor  is  it
+            present in SVr4.  See the <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG> manual page for
+            details.
+
+            The WINDOW structure's internal details can be hidden
+            from  application  programs.  See <STRONG><A HREF="curs_opaque.3x.html">curs_opaque(3x)</A></STRONG> for
+            the discussion of <STRONG>is_scrollok</STRONG>, etc.
+
+       In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the  capa-
+       bilities <STRONG>cr</STRONG>, <STRONG>ind</STRONG>, <STRONG>cub1</STRONG>, <STRONG>ff</STRONG> and <STRONG>tab</STRONG> activated corresponding
+       delay bits in the UNIX tty driver.   In  this  implementa-
+       tion,  all  padding  is  done  by sending NUL bytes.  This
+       method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the  inter-
+       face  to  the  UNIX kernel significantly and increases the
+       package's portability correspondingly.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The header  file  <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>  automatically  includes  the
+       header files <STRONG>&lt;stdio.h&gt;</STRONG> and <STRONG>&lt;unctrl.h&gt;</STRONG>.
+
+       If  standard  output from a <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> program is re-directed
+       to something which is not a tty, screen  updates  will  be
+       directed to standard error.  This was an undocumented fea-
+       ture of AT&amp;T System V Release 3 curses.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric  S.  Raymond,  Thomas  E.  Dickey.
+       Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+                                                            <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b5a06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: panel.3x,v 1.14 2007/05/12 20:45:20 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>panel 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>panel 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                     <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       panel - panel stack extension for curses
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;panel.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>cc</STRONG> <STRONG>[flags]</STRONG> <STRONG>sourcefiles</STRONG> <STRONG>-lpanel</STRONG> <STRONG>-lncurses</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*new_panel(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>bottom_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>top_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>show_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>update_panels();</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>hide_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_window(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>replace_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*window)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>move_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>starty,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>startx)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>panel_hidden(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_above(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_below(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*ptr)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>void</STRONG> <STRONG>*panel_userptr(const</STRONG> <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>del_panel(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*pan)</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       Panels  are  <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>  windows with the added feature of
+       depth.  Panel functions allow the use of  stacked  windows
+       and  ensure  the  proper  portions  of each window and the
+       curses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> window are hidden or displayed  when  panels
+       are  added,  moved,  modified or removed.  The set of cur-
+       rently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The  <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG>
+       window  is  beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+       of the stack.
+
+       A window is associated with every panel.  The  panel  rou-
+       tines  enable  you to create, move, hide, and show panels,
+       as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
+       stack.
+
+       Panel routines are a functional layer added to <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
+       make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere  ter-
+       minfo curses does.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FUNCTIONS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>new_panel(win)</STRONG>
+              allocates   a   <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure, associates it with
+              <STRONG>win</STRONG>, places the panel  on  the  top  of  the  stack
+              (causes   it  to   be   displayed  above  any other
+              panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
+
+       <STRONG>update_panels()</STRONG>
+              refreshes the virtual screen to reflect  the  rela-
+              tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
+              call doupdate() to  refresh  the  physical  screen.
+              Use this function and not wrefresh or wnoutrefresh.
+              update_panels() may be called more than once before
+              a  call  to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the func-
+              tion responsible for updating the physical  screen.
+
+       <STRONG>del_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+              removes the given panel from the  stack and deallo-
+              cates the <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure (but not  its  associated
+              window).
+
+       <STRONG>hide_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+              removes  the  given  panel from the panel stack and
+              thus hides it from view. The <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> structure is not
+              lost, merely removed from the stack.
+
+       <STRONG>panel_hidden(pan)</STRONG>
+              returns  TRUE  if  the panel is in the panel stack,
+              FALSE if it  is  not.   If  the  panel  is  a  null
+              pointer, return ERR.
+
+       <STRONG>show_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+              makes  a  hidden panel visible by placing it on top
+              of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
+              below.
+
+       <STRONG>top_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+              puts  the  given visible panel on top of all panels
+              in the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
+
+       <STRONG>bottom_panel(pan)</STRONG>
+              puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+
+       <STRONG>move_panel(pan,starty,startx)</STRONG>
+              moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
+              corner  is  at  <STRONG>starty</STRONG>, <STRONG>startx</STRONG>.  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.  Be sure to
+              use  this  function,  not  <STRONG>mvwin()</STRONG>, to move a panel
+              window.
+
+       <STRONG>replace_panel(pan,window)</STRONG>
+              replaces the current window of  panel  with  <STRONG>window</STRONG>
+              (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
+              if you're using <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, you can call <STRONG>replace_panel</STRONG>
+              on  the output of <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>).  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.
+
+       <STRONG>panel_above(pan)</STRONG>
+              returns a pointer to the panel above pan.   If  the
+              panel  argument is <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG> <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a pointer
+              to the bottom panel in the stack.
+
+       <STRONG>panel_below(pan)</STRONG>
+              returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.   If
+              the  panel  argument  is  <STRONG>(PANEL</STRONG>  <STRONG>*)0</STRONG>, it returns a
+              pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+
+       <STRONG>set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)</STRONG>
+              sets the panel's user pointer.
+
+       <STRONG>panel_userptr(pan)</STRONG>
+              returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+
+       <STRONG>panel_window(pan)</STRONG>
+              returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DIAGNOSTICS</H2><PRE>
+       Each  routine  that  returns  a pointer returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> if an
+       error occurs. Each  routine  that  returns  an  int  value
+       returns <STRONG>OK</STRONG> if it executes successfully and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if not.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+       Reasonable  care  has been taken to  ensure  compatibility
+       with  the  native  panel  facility  introduced  in  SVr3.2
+       (inspection   of   the  SVr4  manual  pages  suggests  the
+       programming  interface  is  unchanged).   The  <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG>  data
+       structures  are  merely   similar. The  programmer is cau-
+       tioned not to directly use <STRONG>PANEL</STRONG> fields.
+
+       The functions <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> and <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG>  are  identical
+       in  this  implementation,  and work equally well with dis-
+       played or hidden panels.  In the native System V implemen-
+       tation, <STRONG>show_panel()</STRONG> is intended for making a hidden panel
+       visible (at the top  of  the  stack)  and  <STRONG>top_panel()</STRONG>  is
+       intended  for  making an already-visible panel move to the
+       top of the stack. You are cautioned  to  use  the  correct
+       function   to   ensure  compatibility  with  native  panel
+       libraries.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTE</H2><PRE>
+       In your library list, libpanel.a should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a;  that  is,  you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
+       not the other way around (which would usually give a link-
+       error).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       panel.h interface for the panels library
+
+       libpanel.a the panels library itself
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Originally   written   by   Warren  Tucker  &lt;wht@n4hgf.mt-
+       park.ga.us&gt;, primarily to assist  in  porting  u386mon  to
+       systems  without  a native panels library.  Repackaged for
+       ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
+
+                                                              <STRONG><A HREF="panel.3x.html">panel(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23b0845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-2005
+  * @Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.11 2005/06/25 22:19:42 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>resizeterm 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>resizeterm 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>                                           <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG>,  <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>,  <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG>  -  change  the
+       curses terminal size
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>bool</STRONG> <STRONG>is_term_resized(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resize_term(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>resizeterm(int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       This is an extension to the curses library.   It  provides
+       callers  with  a hook into the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> data to resize win-
+       dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
+       terminal  (e.g.,  xterm).  The function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> resizes
+       the standard and current windows to the  specified  dimen-
+       sions,  and  adjusts  other  bookkeeping  data used by the
+       <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library that record the window dimensions.
+
+       Most  of  the  work  is  done  by   the   inner   function
+       <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>.  The outer function <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> adds bookkeep-
+       ing for the SIGWINCH handler.  When resizing the  windows,
+       <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG>  blank-fills the areas that are extended.  The
+       calling application should fill in these areas with appro-
+       priate  data.  The <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> function attempts to resize
+       all windows.  However, due to the  calling  convention  of
+       pads,  it  is  not  possible to resize these without addi-
+       tional interaction with the application.
+
+       A support function <STRONG>is_term_resized</STRONG>  is  provided  so  that
+       applications  can  check if the <STRONG>resize_term</STRONG> function would
+       modify the window structures.  It returns TRUE if the win-
+       dows would be modified, and FALSE otherwise.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       Except  as  notes,  these  function return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
+       upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success.  They will fail if  either
+       of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero, or if an
+       error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the  windows.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       While these functions are intended to be used to support a
+       signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be  taken
+       to  avoid invoking them in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>real-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>loc</STRONG> may have been interrupted, since it uses  those  func-
+       tions.
+
+       If  ncurses  is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH han-
+       dler, the <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> function ungetch's a <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> which
+       will  be  read on the next call to <STRONG>getch</STRONG>.  This is used to
+       alert an application that the screen size has changed, and
+       that  it should repaint special features such as pads that
+       cannot be done automatically.
+
+       If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>  are  set,
+       this  overrides  the  library's  use  of  the  window size
+       obtained from the operating system.  Thus, even if a  SIG-
+       WINCH  is received, no screen size change may be recorded.
+       In that case, no <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is queued for the next call to
+       <STRONG>getch</STRONG>; an <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> will be returned instead.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+       for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.5.html b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50fdc55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: term.5,v 1.19 2006/12/24 18:12:38 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>term 5</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>term 5</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       term - format of compiled term file.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>term</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+   <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>LOCATION</STRONG>
+       Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the direc-
+       tory <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.   Two  configurations  are  sup-
+       ported (when building the ncurses libraries):
+
+       <STRONG>directory</STRONG> <STRONG>tree</STRONG>
+            A  two-level  scheme is used to avoid a linear search
+            of a  huge  UNIX  system  directory:  <STRONG>/usr/share/ter-</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>minfo/c/name</STRONG>  where <EM>name</EM> is the name of the terminal,
+            and <EM>c</EM> is the first character of <EM>name</EM>.  Thus, <EM>act4</EM> can
+            be  found  in  the  file  <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/a/act4</STRONG>.
+            Synonyms for the same  terminal  are  implemented  by
+            multiple links to the same compiled file.
+
+       <STRONG>hashed</STRONG> <STRONG>database</STRONG>
+            Using  Berkeley  database,  two  types of records are
+            stored: the terminfo  data  in  the  same  format  as
+            stored  in  a directory tree with the terminfo's pri-
+            mary name as  a  key,  and  records  containing  only
+            aliases pointing to the primary name.
+
+            If built to write hashed databases, ncurses can still
+            read terminfo  databases  organized  as  a  directory
+            tree,  but  cannot  write  entries into the directory
+            tree.  It can  write  (or  rewrite)  entries  in  the
+            hashed database.
+
+            ncurses  distinguishes  the two cases in the TERMINFO
+            and TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable by assuming  a
+            directory  tree  for  entries  that  correspond to an
+            existing directory, and hashed database otherwise.
+
+   <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>FORMAT</STRONG>
+       The format has been chosen so that it will be the same  on
+       all  hardware.   An  8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no
+       assumptions about byte  ordering  or  sign  extension  are
+       made.
+
+       The  compiled  file  is  created with the <STRONG>tic</STRONG> program, and
+       read by the routine <EM>setupterm</EM>.  The file is  divided  into
+       six parts: the header, terminal names, boolean flags, num-
+       bers, strings, and string table.
+
+       The header section begins the file.  This section contains
+       six  short  integers in the format described below.  These
+       integers are
+
+            (1) the magic number (octal 0432);
+
+            (2) the size, in bytes, of the names section;
+
+            (3) the number of bytes in the boolean section;
+
+            (4) the number of short integers in the numbers  sec-
+            tion;
+
+            (5) the number of offsets  (short  integers)  in  the
+            strings section;
+
+            (6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
+
+       Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes.   The  first
+       byte  contains  the least significant 8 bits of the value,
+       and the second byte contains the most significant 8  bits.
+       (Thus,  the  value  represented is 256*second+first.)  The
+       value -1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other
+       negative  values  are  illegal. This value generally means
+       that the corresponding capability  is  missing  from  this
+       terminal.   Note that this format corresponds to the hard-
+       ware  of  the  VAX  and  PDP-11  (that  is,  little-endian
+       machines).  Machines where this does not correspond to the
+       hardware must read the integers as two bytes  and  compute
+       the little-endian value.
+
+       The  terminal  names  section comes next.  It contains the
+       first line of the terminfo description, listing the  vari-
+       ous  names  for the terminal, separated by the `|' charac-
+       ter.  The section is terminated with an ASCII NUL  charac-
+       ter.
+
+       The  boolean flags have one byte for each flag.  This byte
+       is either 0 or 1 as the flag is present  or  absent.   The
+       capabilities are in the same order as the file &lt;term.h&gt;.
+
+       Between the boolean section and the number section, a null
+       byte will be inserted, if necessary, to  ensure  that  the
+       number  section begins on an even byte (this is a relic of
+       the  PDP-11's  word-addressed   architecture,   originally
+       designed  in  to  avoid  IOT traps induced by addressing a
+       word on an odd byte boundary).   All  short  integers  are
+       aligned on a short word boundary.
+
+       The numbers section is similar to the flags section.  Each
+       capability takes up two bytes, and is stored as a  little-
+       endian short integer.  If the value represented is -1, the
+       capability is taken to be missing.
+
+       The strings section is also similar.  Each  capability  is
+       stored  as  a short integer, in the format above.  A value
+       of -1 means the capability  is  missing.   Otherwise,  the
+       value  is  taken  as  an  offset from the beginning of the
+       string table.  Special characters in ^X or \c notation are
+       stored  in their interpreted form, not the printing repre-
+       sentation.  Padding information $&lt;nn&gt; and parameter infor-
+       mation %x are stored intact in uninterpreted form.
+
+       The  final  section  is the string table.  It contains all
+       the values of string capabilities referenced in the string
+       section.  Each string is null terminated.
+
+   <STRONG>EXTENDED</STRONG> <STRONG>STORAGE</STRONG> <STRONG>FORMAT</STRONG>
+       The  previous  section describes the conventional terminfo
+       binary format.  With some minor variations of the  offsets
+       (see  PORTABILITY),  the same binary format is used in all
+       modern UNIX systems.  Each system uses a predefined set of
+       boolean, number or string capabilities.
+
+       The  ncurses  libraries  and applications support extended
+       terminfo binary format, allowing users to define capabili-
+       ties  which are loaded at runtime.  This extension is made
+       possible by using the fact that the other  implementations
+       stop  reading the terminfo data when they have reached the
+       end of the size given in the header.  ncurses  checks  the
+       size,  and  if it exceeds that due to the predefined data,
+       continues to parse according to its own scheme.
+
+       First, it reads the extended header (5 short integers):
+
+            (1)  count of extended boolean capabilities
+
+            (2)  count of extended numeric capabilities
+
+            (3)  count of extended string capabilities
+
+            (4)  size of the extended string table in bytes.
+
+            (5)  last offset of  the  extended  string  table  in
+                 bytes.
+
+       Using  the  counts and sizes, ncurses allocates arrays and
+       reads data for the extended capabilties in the same  order
+       as the header information.
+
+       The extended string table contains values for string capa-
+       bilities.  After the end of these values, it contains  the
+       names  for  each  of  the  extended capabilities in order,
+       e.g., booleans, then numbers and finally strings.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       Note that it is possible for <EM>setupterm</EM> to expect a differ-
+       ent  set  of capabilities than are actually present in the
+       file.  Either the database may  have  been  updated  since
+       <EM>setupterm</EM> has been recompiled (resulting in extra unrecog-
+       nized entries in the file) or the program  may  have  been
+       recompiled  more  recently  than  the database was updated
+       (resulting in missing  entries).   The  routine  <EM>setupterm</EM>
+       must  be prepared for both possibilities - this is why the
+       numbers and sizes are included.   Also,  new  capabilities
+       must  always  be added at the end of the lists of boolean,
+       number, and string capabilities.
+
+       Despite the consistent use of  little-endian  for  numbers
+       and  the  otherwise self-describing format, it is not wise
+       to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between
+       commercial  UNIX  versions.  The problem is that there are
+       at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and
+       OSF/1)  which  diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1,
+       and have added extension capabilities to the string  table
+       that  (in the binary format) collide with System V and XSI
+       Curses extensions.  See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for  detailed  discus-
+       sion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE>
+       As  an  example, here is a hex dump of the description for
+       the Lear-Siegler ADM-3, a  popular  though  rather  stupid
+       early terminal:
+
+       adm3a|lsi adm3a,
+               am,
+               cols#80, lines#24,
+               bel=^G, clear= 32$&lt;1&gt;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+               cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
+               home=^^, ind=^J,
+
+       0000  1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00  82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33  ........ ..1.adm3
+       0010  61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64  6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00  a|lsi ad m3a...P.
+       0020  ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00  02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00  ........ ........
+       0030  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff  ........ ..%.'...
+       0040  29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00  ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff  ).....+. ..-.....
+       0050  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0060  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0070  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0080  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0090  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00a0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00b0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00c0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00d0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00e0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       00f0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0100  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0110  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
+       0120  ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00  07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31  ....../. .....$&lt;1
+       0130  3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25  7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63  &gt;..=%p1% {32}%+%c
+       0140  25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d  25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e  %p2%{32} %+%c....
+       0150  00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a  00                       ........ .
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>LIMITS</H2><PRE>
+       Some  limitations:  total  compiled  entries cannot exceed
+       4096 bytes.  The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo/*/*  compiled terminal capability data
+       base
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas E. Dickey
+       extended terminfo format for ncurses 5.0
+       hashed database support for ncurses 5.6
+
+       Eric S. Raymond
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.7.html b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ea633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/term.7.html
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: term.7,v 1.18 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>term 7</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>term 7</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       term - conventions for naming terminal types
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> should normally contain the
+       type name of the terminal, console or display-device  type
+       you  are  using.   This  information  is  critical for all
+       screen-oriented  programs,  including  your   editor   and
+       mailer.
+
+       A  default  <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>  value will be set on a per-line basis by
+       either <STRONG>/etc/inittab</STRONG> (Linux and  System-V-like  UNIXes)  or
+       <STRONG>/etc/ttys</STRONG>  (BSD  UNIXes).  This will nearly always suffice
+       for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
+
+       If you use a dialup line, the type of device  attached  to
+       it  may vary.  Older UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb ter-
+       minal type like `dumb' or `dialup' on dialup lines.  Newer
+       ones may pre-set `vt100', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
+       VT100-compatible terminals  and  personal-computer  emula-
+       tors.
+
+       Modern  telnets  pass  your <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environment variable from
+       the local side to the remote one.  There can  be  problems
+       if  the  remote terminfo or termcap entry for your type is
+       not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare  and
+       can  almost  always  be  avoided  by  explicitly exporting
+       `vt100' (assuming you are in fact using  a  VT100-superset
+       console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
+
+       In any case, you are free to override the system <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> set-
+       ting to your taste in your  shell  profile.   The  <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+       utility  may  be  of  assistance; you can give it a set of
+       rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based  on
+       the tty device and baud rate.
+
+       Setting your own <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> value may also be useful if you have
+       created a custom  entry  incorporating  options  (such  as
+       visual  bell  or reverse-video) which you wish to override
+       the system default type for your line.
+
+       Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capabil-
+       ity data underneath /usr/share/terminfo.  To browse a list
+       of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
+
+            toe | more
+
+       from your shell.  These capability files are in  a  binary
+       format optimized for retrieval speed (unlike the old text-
+       based <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> format they replace); to examine  an  entry,
+       you  must  use the <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> command.  Invoke it as fol-
+       lows:
+
+            infocmp <EM>entry-name</EM>
+
+       where <EM>entry-name</EM> is the name of the type you wish to exam-
+       ine  (and the name of its capability file the subdirectory
+       of /usr/share/terminfo named for its first letter).   This
+       command  dumps  a  capability  file  in  the  text  format
+       described by <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       The first line of  a  <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>  description  gives  the
+       names by which terminfo knows a terminal, separated by `|'
+       (pipe-bar) characters with the last name field  terminated
+       by  a  comma.   The first name field is the type's <EM>primary</EM>
+       <EM>name</EM>, and is the one to use when setting <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.   The  last
+       name  field  (if  distinct  from  the first) is actually a
+       description of the terminal type (it may  contain  blanks;
+       the others must be single words).  Name fields between the
+       first and last (if present) are aliases for the  terminal,
+       usually historical names retained for compatibility.
+
+       There are some conventions for how to choose terminal pri-
+       mary names that help keep  them  informative  and  unique.
+       Here is a step-by-step guide to naming terminals that also
+       explains how to parse them:
+
+       First, choose a root name.  The root  will  consist  of  a
+       lower-case  letter followed by up to seven lower-case let-
+       ters or digits.  You need to avoid using punctuation char-
+       acters  in  root  names,  because they are used and inter-
+       preted as filenames and shell meta-characters (such as  !,
+       $,  *, ?, etc.) embedded in them may cause odd and unhelp-
+       ful behavior.  The slash (/), or any other character  that
+       may  be  interpreted by anyone's file system (\, $, [, ]),
+       is especially dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent,
+       and  choosing  names with special characters could someday
+       make life difficult for users of a future port).  The  dot
+       (.)  character  is  relatively safe as long as there is at
+       most one per root name; some historical terminfo names use
+       it.
+
+       The  root  name for a terminal or workstation console type
+       should almost always begin with a vendor prefix  (such  as
+       <STRONG>hp</STRONG>  for Hewlett-Packard, <STRONG>wy</STRONG> for Wyse, or <STRONG>att</STRONG> for AT&amp;T ter-
+       minals), or a common name of the terminal line (<STRONG>vt</STRONG> for the
+       VT  series of terminals from DEC, or <STRONG>sun</STRONG> for Sun Microsys-
+       tems workstation consoles, or <STRONG>regent</STRONG> for the  ADDS  Regent
+       series.   You  can list the terminfo tree to see what pre-
+       fixes are already in common use.   The  root  name  prefix
+       should  be  followed  when  appropriate by a model number;
+       thus <STRONG>vt100</STRONG>, <STRONG>hp2621</STRONG>, <STRONG>wy50</STRONG>.
+
+       The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the  OS
+       name,  i.e.  <STRONG>linux</STRONG>, <STRONG>bsdos</STRONG>, <STRONG>freebsd</STRONG>, <STRONG>netbsd</STRONG>.  It should <EM>not</EM>
+       be <STRONG>console</STRONG> or any other generic that might cause confusion
+       in  a  multi-platform environment!  If a model number fol-
+       lows, it should indicate either the OS  release  level  or
+       the console driver release level.
+
+       The  root  name  for a terminal emulator (assuming it does
+       not fit one of the standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be
+       the program name or a readily recognizable abbreviation of
+       it (i.e. <STRONG>versaterm</STRONG>, <STRONG>ctrm</STRONG>).
+
+       Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number
+       of hyphen-separated feature suffixes.
+
+       2p   Has two pages of memory.  Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
+
+       mc   Magic-cookie.   Some  terminals (notably older Wyses)
+            can only support one attribute  without  magic-cookie
+            lossage.   Their  base  entry  is usually paired with
+            another that has this suffix and uses  magic  cookies
+            to support multiple attributes.
+
+       -am  Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound).
+
+       -m   Mono mode - suppress color support.
+
+       -na  No  arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are
+            actually there on the terminal, so the user  can  use
+            the arrow keys locally.
+
+       -nam No auto-margin - suppress am capability.
+
+       -nl  No labels - suppress soft labels.
+
+       -nsl No status line - suppress status line.
+
+       -pp  Has a printer port which is used.
+
+       -rv  Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white).
+
+       -s   Enable status line.
+
+       -vb  Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
+
+       -w   Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
+
+       Conventionally,   if  your  terminal  type  is  a  variant
+       intended to specify a line height, that suffix  should  go
+       first.  So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo model 2317 terminal
+       in 30-line mode with reverse video,  best  form  would  be
+       <STRONG>fubar-30-rv</STRONG> (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30').
+
+       Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries,
+       but rather as components to be plugged into other  entries
+       via  <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities, are distinguished by using embedded
+       plus signs rather than dashes.
+
+       Commands which use a  terminal  type  to  control  display
+       often  accept  a  -T  option  that accepts a terminal name
+       argument.  Such programs should  fall  back  on  the  <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>
+       environment variable when no -T option is specified.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       For  maximum  compatibility  with  older  System V UNIXes,
+       names and aliases should be unique  within  the  first  14
+       characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
+            compiled terminal capability data base
+
+       /etc/inittab
+            tty line initialization (AT&amp;T-like UNIXes)
+
+       /etc/ttys
+            tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes)
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="term.7.html">term(7)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1284d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2374 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND!
+  * It is generated from terminfo.head, Caps, and terminfo.tail.
+  * Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff.
+  * The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs.
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.16 2007/03/04 00:09:46 tom Exp @
+  * Head of terminfo man page ends here
+  * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.49 2008/02/16 20:57:43 tom Exp @
+  * Beginning of terminfo.tail file
+  * This file is part of ncurses.
+  * See "terminfo.head" for copyright.
+  *.in -2
+  *.in +2
+  *.in -2
+  *.in +2
+  *.TH
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>terminfo 5   File Formats</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>terminfo 5   File Formats</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>                   File Formats                  <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       terminfo - terminal capability data base
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo/*/*
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <EM>Terminfo</EM>  is  a  data  base  describing terminals, used by
+       screen-oriented programs  such  as  <STRONG><A HREF="nvi.1.html">nvi(1)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="rogue.1.html">rogue(1)</A></STRONG>  and
+       libraries  such  as <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>.  <EM>Terminfo</EM> describes termi-
+       nals by giving a set of capabilities which they  have,  by
+       specifying how to perform screen operations, and by speci-
+       fying padding requirements and  initialization  sequences.
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+       Entries in <EM>terminfo</EM> consist of a sequence of `,' separated
+       fields (embedded commas may be escaped with a backslash or
+       notated  as \054).  White space after the `,' separator is
+       ignored.  The first entry  for  each  terminal  gives  the
+       names  which  are known for the terminal, separated by `|'
+       characters.  The first  name  given  is  the  most  common
+       abbreviation  for the terminal, the last name given should
+       be a long name fully identifying  the  terminal,  and  all
+       others  are  understood as synonyms for the terminal name.
+       All names but the last should be in lower case and contain
+       no  blanks;  the last name may well contain upper case and
+       blanks for readability.
+
+       Lines beginning with a `#' in the first column are treated
+       as  comments.  While comment lines are legal at any point,
+       the output of <STRONG>captoinfo</STRONG> and <STRONG>infotocap</STRONG>  (aliases  for  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>)
+       will move comments so they occur only between entries.
+
+       Newlines  and  leading  tabs  may  be  used for formatting
+       entries for readability.  These are  removed  from  parsed
+       entries.   The  <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> <STRONG>-f</STRONG> option relies on this to format
+       if-then-else expressions: the result can be read by <STRONG>tic</STRONG>.
+
+       Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should
+       be chosen using the following conventions.  The particular
+       piece of hardware making up the  terminal  should  have  a
+       root  name, thus ``hp2621''.  This name should not contain
+       hyphens.  Modes that the hardware can be in, or user pref-
+       erences,  should  be indicated by appending a hyphen and a
+       mode suffix.  Thus, a vt100 in 132 column  mode  would  be
+       vt100-w.  The following suffixes should be used where pos-
+       sible:
+
+
+      <STRONG>Suffix</STRONG>                  <STRONG>Meaning</STRONG>                   <STRONG>Example</STRONG>
+      -<EM>nn</EM>      Number of lines on the screen            aaa-60
+      -<EM>n</EM>p      Number of pages of memory                c100-4p
+      -am      With automargins (usually the default)   vt100-am
+      -m       Mono mode; suppress color                ansi-m
+      -mc      Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting   wy30-mc
+      -na      No arrow keys (leave them in local)      c100-na
+      -nam     Without automatic margins                vt100-nam
+      -nl      No status line                           att4415-nl
+      -ns      No status line                           hp2626-ns
+      -rv      Reverse video                            c100-rv
+      -s       Enable status line                       vt100-s
+
+      -vb      Use visible bell instead of beep         wy370-vb
+      -w       Wide mode (&gt; 80 columns, usually 132)    vt100-w
+
+       For more on terminal naming conventions, see  the  <STRONG>term(7)</STRONG>
+       manual page.
+
+   <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+       The  following  is  a  complete  table of the capabilities
+       included in a terminfo description block and available  to
+       terminfo-using code.  In each line of the table,
+
+       The  <STRONG>variable</STRONG>  is the name by which the programmer (at the
+       terminfo level) accesses the capability.
+
+       The <STRONG>capname</STRONG> is the short name used  in  the  text  of  the
+       database,  and  is used by a person updating the database.
+       Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the  same  as
+       or similar to the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded
+       by ECMA-48, which uses identical or very  similar  names).
+       Semantics are also intended to match those of the specifi-
+       cation.
+
+       The termcap code is the old <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> capability name  (some
+       capabilities are new, and have names which termcap did not
+       originate).
+
+       Capability names have no hard length limit, but an  infor-
+       mal  limit  of  5 characters has been adopted to keep them
+       short and to allow the tabs in the  source  file  <STRONG>Caps</STRONG>  to
+       line up nicely.
+
+       Finally,  the  description  field  attempts  to convey the
+       semantics of the capability.  You may find some  codes  in
+       the description field:
+
+       (P)    indicates that padding may be specified
+
+       #[1-9] in  the description field indicates that the string
+              is passed through tparm with parms as given (#<EM>i</EM>).
+
+       (P*)   indicates that padding may vary  in  proportion  to
+              the number of lines affected
+
+       (#<EM>i</EM>)   indicates the <EM>i</EM>th parameter.
+
+
+       These are the boolean capabilities:
+
+
+               <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>          <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>  <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>      <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+               <STRONG>Booleans</STRONG>          <STRONG>name</STRONG>  <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+       auto_left_margin          bw    bw    cub1 wraps from col-
+                                             umn 0 to last column
+       auto_right_margin         am    am    terminal has auto-
+                                             matic margins
+       back_color_erase          bce   ut    screen erased with
+                                             background color
+       can_change                ccc   cc    terminal can re-
+                                             define existing col-
+                                             ors
+       ceol_standout_glitch      xhp   xs    standout not erased
+                                             by overwriting (hp)
+       col_addr_glitch           xhpa  YA    only positive motion
+                                             for hpa/mhpa caps
+
+
+       cpi_changes_res           cpix  YF    changing character
+                                             pitch changes reso-
+                                             lution
+       cr_cancels_micro_mode     crxm  YB    using cr turns off
+                                             micro mode
+       dest_tabs_magic_smso      xt    xt    tabs destructive,
+                                             magic so char
+                                             (t1061)
+       eat_newline_glitch        xenl  xn    newline ignored
+                                             after 80 cols (con-
+                                             cept)
+       erase_overstrike          eo    eo    can erase over-
+                                             strikes with a blank
+       generic_type              gn    gn    generic line type
+       hard_copy                 hc    hc    hardcopy terminal
+       hard_cursor               chts  HC    cursor is hard to
+                                             see
+       has_meta_key              km    km    Has a meta key
+                                             (i.e., sets 8th-bit)
+       has_print_wheel           daisy YC    printer needs opera-
+                                             tor to change char-
+                                             acter set
+       has_status_line           hs    hs    has extra status
+                                             line
+       hue_lightness_saturation  hls   hl    terminal uses only
+                                             HLS color notation
+                                             (Tektronix)
+       insert_null_glitch        in    in    insert mode distin-
+                                             guishes nulls
+       lpi_changes_res           lpix  YG    changing line pitch
+                                             changes resolution
+       memory_above              da    da    display may be
+                                             retained above the
+                                             screen
+       memory_below              db    db    display may be
+                                             retained below the
+                                             screen
+       move_insert_mode          mir   mi    safe to move while
+                                             in insert mode
+       move_standout_mode        msgr  ms    safe to move while
+                                             in standout mode
+       needs_xon_xoff            nxon  nx    padding will not
+                                             work, xon/xoff
+                                             required
+       no_esc_ctlc               xsb   xb    beehive (f1=escape,
+                                             f2=ctrl C)
+       no_pad_char               npc   NP    pad character does
+                                             not exist
+       non_dest_scroll_region    ndscr ND    scrolling region is
+                                             non-destructive
+       non_rev_rmcup             nrrmc NR    smcup does not
+                                             reverse rmcup
+       over_strike               os    os    terminal can over-
+                                             strike
+       prtr_silent               mc5i  5i    printer will not
+                                             echo on screen
+       row_addr_glitch           xvpa  YD    only positive motion
+                                             for vpa/mvpa caps
+       semi_auto_right_margin    sam   YE    printing in last
+                                             column causes cr
+       status_line_esc_ok        eslok es    escape can be used
+                                             on the status line
+       tilde_glitch              hz    hz    cannot print ~'s
+                                             (hazeltine)
+
+
+       transparent_underline     ul    ul    underline character
+                                             overstrikes
+       xon_xoff                  xon   xo    terminal uses
+                                             xon/xoff handshaking
+
+       These are the numeric capabilities:
+
+
+            <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>         <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>     <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>       <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>Numeric</STRONG>         <STRONG>name</STRONG>     <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+       columns               cols     co     number of columns in
+                                             a line
+       init_tabs             it       it     tabs initially every
+                                             # spaces
+       label_height          lh       lh     rows in each label
+       label_width           lw       lw     columns in each
+                                             label
+       lines                 lines    li     number of lines on
+                                             screen or page
+       lines_of_memory       lm       lm     lines of memory if &gt;
+                                             line. 0 means varies
+       magic_cookie_glitch   xmc      sg     number of blank
+                                             characters left by
+                                             smso or rmso
+       max_attributes        ma       ma     maximum combined
+                                             attributes terminal
+                                             can handle
+       max_colors            colors   Co     maximum number of
+                                             colors on screen
+       max_pairs             pairs    pa     maximum number of
+                                             color-pairs on the
+                                             screen
+       maximum_windows       wnum     MW     maximum number of
+                                             defineable windows
+       no_color_video        ncv      NC     video attributes
+                                             that cannot be used
+                                             with colors
+       num_labels            nlab     Nl     number of labels on
+                                             screen
+       padding_baud_rate     pb       pb     lowest baud rate
+                                             where padding needed
+       virtual_terminal      vt       vt     virtual terminal
+                                             number (CB/unix)
+       width_status_line     wsl      ws     number of columns in
+                                             status line
+
+       The following numeric  capabilities  are  present  in  the
+       SVr4.0  term  structure, but are not yet documented in the
+       man page.  They came in with SVr4's printer support.
+
+
+             <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>         <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>    <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>       <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+             <STRONG>Numeric</STRONG>          <STRONG>name</STRONG>    <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+       bit_image_entwining    bitwin  Yo     number of passes for
+                                             each bit-image row
+       bit_image_type         bitype  Yp     type of bit-image
+                                             device
+       buffer_capacity        bufsz   Ya     numbers of bytes
+                                             buffered before
+                                             printing
+       buttons                btns    BT     number of buttons on
+                                             mouse
+       dot_horz_spacing       spinh   Yc     spacing of dots hor-
+                                             izontally in dots
+                                             per inch
+
+       dot_vert_spacing       spinv   Yb     spacing of pins ver-
+                                             tically in pins per
+                                             inch
+       max_micro_address      maddr   Yd     maximum value in
+                                             micro_..._address
+       max_micro_jump         mjump   Ye     maximum value in
+                                             parm_..._micro
+       micro_col_size         mcs     Yf     character step size
+                                             when in micro mode
+       micro_line_size        mls     Yg     line step size when
+                                             in micro mode
+       number_of_pins         npins   Yh     numbers of pins in
+                                             print-head
+       output_res_char        orc     Yi     horizontal resolu-
+                                             tion in units per
+                                             line
+       output_res_horz_inch   orhi    Yk     horizontal resolu-
+                                             tion in units per
+                                             inch
+       output_res_line        orl     Yj     vertical resolution
+                                             in units per line
+       output_res_vert_inch   orvi    Yl     vertical resolution
+                                             in units per inch
+       print_rate             cps     Ym     print rate in char-
+                                             acters per second
+       wide_char_size         widcs   Yn     character step size
+                                             when in double wide
+                                             mode
+
+       These are the string capabilities:
+
+
+               <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>          <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>   <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>     <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+                <STRONG>String</STRONG>           <STRONG>name</STRONG>   <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+       acs_chars                 acsc   ac   graphics charset
+                                             pairs, based on
+                                             vt100
+       back_tab                  cbt    bt   back tab (P)
+       bell                      bel    bl   audible signal
+                                             (bell) (P)
+       carriage_return           cr     cr   carriage return (P*)
+                                             (P*)
+       change_char_pitch         cpi    ZA   Change number of
+                                             characters per inch
+                                             to #1
+       change_line_pitch         lpi    ZB   Change number of
+                                             lines per inch to #1
+       change_res_horz           chr    ZC   Change horizontal
+                                             resolution to #1
+       change_res_vert           cvr    ZD   Change vertical res-
+                                             olution to #1
+       change_scroll_region      csr    cs   change region to
+                                             line #1 to line #2
+                                             (P)
+       char_padding              rmp    rP   like ip but when in
+                                             insert mode
+       clear_all_tabs            tbc    ct   clear all tab stops
+                                             (P)
+       clear_margins             mgc    MC   clear right and left
+                                             soft margins
+       clear_screen              clear  cl   clear screen and
+                                             home cursor (P*)
+       clr_bol                   el1    cb   Clear to beginning
+                                             of line
+
+
+       clr_eol                   el     ce   clear to end of line
+                                             (P)
+       clr_eos                   ed     cd   clear to end of
+                                             screen (P*)
+       column_address            hpa    ch   horizontal position
+                                             #1, absolute (P)
+       command_character         cmdch  CC   terminal settable
+                                             cmd character in
+                                             prototype !?
+       create_window             cwin   CW   define a window #1
+                                             from #2,#3 to #4,#5
+       cursor_address            cup    cm   move to row #1
+                                             columns #2
+       cursor_down               cud1   do   down one line
+       cursor_home               home   ho   home cursor (if no
+                                             cup)
+       cursor_invisible          civis  vi   make cursor invisi-
+                                             ble
+       cursor_left               cub1   le   move left one space
+       cursor_mem_address        mrcup  CM   memory relative cur-
+                                             sor addressing, move
+                                             to row #1 columns #2
+       cursor_normal             cnorm  ve   make cursor appear
+                                             normal (undo
+                                             civis/cvvis)
+       cursor_right              cuf1   nd   non-destructive
+                                             space (move right
+                                             one space)
+       cursor_to_ll              ll     ll   last line, first
+                                             column (if no cup)
+       cursor_up                 cuu1   up   up one line
+       cursor_visible            cvvis  vs   make cursor very
+                                             visible
+       define_char               defc   ZE   Define a character
+                                             #1, #2 dots wide,
+                                             descender #3
+       delete_character          dch1   dc   delete character
+                                             (P*)
+       delete_line               dl1    dl   delete line (P*)
+       dial_phone                dial   DI   dial number #1
+       dis_status_line           dsl    ds   disable status line
+       display_clock             dclk   DK   display clock
+       down_half_line            hd     hd   half a line down
+       ena_acs                   enacs  eA   enable alternate
+                                             char set
+       enter_alt_charset_mode    smacs  as   start alternate
+                                             character set (P)
+       enter_am_mode             smam   SA   turn on automatic
+                                             margins
+       enter_blink_mode          blink  mb   turn on blinking
+       enter_bold_mode           bold   md   turn on bold (extra
+                                             bright) mode
+       enter_ca_mode             smcup  ti   string to start pro-
+                                             grams using cup
+       enter_delete_mode         smdc   dm   enter delete mode
+       enter_dim_mode            dim    mh   turn on half-bright
+                                             mode
+       enter_doublewide_mode     swidm  ZF   Enter double-wide
+                                             mode
+       enter_draft_quality       sdrfq  ZG   Enter draft-quality
+                                             mode
+       enter_insert_mode         smir   im   enter insert mode
+       enter_italics_mode        sitm   ZH   Enter italic mode
+       enter_leftward_mode       slm    ZI   Start leftward car-
+                                             riage motion
+
+       enter_micro_mode          smicm  ZJ   Start micro-motion
+                                             mode
+       enter_near_letter_quality snlq   ZK   Enter NLQ mode
+       enter_normal_quality      snrmq  ZL   Enter normal-quality
+                                             mode
+       enter_protected_mode      prot   mp   turn on protected
+                                             mode
+       enter_reverse_mode        rev    mr   turn on reverse
+                                             video mode
+       enter_secure_mode         invis  mk   turn on blank mode
+                                             (characters invisi-
+                                             ble)
+       enter_shadow_mode         sshm   ZM   Enter shadow-print
+                                             mode
+       enter_standout_mode       smso   so   begin standout mode
+       enter_subscript_mode      ssubm  ZN   Enter subscript mode
+       enter_superscript_mode    ssupm  ZO   Enter superscript
+                                             mode
+       enter_underline_mode      smul   us   begin underline mode
+       enter_upward_mode         sum    ZP   Start upward car-
+                                             riage motion
+       enter_xon_mode            smxon  SX   turn on xon/xoff
+                                             handshaking
+       erase_chars               ech    ec   erase #1 characters
+                                             (P)
+       exit_alt_charset_mode     rmacs  ae   end alternate char-
+                                             acter set (P)
+       exit_am_mode              rmam   RA   turn off automatic
+                                             margins
+       exit_attribute_mode       sgr0   me   turn off all
+                                             attributes
+       exit_ca_mode              rmcup  te   strings to end pro-
+                                             grams using cup
+       exit_delete_mode          rmdc   ed   end delete mode
+       exit_doublewide_mode      rwidm  ZQ   End double-wide mode
+       exit_insert_mode          rmir   ei   exit insert mode
+       exit_italics_mode         ritm   ZR   End italic mode
+       exit_leftward_mode        rlm    ZS   End left-motion mode
+       exit_micro_mode           rmicm  ZT   End micro-motion
+                                             mode
+       exit_shadow_mode          rshm   ZU   End shadow-print
+                                             mode
+       exit_standout_mode        rmso   se   exit standout mode
+       exit_subscript_mode       rsubm  ZV   End subscript mode
+       exit_superscript_mode     rsupm  ZW   End superscript mode
+       exit_underline_mode       rmul   ue   exit underline mode
+       exit_upward_mode          rum    ZX   End reverse charac-
+                                             ter motion
+       exit_xon_mode             rmxon  RX   turn off xon/xoff
+                                             handshaking
+       fixed_pause               pause  PA   pause for 2-3 sec-
+                                             onds
+       flash_hook                hook   fh   flash switch hook
+       flash_screen              flash  vb   visible bell (may
+                                             not move cursor)
+       form_feed                 ff     ff   hardcopy terminal
+                                             page eject (P*)
+       from_status_line          fsl    fs   return from status
+                                             line
+       goto_window               wingo  WG   go to window #1
+       hangup                    hup    HU   hang-up phone
+       init_1string              is1    i1   initialization
+                                             string
+       init_2string              is2    is   initialization
+                                             string
+
+       init_3string              is3    i3   initialization
+                                             string
+       init_file                 if     if   name of initializa-
+                                             tion file
+       init_prog                 iprog  iP   path name of program
+                                             for initialization
+       initialize_color          initc  Ic   initialize color #1
+                                             to (#2,#3,#4)
+       initialize_pair           initp  Ip   Initialize color
+                                             pair #1 to
+                                             fg=(#2,#3,#4),
+                                             bg=(#5,#6,#7)
+       insert_character          ich1   ic   insert character (P)
+       insert_line               il1    al   insert line (P*)
+       insert_padding            ip     ip   insert padding after
+                                             inserted character
+       key_a1                    ka1    K1   upper left of keypad
+       key_a3                    ka3    K3   upper right of key-
+                                             pad
+       key_b2                    kb2    K2   center of keypad
+       key_backspace             kbs    kb   backspace key
+       key_beg                   kbeg   @1   begin key
+       key_btab                  kcbt   kB   back-tab key
+       key_c1                    kc1    K4   lower left of keypad
+       key_c3                    kc3    K5   lower right of key-
+                                             pad
+       key_cancel                kcan   @2   cancel key
+       key_catab                 ktbc   ka   clear-all-tabs key
+       key_clear                 kclr   kC   clear-screen or
+                                             erase key
+       key_close                 kclo   @3   close key
+       key_command               kcmd   @4   command key
+       key_copy                  kcpy   @5   copy key
+       key_create                kcrt   @6   create key
+       key_ctab                  kctab  kt   clear-tab key
+       key_dc                    kdch1  kD   delete-character key
+       key_dl                    kdl1   kL   delete-line key
+       key_down                  kcud1  kd   down-arrow key
+       key_eic                   krmir  kM   sent by rmir or smir
+                                             in insert mode
+       key_end                   kend   @7   end key
+       key_enter                 kent   @8   enter/send key
+       key_eol                   kel    kE   clear-to-end-of-line
+                                             key
+       key_eos                   ked    kS   clear-to-end-of-
+                                             screen key
+       key_exit                  kext   @9   exit key
+       key_f0                    kf0    k0   F0 function key
+       key_f1                    kf1    k1   F1 function key
+       key_f10                   kf10   k;   F10 function key
+       key_f11                   kf11   F1   F11 function key
+       key_f12                   kf12   F2   F12 function key
+       key_f13                   kf13   F3   F13 function key
+       key_f14                   kf14   F4   F14 function key
+       key_f15                   kf15   F5   F15 function key
+       key_f16                   kf16   F6   F16 function key
+       key_f17                   kf17   F7   F17 function key
+       key_f18                   kf18   F8   F18 function key
+       key_f19                   kf19   F9   F19 function key
+       key_f2                    kf2    k2   F2 function key
+       key_f20                   kf20   FA   F20 function key
+       key_f21                   kf21   FB   F21 function key
+       key_f22                   kf22   FC   F22 function key
+       key_f23                   kf23   FD   F23 function key
+       key_f24                   kf24   FE   F24 function key
+
+       key_f25                   kf25   FF   F25 function key
+       key_f26                   kf26   FG   F26 function key
+       key_f27                   kf27   FH   F27 function key
+       key_f28                   kf28   FI   F28 function key
+       key_f29                   kf29   FJ   F29 function key
+       key_f3                    kf3    k3   F3 function key
+       key_f30                   kf30   FK   F30 function key
+       key_f31                   kf31   FL   F31 function key
+       key_f32                   kf32   FM   F32 function key
+       key_f33                   kf33   FN   F33 function key
+       key_f34                   kf34   FO   F34 function key
+       key_f35                   kf35   FP   F35 function key
+       key_f36                   kf36   FQ   F36 function key
+       key_f37                   kf37   FR   F37 function key
+       key_f38                   kf38   FS   F38 function key
+       key_f39                   kf39   FT   F39 function key
+       key_f4                    kf4    k4   F4 function key
+       key_f40                   kf40   FU   F40 function key
+       key_f41                   kf41   FV   F41 function key
+       key_f42                   kf42   FW   F42 function key
+       key_f43                   kf43   FX   F43 function key
+       key_f44                   kf44   FY   F44 function key
+       key_f45                   kf45   FZ   F45 function key
+       key_f46                   kf46   Fa   F46 function key
+       key_f47                   kf47   Fb   F47 function key
+       key_f48                   kf48   Fc   F48 function key
+       key_f49                   kf49   Fd   F49 function key
+       key_f5                    kf5    k5   F5 function key
+       key_f50                   kf50   Fe   F50 function key
+       key_f51                   kf51   Ff   F51 function key
+       key_f52                   kf52   Fg   F52 function key
+       key_f53                   kf53   Fh   F53 function key
+       key_f54                   kf54   Fi   F54 function key
+       key_f55                   kf55   Fj   F55 function key
+       key_f56                   kf56   Fk   F56 function key
+       key_f57                   kf57   Fl   F57 function key
+       key_f58                   kf58   Fm   F58 function key
+       key_f59                   kf59   Fn   F59 function key
+       key_f6                    kf6    k6   F6 function key
+       key_f60                   kf60   Fo   F60 function key
+       key_f61                   kf61   Fp   F61 function key
+       key_f62                   kf62   Fq   F62 function key
+       key_f63                   kf63   Fr   F63 function key
+       key_f7                    kf7    k7   F7 function key
+       key_f8                    kf8    k8   F8 function key
+       key_f9                    kf9    k9   F9 function key
+       key_find                  kfnd   @0   find key
+       key_help                  khlp   %1   help key
+       key_home                  khome  kh   home key
+       key_ic                    kich1  kI   insert-character key
+       key_il                    kil1   kA   insert-line key
+       key_left                  kcub1  kl   left-arrow key
+       key_ll                    kll    kH   lower-left key (home
+                                             down)
+       key_mark                  kmrk   %2   mark key
+       key_message               kmsg   %3   message key
+       key_move                  kmov   %4   move key
+       key_next                  knxt   %5   next key
+       key_npage                 knp    kN   next-page key
+       key_open                  kopn   %6   open key
+       key_options               kopt   %7   options key
+       key_ppage                 kpp    kP   previous-page key
+       key_previous              kprv   %8   previous key
+       key_print                 kprt   %9   print key
+       key_redo                  krdo   %0   redo key
+
+       key_reference             kref   &amp;1   reference key
+       key_refresh               krfr   &amp;2   refresh key
+       key_replace               krpl   &amp;3   replace key
+       key_restart               krst   &amp;4   restart key
+       key_resume                kres   &amp;5   resume key
+       key_right                 kcuf1  kr   right-arrow key
+       key_save                  ksav   &amp;6   save key
+       key_sbeg                  kBEG   &amp;9   shifted begin key
+       key_scancel               kCAN   &amp;0   shifted cancel key
+       key_scommand              kCMD   *1   shifted command key
+       key_scopy                 kCPY   *2   shifted copy key
+       key_screate               kCRT   *3   shifted create key
+       key_sdc                   kDC    *4   shifted delete-char-
+                                             acter key
+       key_sdl                   kDL    *5   shifted delete-line
+                                             key
+       key_select                kslt   *6   select key
+       key_send                  kEND   *7   shifted end key
+       key_seol                  kEOL   *8   shifted clear-to-
+                                             end-of-line key
+       key_sexit                 kEXT   *9   shifted exit key
+       key_sf                    kind   kF   scroll-forward key
+       key_sfind                 kFND   *0   shifted find key
+       key_shelp                 kHLP   #1   shifted help key
+       key_shome                 kHOM   #2   shifted home key
+       key_sic                   kIC    #3   shifted insert-char-
+                                             acter key
+       key_sleft                 kLFT   #4   shifted left-arrow
+                                             key
+       key_smessage              kMSG   %a   shifted message key
+       key_smove                 kMOV   %b   shifted move key
+       key_snext                 kNXT   %c   shifted next key
+       key_soptions              kOPT   %d   shifted options key
+       key_sprevious             kPRV   %e   shifted previous key
+       key_sprint                kPRT   %f   shifted print key
+       key_sr                    kri    kR   scroll-backward key
+       key_sredo                 kRDO   %g   shifted redo key
+       key_sreplace              kRPL   %h   shifted replace key
+       key_sright                kRIT   %i   shifted right-arrow
+                                             key
+       key_srsume                kRES   %j   shifted resume key
+       key_ssave                 kSAV   !1   shifted save key
+       key_ssuspend              kSPD   !2   shifted suspend key
+       key_stab                  khts   kT   set-tab key
+       key_sundo                 kUND   !3   shifted undo key
+       key_suspend               kspd   &amp;7   suspend key
+       key_undo                  kund   &amp;8   undo key
+       key_up                    kcuu1  ku   up-arrow key
+       keypad_local              rmkx   ke   leave 'key-
+                                             board_transmit' mode
+       keypad_xmit               smkx   ks   enter 'key-
+                                             board_transmit' mode
+       lab_f0                    lf0    l0   label on function
+                                             key f0 if not f0
+       lab_f1                    lf1    l1   label on function
+                                             key f1 if not f1
+       lab_f10                   lf10   la   label on function
+                                             key f10 if not f10
+       lab_f2                    lf2    l2   label on function
+                                             key f2 if not f2
+       lab_f3                    lf3    l3   label on function
+                                             key f3 if not f3
+       lab_f4                    lf4    l4   label on function
+                                             key f4 if not f4
+
+
+       lab_f5                    lf5    l5   label on function
+                                             key f5 if not f5
+       lab_f6                    lf6    l6   label on function
+                                             key f6 if not f6
+       lab_f7                    lf7    l7   label on function
+                                             key f7 if not f7
+       lab_f8                    lf8    l8   label on function
+                                             key f8 if not f8
+       lab_f9                    lf9    l9   label on function
+                                             key f9 if not f9
+       label_format              fln    Lf   label format
+       label_off                 rmln   LF   turn off soft labels
+       label_on                  smln   LO   turn on soft labels
+       meta_off                  rmm    mo   turn off meta mode
+       meta_on                   smm    mm   turn on meta mode
+                                             (8th-bit on)
+       micro_column_address      mhpa   ZY   Like column_address
+                                             in micro mode
+       micro_down                mcud1  ZZ   Like cursor_down in
+                                             micro mode
+       micro_left                mcub1  Za   Like cursor_left in
+                                             micro mode
+       micro_right               mcuf1  Zb   Like cursor_right in
+                                             micro mode
+       micro_row_address         mvpa   Zc   Like row_address #1
+                                             in micro mode
+       micro_up                  mcuu1  Zd   Like cursor_up in
+                                             micro mode
+       newline                   nel    nw   newline (behave like
+                                             cr followed by lf)
+       order_of_pins             porder Ze   Match software bits
+                                             to print-head pins
+       orig_colors               oc     oc   Set all color pairs
+                                             to the original ones
+       orig_pair                 op     op   Set default pair to
+                                             its original value
+       pad_char                  pad    pc   padding char
+                                             (instead of null)
+       parm_dch                  dch    DC   delete #1 characters
+                                             (P*)
+       parm_delete_line          dl     DL   delete #1 lines (P*)
+       parm_down_cursor          cud    DO   down #1 lines (P*)
+       parm_down_micro           mcud   Zf   Like parm_down_cur-
+                                             sor in micro mode
+       parm_ich                  ich    IC   insert #1 characters
+                                             (P*)
+       parm_index                indn   SF   scroll forward #1
+                                             lines (P)
+       parm_insert_line          il     AL   insert #1 lines (P*)
+       parm_left_cursor          cub    LE   move #1 characters
+                                             to the left (P)
+       parm_left_micro           mcub   Zg   Like parm_left_cur-
+                                             sor in micro mode
+       parm_right_cursor         cuf    RI   move #1 characters
+                                             to the right (P*)
+       parm_right_micro          mcuf   Zh   Like parm_right_cur-
+                                             sor in micro mode
+       parm_rindex               rin    SR   scroll back #1 lines
+                                             (P)
+       parm_up_cursor            cuu    UP   up #1 lines (P*)
+       parm_up_micro             mcuu   Zi   Like parm_up_cursor
+                                             in micro mode
+       pkey_key                  pfkey  pk   program function key
+                                             #1 to type string #2
+
+
+       pkey_local                pfloc  pl   program function key
+                                             #1 to execute string
+                                             #2
+       pkey_xmit                 pfx    px   program function key
+                                             #1 to transmit
+                                             string #2
+       plab_norm                 pln    pn   program label #1 to
+                                             show string #2
+       print_screen              mc0    ps   print contents of
+                                             screen
+       prtr_non                  mc5p   pO   turn on printer for
+                                             #1 bytes
+       prtr_off                  mc4    pf   turn off printer
+       prtr_on                   mc5    po   turn on printer
+       pulse                     pulse  PU   select pulse dialing
+       quick_dial                qdial  QD   dial number #1 with-
+                                             out checking
+       remove_clock              rmclk  RC   remove clock
+       repeat_char               rep    rp   repeat char #1 #2
+                                             times (P*)
+       req_for_input             rfi    RF   send next input char
+                                             (for ptys)
+       reset_1string             rs1    r1   reset string
+       reset_2string             rs2    r2   reset string
+       reset_3string             rs3    r3   reset string
+       reset_file                rf     rf   name of reset file
+       restore_cursor            rc     rc   restore cursor to
+                                             position of last
+                                             save_cursor
+       row_address               vpa    cv   vertical position #1
+                                             absolute (P)
+       save_cursor               sc     sc   save current cursor
+                                             position (P)
+       scroll_forward            ind    sf   scroll text up (P)
+       scroll_reverse            ri     sr   scroll text down (P)
+       select_char_set           scs    Zj   Select character
+                                             set, #1
+       set_attributes            sgr    sa   define video
+                                             attributes #1-#9
+                                             (PG9)
+       set_background            setb   Sb   Set background color
+                                             #1
+       set_bottom_margin         smgb   Zk   Set bottom margin at
+                                             current line
+       set_bottom_margin_parm    smgbp  Zl   Set bottom margin at
+                                             line #1 or (if smgtp
+                                             is not given) #2
+                                             lines from bottom
+       set_clock                 sclk   SC   set clock, #1 hrs #2
+                                             mins #3 secs
+       set_color_pair            scp    sp   Set current color
+                                             pair to #1
+       set_foreground            setf   Sf   Set foreground color
+                                             #1
+       set_left_margin           smgl   ML   set left soft margin
+                                             at current column.
+                                             See smgl. (ML is not
+                                             in BSD termcap).
+       set_left_margin_parm      smglp  Zm   Set left (right)
+                                             margin at column #1
+       set_right_margin          smgr   MR   set right soft mar-
+                                             gin at current col-
+                                             umn
+       set_right_margin_parm     smgrp  Zn   Set right margin at
+                                             column #1
+
+       set_tab                   hts    st   set a tab in every
+                                             row, current columns
+       set_top_margin            smgt   Zo   Set top margin at
+                                             current line
+       set_top_margin_parm       smgtp  Zp   Set top (bottom)
+                                             margin at row #1
+       set_window                wind   wi   current window is
+                                             lines #1-#2 cols
+                                             #3-#4
+       start_bit_image           sbim   Zq   Start printing bit
+                                             image graphics
+       start_char_set_def        scsd   Zr   Start character set
+                                             definition #1, with
+                                             #2 characters in the
+                                             set
+       stop_bit_image            rbim   Zs   Stop printing bit
+                                             image graphics
+       stop_char_set_def         rcsd   Zt   End definition of
+                                             character set #1
+       subscript_characters      subcs  Zu   List of subscript-
+                                             able characters
+       superscript_characters    supcs  Zv   List of superscript-
+                                             able characters
+       tab                       ht     ta   tab to next 8-space
+                                             hardware tab stop
+       these_cause_cr            docr   Zw   Printing any of
+                                             these characters
+                                             causes CR
+       to_status_line            tsl    ts   move to status line,
+                                             column #1
+       tone                      tone   TO   select touch tone
+                                             dialing
+       underline_char            uc     uc   underline char and
+                                             move past it
+       up_half_line              hu     hu   half a line up
+       user0                     u0     u0   User string #0
+       user1                     u1     u1   User string #1
+       user2                     u2     u2   User string #2
+       user3                     u3     u3   User string #3
+       user4                     u4     u4   User string #4
+       user5                     u5     u5   User string #5
+       user6                     u6     u6   User string #6
+       user7                     u7     u7   User string #7
+       user8                     u8     u8   User string #8
+       user9                     u9     u9   User string #9
+       wait_tone                 wait   WA   wait for dial-tone
+       xoff_character            xoffc  XF   XOFF character
+       xon_character             xonc   XN   XON character
+       zero_motion               zerom  Zx   No motion for subse-
+                                             quent character
+
+       The  following  string  capabilities  are  present  in the
+       SVr4.0 term structure, but were originally not  documented
+       in the man page.
+
+
+               <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>          <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>     <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>    <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+                <STRONG>String</STRONG>           <STRONG>name</STRONG>     <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+       alt_scancode_esc          scesa    S8   Alternate escape
+                                               for scancode emu-
+                                               lation
+       bit_image_carriage_return bicr     Yv   Move to beginning
+                                               of same row
+       bit_image_newline         binel    Zz   Move to next row
+                                               of the bit image
+
+       bit_image_repeat          birep    Xy   Repeat bit image
+                                               cell #1 #2 times
+       char_set_names            csnm     Zy   Produce #1'th item
+                                               from list of char-
+                                               acter set names
+       code_set_init             csin     ci   Init sequence for
+                                               multiple codesets
+       color_names               colornm  Yw   Give name for
+                                               color #1
+       define_bit_image_region   defbi    Yx   Define rectan-
+                                               gualar bit image
+                                               region
+       device_type               devt     dv   Indicate lan-
+                                               guage/codeset sup-
+                                               port
+       display_pc_char           dispc    S1   Display PC charac-
+                                               ter #1
+       end_bit_image_region      endbi    Yy   End a bit-image
+                                               region
+       enter_pc_charset_mode     smpch    S2   Enter PC character
+                                               display mode
+       enter_scancode_mode       smsc     S4   Enter PC scancode
+                                               mode
+       exit_pc_charset_mode      rmpch    S3   Exit PC character
+                                               display mode
+       exit_scancode_mode        rmsc     S5   Exit PC scancode
+                                               mode
+       get_mouse                 getm     Gm   Curses should get
+                                               button events,
+                                               parameter #1 not
+                                               documented.
+       key_mouse                 kmous    Km   Mouse event has
+                                               occurred
+       mouse_info                minfo    Mi   Mouse status
+                                               information
+       pc_term_options           pctrm    S6   PC terminal
+                                               options
+       pkey_plab                 pfxl     xl   Program function
+                                               key #1 to type
+                                               string #2 and show
+                                               string #3
+       req_mouse_pos             reqmp    RQ   Request mouse
+                                               position
+       scancode_escape           scesc    S7   Escape for scan-
+                                               code emulation
+       set0_des_seq              s0ds     s0   Shift to codeset 0
+                                               (EUC set 0, ASCII)
+       set1_des_seq              s1ds     s1   Shift to codeset 1
+       set2_des_seq              s2ds     s2   Shift to codeset 2
+       set3_des_seq              s3ds     s3   Shift to codeset 3
+       set_a_background          setab    AB   Set background
+                                               color to #1, using
+                                               ANSI escape
+       set_a_foreground          setaf    AF   Set foreground
+                                               color to #1, using
+                                               ANSI escape
+       set_color_band            setcolor Yz   Change to ribbon
+                                               color #1
+       set_lr_margin             smglr    ML   Set both left and
+                                               right margins to
+                                               #1, #2.  (ML is
+                                               not in BSD term-
+                                               cap).
+       set_page_length           slines   YZ   Set page length to
+                                               #1 lines
+
+       set_tb_margin             smgtb    MT   Sets both top and
+                                               bottom margins to
+                                               #1, #2
+
+        The XSI Curses  standard  added  these.   They  are  some
+        post-4.1  versions  of System V curses, e.g., Solaris 2.5
+        and IRIX 6.x.  The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> termcap  names  for  them  are
+        invented; according to the XSI Curses standard, they have
+        no termcap names.  If your compiled terminfo entries  use
+        these,  they  may  not be binary-compatible with System V
+        terminfo entries after SVr4.1; beware!
+
+
+                <STRONG>Variable</STRONG>         <STRONG>Cap-</STRONG>   <STRONG>TCap</STRONG>     <STRONG>Description</STRONG>
+                 <STRONG>String</STRONG>          <STRONG>name</STRONG>   <STRONG>Code</STRONG>
+        enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm  Xh   Enter horizontal
+                                             highlight mode
+        enter_left_hl_mode       elhlm  Xl   Enter left highlight
+                                             mode
+        enter_low_hl_mode        elohlm Xo   Enter low highlight
+                                             mode
+        enter_right_hl_mode      erhlm  Xr   Enter right high-
+                                             light mode
+        enter_top_hl_mode        ethlm  Xt   Enter top highlight
+                                             mode
+        enter_vertical_hl_mode   evhlm  Xv   Enter vertical high-
+                                             light mode
+        set_a_attributes         sgr1   sA   Define second set of
+                                             video attributes
+                                             #1-#6
+        set_pglen_inch           slengthsL   YI Set page length
+                                             to #1 hundredth of
+                                             an inch
+
+   <STRONG>A</STRONG> <STRONG>Sample</STRONG> <STRONG>Entry</STRONG>
+       The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal,
+       is  representative  of  what a <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> entry for a modern
+       terminal typically looks like.
+
+     ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
+             mc5i,
+             colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
+             cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
+             cuu=\E[%p1%dA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
+             ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K, hpa=\E[%p1%dG, ht=\E[I,
+             ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dS, .indn=\E[%p1%dT,
+             kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
+             kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V,
+             kf11=\E[W, kf12=\E[X, kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P,
+             kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U,
+             kich1=\E[L, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\r\E[S,
+             op=\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db,
+             rin=\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\E(B, s1ds=\E)B, s2ds=\E*B,
+             s3ds=\E+B, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
+             setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+             setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
+             sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p8%t;11%;%?%p9%t;12%;m,
+             sgr0=\E[0;10m, tbc=\E[2g, u6=\E[%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n,
+             u8=\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\E[c, vpa=\E[%p1%dd,
+
+       Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing  white
+       space  at  the  beginning  of  each line except the first.
+       Comments may be included on lines  beginning  with  ``#''.
+       Capabilities in <EM>terminfo</EM> are of three types: Boolean capa-
+       bilities which indicate that the terminal has some partic-
+       ular  feature, numeric capabilities giving the size of the
+       terminal or the size  of  particular  delays,  and  string
+       capabilities,  which  give a sequence which can be used to
+       perform particular terminal operations.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Types</STRONG> <STRONG>of</STRONG> <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+       All capabilities have names.  For instance, the fact  that
+       ANSI-standard  terminals  have <EM>automatic</EM> <EM>margins</EM> (i.e., an
+       automatic return and line-feed when the end of a  line  is
+       reached)  is  indicated  by  the capability <STRONG>am</STRONG>.  Hence the
+       description of ansi includes <STRONG>am</STRONG>.  Numeric capabilities are
+       followed  by  the character `#' and then a positive value.
+       Thus <STRONG>cols</STRONG>, which indicates the number of columns the  ter-
+       minal  has,  gives  the  value  `80' for ansi.  Values for
+       numeric capabilities may be specified in decimal, octal or
+       hexadecimal,  using the C programming language conventions
+       (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF).
+
+       Finally, string valued capabilities, such as <STRONG>el</STRONG> (clear  to
+       end of line sequence) are given by the two-character code,
+       an `=', and then a string ending  at  the  next  following
+       `,'.
+
+       A  number  of  escape sequences are provided in the string
+       valued capabilities for easy encoding of characters there.
+       Both  <STRONG>\E</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>\e</STRONG> map to an ESCAPE character, <STRONG>^x</STRONG> maps to a
+       control-x for any appropriate x, and the sequences  <STRONG>\n</STRONG>  <STRONG>\l</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>\r</STRONG>  <STRONG>\t</STRONG>  <STRONG>\b</STRONG>  <STRONG>\f</STRONG>  <STRONG>\s</STRONG> give a newline, line-feed, return, tab,
+       backspace, form-feed, and space.  Other escapes include <STRONG>\^</STRONG>
+       for  <STRONG>^</STRONG>, <STRONG>\\</STRONG> for <STRONG>\</STRONG>, <STRONG>\</STRONG>, for comma, <STRONG>\:</STRONG> for <STRONG>:</STRONG>, and <STRONG>\0</STRONG> for null.
+       (<STRONG>\0</STRONG> will produce \200, which does not terminate  a  string
+       but behaves as a null character on most terminals, provid-
+       ing CS7 is specified.  See <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>.)  Finally,  characters
+       may be given as three octal digits after a <STRONG>\</STRONG>.
+
+       A  delay  in  milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string
+       capability, enclosed in $&lt;..&gt; brackets, as in  <STRONG>el</STRONG>=\EK$&lt;5&gt;,
+       and  padding  characters  are supplied by <EM>tputs</EM> to provide
+       this delay.  The delay must be a number with at  most  one
+       decimal place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes
+       `*' or '/' or both.  A  `*'  indicates  that  the  padding
+       required  is  proportional to the number of lines affected
+       by the  operation,  and  the  amount  given  is  the  per-
+       affected-unit  padding  required.   (In the case of insert
+       character,  the  factor  is  still  the  number  of  <EM>lines</EM>
+       affected.)   Normally,  padding  is advisory if the device
+       has the <STRONG>xon</STRONG> capability; it is used  for  cost  computation
+       but  does not trigger delays.  A `/' suffix indicates that
+       the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of  the  given
+       number  of  milliseconds  even on devices for which <STRONG>xon</STRONG> is
+       present to indicate flow control.
+
+       Sometimes individual capabilities must be  commented  out.
+       To  do this, put a period before the capability name.  For
+       example, see the second <STRONG>ind</STRONG> in the example above.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Fetching</STRONG> <STRONG>Compiled</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+       If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is  inter-
+       preted  as the pathname of a directory containing the com-
+       piled description you are working on.  Only that directory
+       is searched.
+
+       If  TERMINFO  is  not set, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version of the ter-
+       minfo reader code  will  instead  look  in  the  directory
+       <STRONG>$HOME/.terminfo</STRONG>  for  a compiled description.  If it fails
+       to find one  there,  and  the  environment  variable  TER-
+       MINFO_DIRS  is set, it will interpret the contents of that
+       variable as a list of colon- separated directories  to  be
+       searched  (an  empty  entry is interpreted as a command to
+       search <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>).  If no description  is  found
+       in  any of the TERMINFO_DIRS directories, the fetch fails.
+
+       If neither TERMINFO nor TERMINFO_DIRS  is  set,  the  last
+       place   tried  will  be  the  system  terminfo  directory,
+       <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>.
+
+       (Neither the  <STRONG>$HOME/.terminfo</STRONG>  lookups  nor  TERMINFO_DIRS
+       extensions   are  supported  under  stock  System  V  ter-
+       minfo/curses.)
+
+
+   <STRONG>Preparing</STRONG> <STRONG>Descriptions</STRONG>
+       We now outline how to prepare descriptions  of  terminals.
+       The  most  effective way to prepare a terminal description
+       is by imitating the description of a similar  terminal  in
+       <EM>terminfo</EM>  and  to  build up a description gradually, using
+       partial descriptions with <EM>vi</EM> or some other screen-oriented
+       program  to  check that they are correct.  Be aware that a
+       very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in the abil-
+       ity  of  the  <EM>terminfo</EM>  file to describe it or bugs in the
+       screen-handling code of the test program.
+
+       To get the padding for insert line right (if the  terminal
+       manufacturer did not document it) a severe test is to edit
+       a large file at 9600 baud, delete 16 or so lines from  the
+       middle  of  the screen, then hit the `u' key several times
+       quickly.  If the terminal messes up, more padding is  usu-
+       ally  needed.  A similar test can be used for insert char-
+       acter.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Basic</STRONG> <STRONG>Capabilities</STRONG>
+       The number of columns on each line  for  the  terminal  is
+       given  by the <STRONG>cols</STRONG> numeric capability.  If the terminal is
+       a CRT, then the number of lines on the screen is given  by
+       the <STRONG>lines</STRONG> capability.  If the terminal wraps around to the
+       beginning of the next line when it reaches the right  mar-
+       gin, then it should have the <STRONG>am</STRONG> capability.  If the termi-
+       nal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in  the  home
+       position,  then this is given by the <STRONG>clear</STRONG> string capabil-
+       ity.  If the terminal overstrikes (rather than clearing  a
+       position  when  a character is struck over) then it should
+       have the <STRONG>os</STRONG> capability.  If the  terminal  is  a  printing
+       terminal,  with no soft copy unit, give it both <STRONG>hc</STRONG> and <STRONG>os</STRONG>.
+       (<STRONG>os</STRONG> applies to storage scope terminals, such as  TEKTRONIX
+       4010  series, as well as hard copy and APL terminals.)  If
+       there is a code to move the cursor to the left edge of the
+       current row, give this as <STRONG>cr</STRONG>.  (Normally this will be car-
+       riage return, control M.)  If there is a code  to  produce
+       an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) give this as <STRONG>bel</STRONG>.
+
+       If  there is a code to move the cursor one position to the
+       left (such as backspace) that capability should  be  given
+       as  <STRONG>cub1</STRONG>.   Similarly, codes to move to the right, up, and
+       down should be given as <STRONG>cuf1</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>, and <STRONG>cud1</STRONG>.  These local
+       cursor  motions  should not alter the text they pass over,
+       for example, you would not normally use  `<STRONG>cuf1</STRONG>= '  because
+       the space would erase the character moved over.
+
+       A  very  important  point  here  is  that the local cursor
+       motions encoded in <EM>terminfo</EM> are undefined at the left  and
+       top  edges  of  a  CRT  terminal.   Programs  should never
+       attempt to backspace around the left edge,  unless  <STRONG>bw</STRONG>  is
+       given, and never attempt to go up locally off the top.  In
+       order to scroll text up, a program will go to  the  bottom
+       left corner of the screen and send the <STRONG>ind</STRONG> (index) string.
+
+       To scroll text down, a program goes to the top left corner
+       of  the  screen  and  sends the <STRONG>ri</STRONG> (reverse index) string.
+       The strings <STRONG>ind</STRONG> and <STRONG>ri</STRONG> are undefined  when  not  on  their
+       respective corners of the screen.
+
+       Parameterized versions of the scrolling sequences are <STRONG>indn</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>rin</STRONG> which have the same semantics as <STRONG>ind</STRONG> and <STRONG>ri</STRONG> except
+       that  they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines.
+       They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge  of
+       the screen.
+
+       The  <STRONG>am</STRONG>  capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the
+       right edge of the screen when text  is  output,  but  this
+       does not necessarily apply to a <STRONG>cuf1</STRONG> from the last column.
+       The only local motion which is defined from the left  edge
+       is  if  <STRONG>bw</STRONG>  is  given, then a <STRONG>cub1</STRONG> from the left edge will
+       move to the right edge of the previous row.  If <STRONG>bw</STRONG> is  not
+       given,  the effect is undefined.  This is useful for draw-
+       ing a box around the edge of the screen, for example.   If
+       the  terminal has switch selectable automatic margins, the
+       <EM>terminfo</EM> file usually assumes that this is on;  i.e.,  <STRONG>am</STRONG>.
+       If  the  terminal  has  a command which moves to the first
+       column of the next line, that command can be given as  <STRONG>nel</STRONG>
+       (newline).   It  does not matter if the command clears the
+       remainder of the current line, so if the terminal  has  no
+       <STRONG>cr</STRONG>  and <STRONG>lf</STRONG> it may still be possible to craft a working <STRONG>nel</STRONG>
+       out of one or both of them.
+
+       These  capabilities  suffice  to  describe  hard-copy  and
+       "glass-tty"  terminals.   Thus  the  model  33 teletype is
+       described as
+
+       33|tty33|tty|model 33 teletype,
+            bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,
+
+       while the Lear Siegler ADM-3 is described as
+
+       adm3|3|lsi adm3,
+            am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
+            ind=^J, lines#24,
+
+
+   <STRONG>Parameterized</STRONG> <STRONG>Strings</STRONG>
+       Cursor addressing and other strings  requiring  parameters
+       in  the  terminal  are described by a parameterized string
+       capability, with <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG> like escapes  <STRONG>%x</STRONG>  in  it.   For
+       example,  to  address  the  cursor,  the <STRONG>cup</STRONG> capability is
+       given, using two parameters: the row and column to address
+       to.  (Rows and columns are numbered from zero and refer to
+       the physical screen visible to the user, not to any unseen
+       memory.)   If  the  terminal  has  memory  relative cursor
+       addressing, that can be indicated by <STRONG>mrcup</STRONG>.
+
+       The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special  <STRONG>%</STRONG>  codes
+       to  manipulate  it.  Typically a sequence will push one of
+       the parameters onto the stack and then print  it  in  some
+       format.   Print  (e.g.,  "%d")  is  a special case.  Other
+       operations, including "%t"  pop  their  operand  from  the
+       stack.  It is noted that more complex operations are often
+       necessary, e.g., in the <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> string.
+
+       The <STRONG>%</STRONG> encodings have the following meanings:
+
+
+       %%   outputs `%'
+
+       %<EM>[[</EM>:<EM>]flags][width[.precision]][</EM>doxXs<EM>]</EM>
+            as in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>, flags are [-+#] and space.  Use  a  `:'
+            to  allow the next character to be a `-' flag, avoid-
+            ing interpreting "%-" as an operator.
+
+       %c   print pop() like %c in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+
+       %s   print pop() like %s in <STRONG>printf</STRONG>
+
+       %p[1-9]
+            push <EM>i</EM>'th parameter
+
+       %P[a-z]
+            set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
+
+       %g[a-z]
+            get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
+
+       %P[A-Z]
+            set static variable [a-z] to pop()
+
+       %g[A-Z]
+            get static variable [a-z] and push it
+
+            The terms  "static"  and  "dynamic"  are  misleading.
+            Historically,  these are simply two different sets of
+            variables, whose values are not reset  between  calls
+            to  <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>.   However,  that fact is not documented in
+            other implementations.  Relying on it will  adversely
+            impact portability to other implementations.
+
+       %'<EM>c</EM>' char constant <EM>c</EM>
+
+       %{<EM>nn</EM>}
+            integer constant <EM>nn</EM>
+
+       %l   push strlen(pop)
+
+       %+ %- %* %/ %m
+            arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
+
+       %&amp; %| %^
+            bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): push(pop()
+            op pop())
+
+       %= %&gt; %&lt;
+            logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
+
+       %A, %O
+            logical AND and OR operations (for conditionals)
+
+       %! %~
+            unary  operations  (logical  and   bit   complement):
+            push(op pop())
+
+       %i   add 1 to first two parameters (for ANSI terminals)
+
+       %? <EM>expr</EM> %t <EM>thenpart</EM> %e <EM>elsepart</EM> %;
+            This  forms  an  if-then-else.   The  %e  <EM>elsepart</EM> is
+            optional.  Usually the %? <EM>expr</EM> part  pushes  a  value
+            onto  the stack, and %t pops it from the stack, test-
+            ing if it is nonzero (true).  If it is zero  (false),
+            control passes to the %e (else) part.
+
+            It is possible to form else-if's a la Algol 68:
+            %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e %;
+
+            where ci are conditions, bi are bodies.
+
+            Use the <STRONG>-f</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> or <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to see the struc-
+            ture  of  if-the-else's.  Some strings, e.g., <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> can
+            be very complicated when written on one line.  The <STRONG>-f</STRONG>
+            option  splits  the  string into lines with the parts
+            indented.
+
+       Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in
+       the  usual  order.   That  is,  to  get  x-5 one would use
+       "%gx%{5}%-".  %P and %g variables  are  persistent  across
+       escape-string evaluations.
+
+       Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12,
+       needs to be sent \E&amp;a12c03Y  padded  for  6  milliseconds.
+       Note  that  the  order of the rows and columns is inverted
+       here, and that the row and column are printed as two  dig-
+       its.  Thus its <STRONG>cup</STRONG> capability is "cup=6\E&amp;%p2%2dc%p1%2dY".
+
+       The Microterm ACT-IV needs the current row and column sent
+       preceded  by  a <STRONG>^T</STRONG>, with the row and column simply encoded
+       in binary, "cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c".  Terminals which  use  "%c"
+       need  to  be  able  to backspace the cursor (<STRONG>cub1</STRONG>), and to
+       move the cursor up one line on the screen (<STRONG>cuu1</STRONG>).  This is
+       necessary  because it is not always safe to transmit <STRONG>\n</STRONG> <STRONG>^D</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>\r</STRONG>, as the system may change or  discard  them.   (The
+       library  routines  dealing  with terminfo set tty modes so
+       that tabs are never expanded, so \t is safe to send.  This
+       turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
+
+       A final example is the LSI ADM-3a, which uses row and col-
+       umn  offset  by  a  blank  character,  thus  "cup=\E=%p1%'
+       '%+%c%p2%'  '%+%c".   After sending `\E=', this pushes the
+       first parameter, pushes the ASCII value for a space  (32),
+       adds  them  (pushing  the sum on the stack in place of the
+       two previous values) and outputs that value as  a  charac-
+       ter.   Then  the  same  is  done for the second parameter.
+       More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Cursor</STRONG> <STRONG>Motions</STRONG>
+       If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very
+       upper  left  corner  of  screen) then this can be given as
+       <STRONG>home</STRONG>; similarly a fast way of getting to the  lower  left-
+       hand  corner can be given as <STRONG>ll</STRONG>; this may involve going up
+       with <STRONG>cuu1</STRONG> from the home position,  but  a  program  should
+       never  do this itself (unless <STRONG>ll</STRONG> does) because it can make
+       no assumption about the effect of moving up from the  home
+       position.   Note  that  the  home  position is the same as
+       addressing to (0,0): to the top left corner of the screen,
+       not  of  memory.   (Thus, the \EH sequence on HP terminals
+       cannot be used for <STRONG>home</STRONG>.)
+
+       If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor address-
+       ing,  these  can be given as single parameter capabilities
+       <STRONG>hpa</STRONG> (horizontal position absolute) and <STRONG>vpa</STRONG> (vertical posi-
+       tion absolute).  Sometimes these are shorter than the more
+       general two parameter sequence (as with  the  hp2645)  and
+       can   be   used  in  preference  to  <STRONG>cup</STRONG>.   If  there  are
+       parameterized local motions (e.g., move <EM>n</EM>  spaces  to  the
+       right) these can be given as <STRONG>cud</STRONG>, <STRONG>cub</STRONG>, <STRONG>cuf</STRONG>, and <STRONG>cuu</STRONG> with a
+       single parameter  indicating  how  many  spaces  to  move.
+       These  are  primarily useful if the terminal does not have
+       <STRONG>cup</STRONG>, such as the TEKTRONIX 4025.
+
+       If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running
+       a program that uses these capabilities, the codes to enter
+       and exit this mode can be given as <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG>.   This
+       arises,  for example, from terminals like the Concept with
+       more than one page of memory.  If the  terminal  has  only
+       memory  relative cursor addressing and not screen relative
+       cursor addressing, a one screen-sized window must be fixed
+       into  the terminal for cursor addressing to work properly.
+       This is also used for the TEKTRONIX 4025, where <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> sets
+       the  command character to be the one used by terminfo.  If
+       the <STRONG>smcup</STRONG> sequence will not restore the  screen  after  an
+       <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG> sequence is output (to the state prior to outputting
+       <STRONG>rmcup</STRONG>), specify <STRONG>nrrmc</STRONG>.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Area</STRONG> <STRONG>Clears</STRONG>
+       If the terminal can clear from the current position to the
+       end  of  the  line,  leaving  the cursor where it is, this
+       should be given as <STRONG>el</STRONG>.  If the terminal can clear from the
+       beginning  of  the line to the current position inclusive,
+       leaving the cursor where it is, this should  be  given  as
+       <STRONG>el1</STRONG>.   If the terminal can clear from the current position
+       to the end of the display, then this should  be  given  as
+       <STRONG>ed</STRONG>.   <STRONG>Ed</STRONG>  is only defined from the first column of a line.
+       (Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a  large
+       number of lines, if a true <STRONG>ed</STRONG> is not available.)
+
+
+   <STRONG>Insert/delete</STRONG> <STRONG>line</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>vertical</STRONG> <STRONG>motions</STRONG>
+       If  the terminal can open a new blank line before the line
+       where the cursor is, this should be given as <STRONG>il1</STRONG>; this  is
+       done  only  from the first position of a line.  The cursor
+       must then appear on the newly blank line.  If the terminal
+       can  delete  the  line  which  the cursor is on, then this
+       should be given as <STRONG>dl1</STRONG>; this is done only from  the  first
+       position  on  the line to be deleted.  Versions of <STRONG>il1</STRONG> and
+       <STRONG>dl1</STRONG> which take a single parameter  and  insert  or  delete
+       that many lines can be given as <STRONG>il</STRONG> and <STRONG>dl</STRONG>.
+
+       If  the terminal has a settable scrolling region (like the
+       vt100) the command to set this can be described  with  the
+       <STRONG>csr</STRONG>  capability,  which  takes two parameters: the top and
+       bottom lines of the scrolling region.  The cursor position
+       is, alas, undefined after using this command.
+
+       It  is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line
+       using <STRONG>csr</STRONG> on a properly chosen region; the <STRONG>sc</STRONG> and <STRONG>rc</STRONG> (save
+       and  restore  cursor)  commands may be useful for ensuring
+       that your synthesized insert/delete string does  not  move
+       the  cursor.  (Note that the <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG> library does this
+       synthesis  automatically,  so   you   need   not   compose
+       insert/delete strings for an entry with <STRONG>csr</STRONG>).
+
+       Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to
+       use a combination of index with  the  memory-lock  feature
+       found  on some terminals (like the HP-700/90 series, which
+       however also has insert/delete).
+
+       Inserting lines at the top or bottom  of  the  screen  can
+       also  be  done using <STRONG>ri</STRONG> or <STRONG>ind</STRONG> on many terminals without a
+       true insert/delete line, and is often faster even on  ter-
+       minals with those features.
+
+       The  boolean  <STRONG>non_dest_scroll_region</STRONG> should be set if each
+       scrolling window is effectively a view port on  a  screen-
+       sized  canvas.   To  test  for  this  capability, create a
+       scrolling region in the middle of the screen, write  some-
+       thing  to  the  bottom line, move the cursor to the top of
+       the region, and do <STRONG>ri</STRONG> followed by <STRONG>dl1</STRONG> or <STRONG>ind</STRONG>.  If the data
+       scrolled  off  the  bottom  of  the  region  by the <STRONG>ri</STRONG> re-
+       appears, then scrolling is non-destructive.  System V  and
+       XSI  Curses  expect that <STRONG>ind</STRONG>, <STRONG>ri</STRONG>, <STRONG>indn</STRONG>, and <STRONG>rin</STRONG> will simu-
+       late destructive scrolling; their  documentation  cautions
+       you  not  to  define <STRONG>csr</STRONG> unless this is true.  This <STRONG>curses</STRONG>
+       implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
+       after scrolling if <STRONG>ndstr</STRONG> is defined.
+
+       If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part
+       of memory, which all commands affect, it should  be  given
+       as the parameterized string <STRONG>wind</STRONG>.  The four parameters are
+       the starting and ending lines in memory and  the  starting
+       and ending columns in memory, in that order.
+
+       If  the terminal can retain display memory above, then the
+       <STRONG>da</STRONG> capability should be given; if display  memory  can  be
+       retained  below,  then <STRONG>db</STRONG> should be given.  These indicate
+       that deleting a line  or  scrolling  may  bring  non-blank
+       lines  up  from  below  or that scrolling back with <STRONG>ri</STRONG> may
+       bring down non-blank lines.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Insert/Delete</STRONG> <STRONG>Character</STRONG>
+       There are two basic kinds of  intelligent  terminals  with
+       respect  to insert/delete character which can be described
+       using <EM>terminfo.</EM>  The most common  insert/delete  character
+       operations  affect only the characters on the current line
+       and shift characters off the  end  of  the  line  rigidly.
+       Other  terminals,  such  as the Concept 100 and the Perkin
+       Elmer Owl, make a distinction between  typed  and  untyped
+       blanks  on  the  screen, shifting upon an insert or delete
+       only to an untyped blank on the  screen  which  is  either
+       eliminated,  or  expanded  to two untyped blanks.  You can
+       determine the kind of terminal you have  by  clearing  the
+       screen  and  then typing text separated by cursor motions.
+       Type "abc    def" using local cursor motions (not  spaces)
+       between the "abc" and the "def".  Then position the cursor
+       before the "abc" and put the terminal in insert mode.   If
+       typing  characters  causes  the  rest of the line to shift
+       rigidly and characters to fall off the end, then your ter-
+       minal  does  not  distinguish  between  blanks and untyped
+       positions.  If the "abc" shifts over to  the  "def"  which
+       then  move together around the end of the current line and
+       onto the next as you insert, you have the second  type  of
+       terminal,  and should give the capability <STRONG>in</STRONG>, which stands
+       for "insert null".  While these are two logically separate
+       attributes  (one  line  versus multi-line insert mode, and
+       special treatment of untyped spaces) we have seen no  ter-
+       minals whose insert mode cannot be described with the sin-
+       gle attribute.
+
+       Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an  insert
+       mode, and terminals which send a simple sequence to open a
+       blank position on the current  line.   Give  as  <STRONG>smir</STRONG>  the
+       sequence  to  get  into  insert  mode.   Give  as <STRONG>rmir</STRONG> the
+       sequence to leave insert  mode.   Now  give  as  <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>  any
+       sequence  needed  to  be  sent  just  before  sending  the
+       character to be inserted.   Most  terminals  with  a  true
+       insert  mode  will  not  give <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>; terminals which send a
+       sequence to open a screen position should give it here.
+
+       If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually  prefer-
+       able  to  <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>.   Technically,  you  should  not give both
+       unless the terminal actually requires both to be  used  in
+       combination.   Accordingly,  some  non-curses applications
+       get confused if both are present; the symptom  is  doubled
+       characters in an update using insert.  This requirement is
+       now rare; most <STRONG>ich</STRONG> sequences do not require previous smir,
+       and most smir insert modes do not require <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> before each
+       character.  Therefore, the  new  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  actually  assumes
+       this  is the case and uses either <STRONG>rmir</STRONG>/<STRONG>smir</STRONG> or <STRONG>ich</STRONG>/<STRONG>ich1</STRONG> as
+       appropriate (but not both).  If you have to write an entry
+       to  be  used under new curses for a terminal old enough to
+       need both, include the <STRONG>rmir</STRONG>/<STRONG>smir</STRONG> sequences in <STRONG>ich1</STRONG>.
+
+       If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of
+       milliseconds  in <STRONG>ip</STRONG> (a string option).  Any other sequence
+       which may need to be sent after  an  insert  of  a  single
+       character may also be given in <STRONG>ip</STRONG>.  If your terminal needs
+       both to be placed into an `insert mode' and a special code
+       to  precede  each  inserted character, then both <STRONG>smir</STRONG>/<STRONG>rmir</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> can be given, and both will  be  used.   The  <STRONG>ich</STRONG>
+       capability, with one parameter, <EM>n</EM>, will repeat the effects
+       of <STRONG>ich1</STRONG> <EM>n</EM> times.
+
+       If padding is necessary between characters typed while not
+       in  insert  mode,  give  this  as a number of milliseconds
+       padding in <STRONG>rmp</STRONG>.
+
+       It is occasionally  necessary  to  move  around  while  in
+       insert  mode  to delete characters on the same line (e.g.,
+       if there is a tab after the insertion position).  If  your
+       terminal  allows  motion while in insert mode you can give
+       the capability <STRONG>mir</STRONG> to speed up  inserting  in  this  case.
+       Omitting  <STRONG>mir</STRONG>  will  affect  only  speed.   Some terminals
+       (notably Datamedia's) must not have <STRONG>mir</STRONG> because of the way
+       their insert mode works.
+
+       Finally,  you  can specify <STRONG>dch1</STRONG> to delete a single charac-
+       ter, <STRONG>dch</STRONG> with one parameter, <EM>n</EM>, to  delete  <EM>n</EM>  <EM>characters,</EM>
+       and  delete mode by giving <STRONG>smdc</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmdc</STRONG> to enter and exit
+       delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be  placed  in
+       for <STRONG>dch1</STRONG> to work).
+
+       A  command to erase <EM>n</EM> characters (equivalent to outputting
+       <EM>n</EM> blanks without moving the cursor) can be  given  as  <STRONG>ech</STRONG>
+       with one parameter.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Highlighting,</STRONG> <STRONG>Underlining,</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Visible</STRONG> <STRONG>Bells</STRONG>
+       If  your  terminal  has  one  or  more  kinds  of  display
+       attributes, these can be represented in a number  of  dif-
+       ferent ways.  You should choose one display form as <EM>stand-</EM>
+       <EM>out</EM> <EM>mode</EM>, representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-
+       eyes,  format  for  highlighting  error messages and other
+       attention getters.  (If you have a choice,  reverse  video
+       plus  half-bright  is  good, or reverse video alone.)  The
+       sequences to enter and exit standout  mode  are  given  as
+       <STRONG>smso</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>rmso</STRONG>, respectively.  If the code to change into
+       or out of standout mode  leaves  one  or  even  two  blank
+       spaces  on the screen, as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do,
+       then <STRONG>xmc</STRONG> should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
+
+       Codes  to  begin  underlining  and  end underlining can be
+       given as <STRONG>smul</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmul</STRONG> respectively.  If the terminal  has
+       a  code  to  underline  the current character and move the
+       cursor one space to the right, such as the Microterm Mime,
+       this can be given as <STRONG>uc</STRONG>.
+
+       Other  capabilities  to  enter  various highlighting modes
+       include <STRONG>blink</STRONG> (blinking) <STRONG>bold</STRONG> (bold or extra  bright)  <STRONG>dim</STRONG>
+       (dim  or  half-bright)  <STRONG>invis</STRONG> (blanking or invisible text)
+       <STRONG>prot</STRONG> (protected) <STRONG>rev</STRONG> (reverse video) <STRONG>sgr0</STRONG>  (turn  off  <EM>all</EM>
+       attribute  modes)  <STRONG>smacs</STRONG>  (enter  alternate  character set
+       mode) and  <STRONG>rmacs</STRONG>  (exit  alternate  character  set  mode).
+       Turning  on  any of these modes singly may or may not turn
+       off other modes.
+
+       If there is a sequence to set  arbitrary  combinations  of
+       modes,  this should be given as <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> (set attributes), tak-
+       ing 9 parameters.  Each parameter is either 0 or  nonzero,
+       as the corresponding attribute is on or off.  The 9 param-
+       eters are, in order: standout, underline, reverse,  blink,
+       dim,  bold,  blank, protect, alternate character set.  Not
+       all modes need be supported by <STRONG>sgr</STRONG>, only those  for  which
+       corresponding separate attribute commands exist.
+
+       For example, the DEC vt220 supports most of the modes:
+
+
+           <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> <STRONG>parameter</STRONG>   <STRONG>attribute</STRONG>    <STRONG>escape</STRONG> <STRONG>sequence</STRONG>
+
+           none              none         \E[0m
+           p1                standout     \E[0;1;7m
+           p2                underline    \E[0;4m
+           p3                reverse      \E[0;7m
+           p4                blink        \E[0;5m
+           p5                dim          not available
+           p6                bold         \E[0;1m
+           p7                invis        \E[0;8m
+           p8                protect      not used
+           p9                altcharset   ^O (off) ^N (on)
+
+       We  begin each escape sequence by turning off any existing
+       modes, since there is no quick way  to  determine  whether
+       they are active.  Standout is set up to be the combination
+       of reverse and bold.  The vt220  terminal  has  a  protect
+       mode,  though  it  is  not commonly used in sgr because it
+       protects characters on the screen  from  the  host's  era-
+       sures.   The  altcharset mode also is different in that it
+       is either ^O or ^N, depending on whether it is off or  on.
+       If  all  modes  are  turned  on, the resulting sequence is
+       \E[0;1;4;5;7;8m^N.
+
+       Some sequences are common to different modes.   For  exam-
+       ple,  ;7  is output when either p1 or p3 is true, that is,
+       if either standout or reverse modes are turned on.
+
+       Writing out the above sequences, along with  their  depen-
+       dencies yields
+
+
+         <STRONG>sequence</STRONG>    <STRONG>when</STRONG> <STRONG>to</STRONG> <STRONG>output</STRONG>     <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> <STRONG>translation</STRONG>
+
+         \E[0       always              \E[0
+         ;1         if p1 or p6         %?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;
+         ;4         if p2               %?%p2%|%t;4%;
+         ;5         if p4               %?%p4%|%t;5%;
+
+         ;7         if p1 or p3         %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
+         ;8         if p7               %?%p7%|%t;8%;
+         m          always              m
+         ^N or ^O   if p9 ^N, else ^O   %?%p9%t^N%e^O%;
+
+       Putting this all together into the sgr sequence gives:
+
+           sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
+               %?%p4%t;5%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
+
+       Remember  that  if  you specify sgr, you must also specify
+       sgr0.  Also, some implementations rely on sgr being  given
+       if  sgr0  is, Not all terminfo entries necessarily have an
+       sgr string, however.  Many terminfo  entries  are  derived
+       from  termcap  entries which have no sgr string.  The only
+       drawback to adding an sgr  string  is  that  termcap  also
+       assumes  that  sgr0  does not exit alternate character set
+       mode.
+
+       Terminals with the ``magic cookie'' glitch  (<STRONG>xmc</STRONG>)  deposit
+       special   ``cookies''   when   they  receive  mode-setting
+       sequences, which affect the display algorithm rather  than
+       having  extra  bits  for  each character.  Some terminals,
+       such as the HP 2621,  automatically  leave  standout  mode
+       when  they  move to a new line or the cursor is addressed.
+       Programs using standout mode  should  exit  standout  mode
+       before  moving the cursor or sending a newline, unless the
+       <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> capability, asserting that it  is  safe  to  move  in
+       standout mode, is present.
+
+       If  the terminal has a way of flashing the screen to indi-
+       cate an error quietly (a bell replacement) then  this  can
+       be given as <STRONG>flash</STRONG>; it must not move the cursor.
+
+       If  the  cursor  needs to be made more visible than normal
+       when it is not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a
+       non-blinking  underline  into  an  easier to find block or
+       blinking underline) give this sequence as <STRONG>cvvis</STRONG>.  If there
+       is  a  way  to  make the cursor completely invisible, give
+       that as <STRONG>civis</STRONG>.  The capability <STRONG>cnorm</STRONG> should be given which
+       undoes the effects of both of these modes.
+
+       If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters
+       (with no special codes needed) even  though  it  does  not
+       overstrike,  then you should give the capability <STRONG>ul</STRONG>.  If a
+       character overstriking another leaves both  characters  on
+       the screen, specify the capability <STRONG>os</STRONG>.  If overstrikes are
+       erasable with a blank, then this should  be  indicated  by
+       giving <STRONG>eo</STRONG>.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Keypad</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Function</STRONG> <STRONG>Keys</STRONG>
+       If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the
+       keys are pressed, this information  can  be  given.   Note
+       that it is not possible to handle terminals where the key-
+       pad only works in local (this applies, for example, to the
+       unshifted  HP  2621  keys).   If  the keypad can be set to
+       transmit or not transmit, give these  codes  as  <STRONG>smkx</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>rmkx</STRONG>.  Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
+       The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow,  up  arrow,
+       down  arrow,  and  home keys can be given as <STRONG>kcub1,</STRONG> <STRONG>kcuf1,</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>kcuu1,</STRONG> <STRONG>kcud1,</STRONG> and <STRONG>khome</STRONG> respectively.  If there are  func-
+       tion  keys  such  as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send
+       can be given as <STRONG>kf0,</STRONG> <STRONG>kf1,</STRONG> <STRONG>...,</STRONG> <STRONG>kf10</STRONG>.  If these  keys  have
+       labels  other  than the default f0 through f10, the labels
+       can  be  given  as  <STRONG>lf0,</STRONG>  <STRONG>lf1,</STRONG>  <STRONG>...,</STRONG>  <STRONG>lf10</STRONG>.    The   codes
+       transmitted  by  certain  other special keys can be given:
+       <STRONG>kll</STRONG> (home down), <STRONG>kbs</STRONG> (backspace), <STRONG>ktbc</STRONG> (clear  all  tabs),
+       <STRONG>kctab</STRONG>  (clear  the  tab  stop in this column), <STRONG>kclr</STRONG> (clear
+       screen or  erase  key),  <STRONG>kdch1</STRONG>  (delete  character),  <STRONG>kdl1</STRONG>
+       (delete line), <STRONG>krmir</STRONG> (exit insert mode), <STRONG>kel</STRONG> (clear to end
+       of line), <STRONG>ked</STRONG> (clear to  end  of  screen),  <STRONG>kich1</STRONG>  (insert
+       character  or  enter insert mode), <STRONG>kil1</STRONG> (insert line), <STRONG>knp</STRONG>
+       (next  page),  <STRONG>kpp</STRONG>  (previous  page),  <STRONG>kind</STRONG>  (scroll  for-
+       ward/down), <STRONG>kri</STRONG> (scroll backward/up), <STRONG>khts</STRONG> (set a tab stop
+       in this column).  In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by  3
+       array  of  keys  including  the four arrow keys, the other
+       five keys can be given as <STRONG>ka1</STRONG>, <STRONG>ka3</STRONG>,  <STRONG>kb2</STRONG>,  <STRONG>kc1</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>kc3</STRONG>.
+       These  keys are useful when the effects of a 3 by 3 direc-
+       tional pad are needed.
+
+       Strings to program function keys can be  given  as  <STRONG>pfkey</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>pfloc</STRONG>,  and <STRONG>pfx</STRONG>.  A string to program screen labels should
+       be specified as <STRONG>pln</STRONG>.  Each  of  these  strings  takes  two
+       parameters:  the function key number to program (from 0 to
+       10) and the string to program it with.  Function key  num-
+       bers  out  of  this  range may program undefined keys in a
+       terminal dependent manner.   The  difference  between  the
+       capabilities  is  that <STRONG>pfkey</STRONG> causes pressing the given key
+       to be the same as the user typing the given string;  <STRONG>pfloc</STRONG>
+       causes the string to be executed by the terminal in local;
+       and <STRONG>pfx</STRONG> causes the string to be transmitted  to  the  com-
+       puter.
+
+       The capabilities <STRONG>nlab</STRONG>, <STRONG>lw</STRONG> and <STRONG>lh</STRONG> define the number of pro-
+       grammable screen labels and their width  and  height.   If
+       there  are  commands  to  turn the labels on and off, give
+       them in <STRONG>smln</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmln</STRONG>.  <STRONG>smln</STRONG> is normally output after  one
+       or more pln sequences to make sure that the change becomes
+       visible.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Tabs</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Initialization</STRONG>
+       If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to  advance
+       to  the  next tab stop can be given as <STRONG>ht</STRONG> (usually control
+       I).  A ``back-tab'' command which moves  leftward  to  the
+       preceding tab stop can be given as <STRONG>cbt</STRONG>.  By convention, if
+       the teletype modes indicate that tabs are  being  expanded
+       by  the  computer  rather than being sent to the terminal,
+       programs should not  use  <STRONG>ht</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>cbt</STRONG>  even  if  they  are
+       present,  since  the user may not have the tab stops prop-
+       erly set.  If the terminal has  hardware  tabs  which  are
+       initially  set every <EM>n</EM> spaces when the terminal is powered
+       up, the numeric parameter <STRONG>it</STRONG> is given, showing the  number
+       of  spaces  the tabs are set to.  This is normally used by
+       the <EM>tset</EM> command to determine whether to set the mode  for
+       hardware  tab expansion, and whether to set the tab stops.
+       If the terminal has tab stops that can be  saved  in  non-
+       volatile  memory, the terminfo description can assume that
+       they are properly set.
+
+       Other capabilities include <STRONG>is1</STRONG>, <STRONG>is2</STRONG>, and <STRONG>is3</STRONG>,  initializa-
+       tion  strings  for the terminal, <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>, the path name of a
+       program to be run to initialize the terminal, and <STRONG>if</STRONG>,  the
+       name  of  a  file  containing long initialization strings.
+       These strings are expected to set the terminal into  modes
+       consistent  with  the  rest  of  the terminfo description.
+       They are normally sent to the terminal, by the <EM>init</EM> option
+       of  the  <EM>tput</EM>  program,  each time the user logs in.  They
+       will be printed in the following order:
+
+              run the program
+                     <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>
+
+              output <STRONG>is1</STRONG> <STRONG>is2</STRONG>
+
+              set the margins using
+                     <STRONG>mgc</STRONG>, <STRONG>smgl</STRONG> and <STRONG>smgr</STRONG>
+
+              set tabs using
+                     <STRONG>tbc</STRONG> and <STRONG>hts</STRONG>
+
+              print the file
+                     <STRONG>if</STRONG>
+
+              and finally
+                     output <STRONG>is3</STRONG>.
+
+       Most initialization is done with  <STRONG>is2</STRONG>.   Special  terminal
+       modes can be set up without duplicating strings by putting
+       the common sequences in <STRONG>is2</STRONG> and special cases in  <STRONG>is1</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>is3</STRONG>.
+
+       A set of sequences that does a harder reset from a totally
+       unknown state can be given as <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rf</STRONG> and <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, analo-
+       gous  to  <STRONG>is1</STRONG>  <STRONG>,</STRONG>  <STRONG>is2</STRONG>  <STRONG>,</STRONG>  <STRONG>if</STRONG>  and <STRONG>is3</STRONG> respectively.  These
+       strings are output by the <EM>reset</EM>  program,  which  is  used
+       when  the terminal gets into a wedged state.  Commands are
+       normally placed in <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG> <STRONG>rs3</STRONG> and <STRONG>rf</STRONG> only if  they  pro-
+       duce  annoying effects on the screen and are not necessary
+       when logging in.  For example,  the  command  to  set  the
+       vt100  into  80-column mode would normally be part of <STRONG>is2</STRONG>,
+       but it causes an annoying glitch of the screen and is  not
+       normally  needed  since the terminal is usually already in
+       80 column mode.
+
+       The <EM>reset</EM> program writes strings including <STRONG>iprog</STRONG>, etc., in
+       the  same  order  as  the  <EM>init</EM>  program, using <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, etc.,
+       instead of <STRONG>is1</STRONG>, etc.  If any of <STRONG>rs1</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, or <STRONG>rf</STRONG> reset
+       capability  strings  are  missing, the <EM>reset</EM> program falls
+       back  upon  the  corresponding  initialization  capability
+       string.
+
+       If there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can
+       be given as <STRONG>tbc</STRONG> (clear all tab stops) and <STRONG>hts</STRONG> (set  a  tab
+       stop  in the current column of every row).  If a more com-
+       plex sequence is needed  to  set  the  tabs  than  can  be
+       described  by  this,  the sequence can be placed in <STRONG>is2</STRONG> or
+       <STRONG>if</STRONG>.
+
+   <STRONG>Delays</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Padding</STRONG>
+       Many older and slower  terminals  do  not  support  either
+       XON/XOFF or DTR handshaking, including hard copy terminals
+       and some very archaic CRTs (including,  for  example,  DEC
+       VT100s).   These may require padding characters after cer-
+       tain cursor motions and screen changes.
+
+       If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control
+       (that  is, it automatically emits ^S back to the host when
+       its input buffers are close to full), set <STRONG>xon</STRONG>.  This capa-
+       bility  suppresses  the emission of padding.  You can also
+       set it for memory-mapped console devices effectively  that
+       do  not  have  a  speed limit.  Padding information should
+       still be included so that routines can make  better  deci-
+       sions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will
+       not be transmitted.
+
+       If <STRONG>pb</STRONG> (padding baud rate) is given, padding is  suppressed
+       at  baud rates below the value of <STRONG>pb</STRONG>.  If the entry has no
+       padding baud rate, then whether padding is emitted or  not
+       is completely controlled by <STRONG>xon</STRONG>.
+
+       If  the terminal requires other than a null (zero) charac-
+       ter as a pad, then this can be given  as  <STRONG>pad</STRONG>.   Only  the
+       first character of the <STRONG>pad</STRONG> string is used.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Status</STRONG> <STRONG>Lines</STRONG>
+       Some  terminals  have  an extra `status line' which is not
+       normally used by software (and thus  not  counted  in  the
+       terminal's <STRONG>lines</STRONG> capability).
+
+       The  simplest  case  is  a  status  line  which is cursor-
+       addressable but not part of the main scrolling  region  on
+       the  screen;  the  Heathkit  H19 has a status line of this
+       kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with  a  23-line  scrolling
+       region  set up on initialization.  This situation is indi-
+       cated by the <STRONG>hs</STRONG> capability.
+
+       Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to
+       access  the  status  line.   These  may  be expressed as a
+       string with single parameter <STRONG>tsl</STRONG> which takes the cursor to
+       a  given zero-origin column on the status line.  The capa-
+       bility <STRONG>fsl</STRONG> must return to the main-screen cursor positions
+       before  the  last  <STRONG>tsl</STRONG>.   You may need to embed the string
+       values of <STRONG>sc</STRONG> (save cursor) and <STRONG>rc</STRONG> (restore cursor) in  <STRONG>tsl</STRONG>
+       and <STRONG>fsl</STRONG> to accomplish this.
+
+       The  status  line is normally assumed to be the same width
+       as the width of the terminal.  If this is untrue, you  can
+       specify it with the numeric capability <STRONG>wsl</STRONG>.
+
+       A  command to erase or blank the status line may be speci-
+       fied as <STRONG>dsl</STRONG>.
+
+       The  boolean  capability  <STRONG>eslok</STRONG>  specifies   that   escape
+       sequences, tabs, etc., work ordinarily in the status line.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> implementation does not yet use any  of  these
+       capabilities.   They are documented here in case they ever
+       become important.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Line</STRONG> <STRONG>Graphics</STRONG>
+       Many terminals have alternate character  sets  useful  for
+       forms-drawing.   Terminfo  and <STRONG>curses</STRONG> build in support for
+       the drawing characters supported by the VT100,  with  some
+       characters  from  the  AT&amp;T  4410v1 added.  This alternate
+       character set may be specified by the <STRONG>acsc</STRONG> capability.
+
+
+                <STRONG>Glyph</STRONG>             <STRONG>ACS</STRONG>            <STRONG>Ascii</STRONG>      <STRONG>VT100</STRONG>
+                 <STRONG>Name</STRONG>             <STRONG>Name</STRONG>           <STRONG>Default</STRONG>    <STRONG>Name</STRONG>
+       UK pound sign              ACS_STERLING   f          }
+       arrow pointing down        ACS_DARROW     v          .
+       arrow pointing left        ACS_LARROW     &lt;          ,
+       arrow pointing right       ACS_RARROW     &gt;          +
+       arrow pointing up          ACS_UARROW     ^          -
+       board of squares           ACS_BOARD      #          h
+       bullet                     ACS_BULLET     o          ~
+       checker board (stipple)    ACS_CKBOARD    :          a
+       degree symbol              ACS_DEGREE     \          f
+       diamond                    ACS_DIAMOND    +          `
+       greater-than-or-equal-to   ACS_GEQUAL     &gt;          z
+       greek pi                   ACS_PI         *          {
+       horizontal line            ACS_HLINE      -          q
+       lantern symbol             ACS_LANTERN    #          i
+       large plus or crossover    ACS_PLUS       +          n
+       less-than-or-equal-to      ACS_LEQUAL     &lt;          y
+
+       lower left corner          ACS_LLCORNER   +          m
+       lower right corner         ACS_LRCORNER   +          j
+       not-equal                  ACS_NEQUAL     !          |
+       plus/minus                 ACS_PLMINUS    #          g
+       scan line 1                ACS_S1         ~          o
+       scan line 3                ACS_S3         -          p
+       scan line 7                ACS_S7         -          r
+       scan line 9                ACS_S9         _          s
+       solid square block         ACS_BLOCK      #          0
+       tee pointing down          ACS_TTEE       +          w
+       tee pointing left          ACS_RTEE       +          u
+       tee pointing right         ACS_LTEE       +          t
+       tee pointing up            ACS_BTEE       +          v
+       upper left corner          ACS_ULCORNER   +          l
+       upper right corner         ACS_URCORNER   +          k
+       vertical line              ACS_VLINE      |          x
+
+       The best way to define a new device's graphics set  is  to
+       add  a  column  to a copy of this table for your terminal,
+       giving  the  character   which   (when   emitted   between
+       <STRONG>smacs</STRONG>/<STRONG>rmacs</STRONG>  switches) will be rendered as the correspond-
+       ing graphic.  Then read off the VT100/your terminal  char-
+       acter  pairs  right  to left in sequence; these become the
+       ACSC string.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Color</STRONG> <STRONG>Handling</STRONG>
+       Most color terminals are either `Tektronix-like'  or  `HP-
+       like'.   Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of
+       N colors (where N usually 8), and can  set  character-cell
+       foreground and background characters independently, mixing
+       them into N * N color-pairs.  On  HP-like  terminals,  the
+       use must set each color pair up separately (foreground and
+       background are  not  independently  settable).   Up  to  M
+       color-pairs  may  be  set  up  from  2*M different colors.
+       ANSI-compatible terminals are Tektronix-like.
+
+       Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color
+       method.  The numeric capabilities <STRONG>colors</STRONG> and <STRONG>pairs</STRONG> specify
+       the maximum numbers of colors and color-pairs that can  be
+       displayed  simultaneously.   The <STRONG>op</STRONG> (original pair) string
+       resets foreground and background colors to  their  default
+       values  for the terminal.  The <STRONG>oc</STRONG> string resets all colors
+       or color-pairs to their default values for  the  terminal.
+       Some  terminals  (including  many  PC  terminal emulators)
+       erase screen  areas  with  the  current  background  color
+       rather  than the power-up default background; these should
+       have the boolean capability <STRONG>bce</STRONG>.
+
+       To change the current foreground or background color on  a
+       Tektronix-type  terminal,  use <STRONG>setaf</STRONG> (set ANSI foreground)
+       and <STRONG>setab</STRONG> (set ANSI background) or <STRONG>setf</STRONG>  (set  foreground)
+       and  <STRONG>setb</STRONG> (set background).  These take one parameter, the
+       color  number.   The  SVr4  documentation  describes  only
+       <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG>;  the  XPG4  draft  says that "If the terminal
+       supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and fore-
+       ground,  they  should be coded as <STRONG>setaf</STRONG> and <STRONG>setab</STRONG>, respec-
+       tively.  If the terminal supports other  escape  sequences
+       to  set background and foreground, they should be coded as
+       <STRONG>setf</STRONG> and <STRONG>setb</STRONG>, respectively.  The <EM>vidputs()</EM>  function  and
+       the  refresh  functions  use  <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>  and <STRONG>setab</STRONG> if they are
+       defined."
+
+       The <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG> and <STRONG>setf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setb</STRONG> capabilities take  a  single
+       numeric argument each.  Argument values 0-7 of <STRONG>setaf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setab</STRONG>
+       are portably defined as follows (the middle column is  the
+       symbolic #define available in the header for the <STRONG>curses</STRONG> or
+       <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> libraries).  The terminal hardware is free to  map
+       these  as  it  likes,  but  the RGB values indicate normal
+       locations in color space.
+
+
+             <STRONG>Color</STRONG>       <STRONG>#define</STRONG>       <STRONG>Value</STRONG>       <STRONG>RGB</STRONG>
+             black     <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>       0     0, 0, 0
+             red       <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG>         1     max,0,0
+             green     <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG>       2     0,max,0
+             yellow    <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG>      3     max,max,0
+             blue      <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG>        4     0,0,max
+             magenta   <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG>     5     max,0,max
+             cyan      <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG>        6     0,max,max
+             white     <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>       7     max,max,max
+
+       The argument values of <STRONG>setf</STRONG>/<STRONG>setb</STRONG>  historically  correspond
+       to a different mapping, i.e.,
+
+             <STRONG>Color</STRONG>       <STRONG>#define</STRONG>       <STRONG>Value</STRONG>       <STRONG>RGB</STRONG>
+             black     <STRONG>COLOR_BLACK</STRONG>       0     0, 0, 0
+             blue      <STRONG>COLOR_BLUE</STRONG>        1     0,0,max
+             green     <STRONG>COLOR_GREEN</STRONG>       2     0,max,0
+             cyan      <STRONG>COLOR_CYAN</STRONG>        3     0,max,max
+             red       <STRONG>COLOR_RED</STRONG>         4     max,0,0
+             magenta   <STRONG>COLOR_MAGENTA</STRONG>     5     max,0,max
+             yellow    <STRONG>COLOR_YELLOW</STRONG>      6     max,max,0
+             white     <STRONG>COLOR_WHITE</STRONG>       7     max,max,max
+       It is important to not confuse the two sets of color capa-
+       bilities; otherwise red/blue will be interchanged  on  the
+       display.
+
+       On  an  HP-like terminal, use <STRONG>scp</STRONG> with a color-pair number
+       parameter to set which color pair is current.
+
+       On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability  <STRONG>ccc</STRONG>  may  be
+       present  to  indicate that colors can be modified.  If so,
+       the <STRONG>initc</STRONG> capability will take a color number (0 to <STRONG>colors</STRONG>
+       -  1)and  three  more parameters which describe the color.
+       These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
+       (Red,  Green, Blue) values.  If the boolean capability <STRONG>hls</STRONG>
+       is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Satu-
+       ration) indices.  The ranges are terminal-dependent.
+
+       On  an  HP-like  terminal, <STRONG>initp</STRONG> may give a capability for
+       changing a color-pair value.  It will take  seven  parame-
+       ters;  a  color-pair  number (0 to <STRONG>max_pairs</STRONG> - 1), and two
+       triples describing first background  and  then  foreground
+       colors.   These  parameters  must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
+       (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on <STRONG>hls</STRONG>.
+
+       On some color terminals, colors collide  with  highlights.
+       You can register these collisions with the <STRONG>ncv</STRONG> capability.
+       This is a bit-mask of attributes not to be used when  col-
+       ors  are  enabled.  The correspondence with the attributes
+       understood by <STRONG>curses</STRONG> is as follows:
+
+
+                      <STRONG>Attribute</STRONG>      <STRONG>Bit</STRONG>   <STRONG>Decimal</STRONG>
+                      A_STANDOUT     0     1
+                      A_UNDERLINE    1     2
+                      A_REVERSE      2     4
+                      A_BLINK        3     8
+                      A_DIM          4     16
+                      A_BOLD         5     32
+                      A_INVIS        6     64
+                      A_PROTECT      7     128
+                      A_ALTCHARSET   8     256
+
+       For example,  on  many  IBM  PC  consoles,  the  underline
+       attribute  collides  with the foreground color blue and is
+       not available in color mode.  These  should  have  an  <STRONG>ncv</STRONG>
+       capability of 2.
+
+       SVr4  curses  does nothing with <STRONG>ncv</STRONG>, ncurses recognizes it
+       and optimizes the output in favor of colors.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Miscellaneous</STRONG>
+       If the terminal requires other than a null (zero)  charac-
+       ter  as  a  pad,  then this can be given as pad.  Only the
+       first character of the pad string is used.  If the  termi-
+       nal does not have a pad character, specify npc.  Note that
+       ncurses implements  the  termcap-compatible  <STRONG>PC</STRONG>  variable;
+       though  the  application  may  set this value to something
+       other than a null, ncurses will test  <STRONG>npc</STRONG>  first  and  use
+       napms if the terminal has no pad character.
+
+       If  the terminal can move up or down half a line, this can
+       be indicated with <STRONG>hu</STRONG>  (half-line  up)  and  <STRONG>hd</STRONG>  (half-line
+       down).  This is primarily useful for superscripts and sub-
+       scripts on hard-copy terminals.  If a  hard-copy  terminal
+       can  eject  to  the next page (form feed), give this as <STRONG>ff</STRONG>
+       (usually control L).
+
+       If there is a command to repeat a given character a  given
+       number  of times (to save time transmitting a large number
+       of identical characters) this can be  indicated  with  the
+       parameterized  string  <STRONG>rep</STRONG>.   The  first  parameter is the
+       character to be repeated and the second is the  number  of
+       times  to repeat it.  Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is
+       the same as `xxxxxxxxxx'.
+
+       If the terminal has a settable command character, such  as
+       the  TEKTRONIX  4025, this can be indicated with <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG>.  A
+       prototype command character is chosen which is used in all
+       capabilities.   This character is given in the <STRONG>cmdch</STRONG> capa-
+       bility to identify it.  The following convention  is  sup-
+       ported  on  some  UNIX  systems:  The environment is to be
+       searched for a <STRONG>CC</STRONG> variable, and if found, all  occurrences
+       of the prototype character are replaced with the character
+       in the environment variable.
+
+       Terminal descriptions that do  not  represent  a  specific
+       kind of known terminal, such as <EM>switch</EM>, <EM>dialup</EM>, <EM>patch</EM>, and
+       <EM>network</EM>, should include the  <STRONG>gn</STRONG>  (generic)  capability  so
+       that  programs  can  complain that they do not know how to
+       talk to the terminal.  (This capability does not apply  to
+       <EM>virtual</EM>   terminal   descriptions  for  which  the  escape
+       sequences are known.)
+
+       If the terminal has a ``meta key'' which acts as  a  shift
+       key,  setting  the  8th  bit of any character transmitted,
+       this fact can be indicated with <STRONG>km</STRONG>.   Otherwise,  software
+       will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it will usually
+       be cleared.  If strings exist to turn this  ``meta  mode''
+       on and off, they can be given as <STRONG>smm</STRONG> and <STRONG>rmm</STRONG>.
+
+       If  the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on
+       the screen at once, the number of lines of memory  can  be
+       indicated  with  <STRONG>lm</STRONG>.   A  value of <STRONG>lm</STRONG>#0 indicates that the
+       number of lines is not fixed, but that there is still more
+       memory than fits on the screen.
+
+       If the terminal is one of those supported by the UNIX vir-
+       tual terminal protocol, the terminal number can  be  given
+       as <STRONG>vt</STRONG>.
+
+       Media copy strings which control an auxiliary printer con-
+       nected to the terminal can be given as <STRONG>mc0</STRONG>: print the con-
+       tents  of  the screen, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG>: turn off the printer, and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG>:
+       turn on the printer.  When the printer  is  on,  all  text
+       sent  to  the terminal will be sent to the printer.  It is
+       undefined whether the text is also displayed on the termi-
+       nal screen when the printer is on.  A variation <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> takes
+       one parameter, and leaves the printer on for as many char-
+       acters  as  the  value  of  the  parameter, then turns the
+       printer off.  The parameter should not  exceed  255.   All
+       text,  including  <STRONG>mc4</STRONG>,  is  transparently  passed  to  the
+       printer while an <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG> is in effect.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Glitches</STRONG> <STRONG>and</STRONG> <STRONG>Braindamage</STRONG>
+       Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow `~' characters  to
+       be displayed should indicate <STRONG>hz</STRONG>.
+
+       Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an <STRONG>am</STRONG>
+       wrap, such as the Concept and vt100, should indicate <STRONG>xenl</STRONG>.
+
+       If  <STRONG>el</STRONG>  is  required  to  get  rid of standout (instead of
+       merely writing normal text on top of it),  <STRONG>xhp</STRONG>  should  be
+       given.
+
+       Teleray  terminals,  where  tabs turn all characters moved
+       over to blanks, should  indicate  <STRONG>xt</STRONG>  (destructive  tabs).
+       Note:    the    variable    indicating    this    is   now
+       `dest_tabs_magic_smso'; in older  versions,  it  was  tel-
+       eray_glitch.  This glitch is also taken to mean that it is
+       not possible to position the cursor on top  of  a  ``magic
+       cookie'', that to erase standout mode it is instead neces-
+       sary to use delete and insert line.  The ncurses implemen-
+       tation ignores this glitch.
+
+       The  Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly trans-
+       mit the escape or control C characters, has <STRONG>xsb</STRONG>,  indicat-
+       ing  that the f1 key is used for escape and f2 for control
+       C.  (Only certain Superbees have this  problem,  depending
+       on  the  ROM.)  Note that in older terminfo versions, this
+       capability  was  called  `beehive_glitch';   it   is   now
+       `no_esc_ctl_c'.
+
+       Other  specific  terminal  problems  may  be  corrected by
+       adding more capabilities of the form <STRONG>x</STRONG><EM>x</EM>.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Similar</STRONG> <STRONG>Terminals</STRONG>
+       If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant)
+       can  be  defined  as  being just like the other (the base)
+       with certain exceptions.  In the definition of  the  vari-
+       ant,  the string capability <STRONG>use</STRONG> can be given with the name
+       of the base terminal.  The capabilities given  before  <STRONG>use</STRONG>
+       override  those  in  the base type named by <STRONG>use</STRONG>.  If there
+       are multiple <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities, they are merged in  reverse
+       order.   That is, the rightmost <STRONG>use</STRONG> reference is processed
+       first, then the one to its left, and so forth.   Capabili-
+       ties  given explicitly in the entry override those brought
+       in by <STRONG>use</STRONG> references.
+
+       A capability can be canceled by placing <STRONG>xx@</STRONG> to the left of
+       the  use  reference that imports it, where <EM>xx</EM> is the capa-
+       bility.  For example, the entry
+
+                   2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
+
+       defines a 2621-nl that does not  have  the  <STRONG>smkx</STRONG>  or  <STRONG>rmkx</STRONG>
+       capabilities,  and hence does not turn on the function key
+       labels when in visual mode.  This is useful for  different
+       modes for a terminal, or for different user preferences.
+
+
+   <STRONG>Pitfalls</STRONG> <STRONG>of</STRONG> <STRONG>Long</STRONG> <STRONG>Entries</STRONG>
+       Long  terminfo  entries  are  unlikely to be a problem; to
+       date, no entry has even  approached  terminfo's  4096-byte
+       string-table maximum.  Unfortunately, the termcap transla-
+       tions are much more strictly limited (to 1023 bytes), thus
+       termcap  translations  of  long terminfo entries can cause
+       problems.
+
+       The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions  of  <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG>
+       instruct  the  user to allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the
+       termcap entry.  The  entry  gets  null-terminated  by  the
+       termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for
+       a termcap entry 1k-1 (1023) bytes.  Depending on what  the
+       application  and  the termcap library being used does, and
+       where in the termcap file the terminal type that <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG>
+       is searching for is, several bad things can happen.
+
+       Some  termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if
+       they find an entry that's longer than 1023  bytes;  others
+       do  not;  others truncate the entries to 1023 bytes.  Some
+       application programs allocate more than the recommended 1K
+       for the termcap entry; others do not.
+
+       Each termcap entry has two important sizes associated with
+       it: before "tc" expansion, and after "tc" expansion.  "tc"
+       is  the  capability that tacks on another termcap entry to
+       the end of the current one, to add  on  its  capabilities.
+       If  a termcap entry does not use the "tc" capability, then
+       of course the two lengths are the same.
+
+       The "before tc expansion" length  is  the  most  important
+       one,  because it affects more than just users of that par-
+       ticular terminal.  This is the length of the entry  as  it
+       exists in /etc/termcap, minus the backslash-newline pairs,
+       which <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> strips out while reading it.  Some termcap
+       libraries  strip  off  the final newline, too (GNU termcap
+       does not).  Now suppose:
+
+       *    a termcap entry before expansion is  more  than  1023
+            bytes long,
+
+       *    and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
+
+       *    and  the  termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1
+            and GNU) reads the whole entry into  the  buffer,  no
+            matter  what its length, to see if it is the entry it
+            wants,
+
+       *    and <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> is searching for a terminal  type  that
+            either is the long entry, appears in the termcap file
+            after the long entry, or does not appear in the  file
+            at  all  (so  that  <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> has to search the whole
+            termcap file).
+
+       Then <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> will overwrite memory, perhaps  its  stack,
+       and  probably core dump the program.  Programs like telnet
+       are particularly vulnerable;  modern  telnets  pass  along
+       values  like the terminal type automatically.  The results
+       are almost as undesirable with  a  termcap  library,  like
+       SunOS  4.1.3  and Ultrix 4.4, that prints warning messages
+       when it reads an overly long termcap entry.  If a  termcap
+       library  truncates  long  entries,  like  OSF/1 3.0, it is
+       immune to dying here but will return  incorrect  data  for
+       the terminal.
+
+       The "after tc expansion" length will have a similar effect
+       to the above, but only for people who actually set TERM to
+       that  terminal type, since <STRONG>tgetent()</STRONG> only does "tc" expan-
+       sion once it is found the terminal  type  it  was  looking
+       for, not while searching.
+
+       In summary, a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes
+       can cause, on various combinations  of  termcap  libraries
+       and  applications,  a  core  dump,  warnings, or incorrect
+       operation.  If it is too long even before "tc"  expansion,
+       it will have this effect even for users of some other ter-
+       minal types and users whose TERM variable does not have  a
+       termcap entry.
+
+       When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> imple-
+       mentation of <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG> issues warning messages when the pre-
+       tc  length  of  a termcap translation is too long.  The -c
+       (check) option also checks resolved (after  tc  expansion)
+       lengths.
+
+   <STRONG>Binary</STRONG> <STRONG>Compatibility</STRONG>
+       It  is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo
+       entries between commercial UNIX versions.  The problem  is
+       that  there  are  at least two versions of terminfo (under
+       HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
+       SVr1,  and have added extension capabilities to the string
+       table that (in the binary format) collide  with  System  V
+       and XSI Curses extensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+       Some  SVr4  <STRONG>curses</STRONG>  implementations,  and  all previous to
+       SVr4, do not interpret the %A and %O operators in  parame-
+       ter strings.
+
+       SVr4/XPG4  do  not  specify whether <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> licenses movement
+       while in an alternate-character-set mode (such modes  may,
+       among  other  things,  map CR and NL to characters that do
+       not trigger local motions).   The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  implementation
+       ignores  <STRONG>msgr</STRONG>  in <STRONG>ALTCHARSET</STRONG> mode.  This raises the possi-
+       bility that an XPG4  implementation  making  the  opposite
+       interpretation  may need terminfo entries made for <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+       to have <STRONG>msgr</STRONG> turned off.
+
+       The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library handles insert-character  and  insert-
+       character modes in a slightly non-standard way to get bet-
+       ter update efficiency.  See  the  <STRONG>Insert/Delete</STRONG>  <STRONG>Character</STRONG>
+       subsection above.
+
+       The   parameter   substitutions  for  <STRONG>set_clock</STRONG>  and  <STRONG>dis-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>play_clock</STRONG> are not documented in SVr4 or  the  XSI  Curses
+       standard.  They are deduced from the documentation for the
+       AT&amp;T 505 terminal.
+
+       Be careful assigning the <STRONG>kmous</STRONG>  capability.   The  <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+       wants  to  interpret it as <STRONG>KEY_MOUSE</STRONG>, for use by terminals
+       and emulators like xterm that  can  return  mouse-tracking
+       information in the keyboard-input stream.
+
+       Different  commercial ports of terminfo and curses support
+       different subsets of the XSI Curses standard and (in  some
+       cases) different extension sets.  Here is a summary, accu-
+       rate as of October 1995:
+
+       <STRONG>SVR4,</STRONG> <STRONG>Solaris,</STRONG> <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> -- These support all SVr4 capabili-
+       ties.
+
+       <STRONG>SGI</STRONG>  --  Supports  the  SVr4  set,  adds  one undocumented
+       extended string capability (<STRONG>set_pglen</STRONG>).
+
+       <STRONG>SVr1,</STRONG> <STRONG>Ultrix</STRONG> -- These support a restricted subset of  ter-
+       minfo  capabilities.   The booleans end with <STRONG>xon_xoff</STRONG>; the
+       numerics with  <STRONG>width_status_line</STRONG>;  and  the  strings  with
+       <STRONG>prtr_non</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>HP/UX</STRONG>  --  Supports  the  SVr1  subset,  plus the SVr[234]
+       numerics <STRONG>num_labels</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_height</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_width</STRONG>, plus func-
+       tion  keys  11  through  63, plus <STRONG>plab_norm</STRONG>, <STRONG>label_on</STRONG>, and
+       <STRONG>label_off</STRONG>, plus some incompatible extensions in the string
+       table.
+
+       <STRONG>AIX</STRONG>  --  Supports  the  SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11
+       through 63, plus a number  of  incompatible  string  table
+       extensions.
+
+       <STRONG>OSF</STRONG>  -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*  files     containing     terminal
+                                descriptions
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="printf.3.html">printf(3)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
+       Zeyd  M.  Ben-Halim,  Eric  S.  Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey.
+       Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+                                                            <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3103ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 17:59:11 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tic 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tic 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tic</STRONG> - the <EM>terminfo</EM> entry-description compiler
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tic</STRONG>  [<STRONG>-1CGILNTUVacfgrstx</STRONG>]  [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>names</EM>] [<STRONG>-o</STRONG> <EM>dir</EM>] [<STRONG>-R</STRONG> <EM>subset</EM>]
+       [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-w</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] <EM>file</EM>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The command <STRONG>tic</STRONG> translates a  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  file  from  source
+       format  into compiled format.  The compiled format is nec-
+       essary for use with the library routines in <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       The results are normally placed  in  the  system  terminfo
+       directory  <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.   There  are  two  ways to
+       change this behavior.
+
+       First, you may override the system default by setting  the
+       variable  <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>  in  your  shell environment to a valid
+       (existing) directory name.
+
+       Secondly, if <STRONG>tic</STRONG> cannot get access to  <EM>/usr/share/terminfo</EM>
+       or  your  TERMINFO  directory,  it looks for the directory
+       <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM>; if that directory exists,  the  entry  is
+       placed there.
+
+       Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check
+       for a TERMINFO directory first, look at <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> if
+       TERMINFO  is  not set, and finally look in <EM>/usr/share/ter-</EM>
+       <EM>minfo</EM>.
+
+       <STRONG>-1</STRONG>     restricts the output to a single column
+
+       <STRONG>-a</STRONG>     tells  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>  to  retain  commented-out  capabilities
+              rather than discarding them.  Capabilities are com-
+              mented by prefixing them with a period.  This  sets
+              the  <STRONG>-x</STRONG> option, because it treats the commented-out
+              entries as user-defined names.  If  the  source  is
+              termcap,  accept  the 2-character names required by
+              version 6.  Otherwise these are ignored.
+
+       <STRONG>-C</STRONG>     Force source translation to termcap format.   Note:
+              this  differs  from the <STRONG>-C</STRONG> option of <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> in
+              that it does not merely translate capability names,
+              but  also  translates  terminfo  strings to termcap
+              format.  Capabilities that are not translatable are
+              left  in  the  entry under their terminfo names but
+              commented out with two preceding dots.
+
+       <STRONG>-c</STRONG>     tells <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to only check <EM>file</EM> for errors,  including
+              syntax  problems and bad use links.  If you specify
+              <STRONG>-C</STRONG> (<STRONG>-I</STRONG>) with this option, the code will print warn-
+              ings about entries which, after use resolution, are
+              more than 1023 (4096) bytes long.  Due to  a  fixed
+              buffer  length  in  older  termcap libraries (and a
+              documented limit in terminfo),  these  entries  may
+              cause core dumps.
+
+       <STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>names</EM>
+              Limit  writes  and  translations  to  the following
+              comma-separated list of terminals.  If any name  or
+              alias of a terminal matches one of the names in the
+              list, the entry will be written  or  translated  as
+              normal.   Otherwise no output will be generated for
+              it.  The option value is interpreted as a file con-
+              taining  the  list  if  it  contains a '/'.  (Note:
+              depending on how tic was compiled, this option  may
+              require <STRONG>-I</STRONG> or <STRONG>-C</STRONG>.)
+
+       <STRONG>-f</STRONG>     Display  complex  terminfo  strings  which  contain
+              if/then/else/endif expressions indented  for  read-
+              ability.
+
+       <STRONG>-G</STRONG>     Display  constant  literals  in decimal form rather
+              than their character equivalents.
+
+       <STRONG>-g</STRONG>     Display constant character literals in quoted  form
+              rather than their decimal equivalents.
+
+       <STRONG>-I</STRONG>     Force source translation to terminfo format.
+
+       <STRONG>-L</STRONG>     Force  source  translation to terminfo format using
+              the long C variable names listed in &lt;<STRONG>term.h</STRONG>&gt;
+
+       <STRONG>-N</STRONG>     Disable smart defaults.  Normally, when translating
+              from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes a num-
+              ber of assumptions about  the  defaults  of  string
+              capabilities  <STRONG>reset1_string</STRONG>,  <STRONG>carriage_return</STRONG>, <STRONG>cur-</STRONG>
+              <STRONG>sor_left</STRONG>, <STRONG>cursor_down</STRONG>,  <STRONG>scroll_forward</STRONG>,  <STRONG>tab</STRONG>,  <STRONG>new-</STRONG>
+              <STRONG>line</STRONG>,  <STRONG>key_backspace</STRONG>,  <STRONG>key_left</STRONG>, and <STRONG>key_down</STRONG>, then
+              attempts to use obsolete  termcap  capabilities  to
+              deduce correct values.  It also normally suppresses
+              output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as <STRONG>bs</STRONG>.
+              This  option forces a more literal translation that
+              also preserves the obsolete capabilities.
+
+       <STRONG>-o</STRONG><EM>dir</EM>  Write compiled entries to given  directory.   Over-
+              rides the TERMINFO environment variable.
+
+       <STRONG>-R</STRONG><EM>subset</EM>
+              Restrict  output to a given subset.  This option is
+              for use with  archaic  versions  of  terminfo  like
+              those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support
+              the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and  out-
+              right broken ports like AIX 3.x that have their own
+              extensions incompatible with  SVr4/XSI.   Available
+              subsets  are  "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  "BSD"  and
+              "AIX"; see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> for details.
+
+       <STRONG>-r</STRONG>     Force entry resolution (so there are  no  remaining
+              tc  capabilities)  even  when  doing translation to
+              termcap format.  This may  be  needed  if  you  are
+              preparing  a  termcap  file  for  a termcap library
+              (such as GNU termcap through  version  1.3  or  BSD
+              termcap through 4.3BSD) that does not handle multi-
+              ple tc capabilities per entry.
+
+       <STRONG>-s</STRONG>     Summarize the compile by showing the directory into
+              which  entries  are  written,  and  the  number  of
+              entries which are compiled.
+
+       <STRONG>-T</STRONG>     eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
+              This  is  mainly  useful  for testing and analysis,
+              since the compiled descriptions are limited  (e.g.,
+              1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
+
+       <STRONG>-t</STRONG>     tells  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>  to  discard commented-out capabilities.
+              Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
+              untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
+
+       <STRONG>-U</STRONG>   tells  <STRONG>tic</STRONG> to not post-process the data after parsing
+            the source file.  Normally, it infers data  which  is
+            commonly  missing in older terminfo data, or in term-
+            caps.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+            program, and exits.
+
+       <STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM>  specifies  that  (verbose) output be written to stan-
+            dard error trace information showing <STRONG>tic</STRONG>'s  progress.
+            The  optional  parameter  <EM>n</EM> is a number from 1 to 10,
+            inclusive, indicating the desired level of detail  of
+            information.   If  <EM>n</EM> is omitted, the default level is
+            1.  If <EM>n</EM> is specified and greater than 1,  the  level
+            of detail is increased.
+
+       <STRONG>-w</STRONG><EM>n</EM>  specifies  the width of the output.  The parameter is
+            optional.  If it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
+
+       <STRONG>-x</STRONG>   Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined.  That is,
+            if  you  supply  a capability name which <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does not
+            recognize, it will infer its type (boolean, number or
+            string)  from  the  syntax and make an extended table
+            entry  for  that.   User-defined  capability  strings
+            whose  name begins with ``k'' are treated as function
+            keys.
+
+       <EM>file</EM> contains one or more <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>  terminal  descriptions
+            in source format [see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>].  Each description
+            in the file describes the capabilities of a  particu-
+            lar terminal.
+
+       The debug flag levels are as follows:
+
+       1      Names of files created and linked
+
+       2      Information related to the ``use'' facility
+
+       3      Statistics from the hashing algorithm
+
+       5      String-table memory allocations
+
+       7      Entries into the string-table
+
+       8      List of tokens encountered by scanner
+
+       9      All values computed in construction of the hash ta-
+              ble
+
+       If the debug level <EM>n</EM> is not given, it is taken to be  one.
+
+       All but one of the capabilities recognized by <STRONG>tic</STRONG> are doc-
+       umented in <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.  The exception is the <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabil-
+       ity.
+
+       When  a  <STRONG>use</STRONG>=<EM>entry</EM>-<EM>name</EM>  field is discovered in a terminal
+       entry currently being compiled, <STRONG>tic</STRONG> reads  in  the  binary
+       from  <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG> to complete the entry.  (Entries
+       created from <EM>file</EM> will be used first.  If the  environment
+       variable  <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>  is  set,  that  directory  is searched
+       instead of <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.)  <STRONG>tic</STRONG> duplicates the capa-
+       bilities  in  <EM>entry</EM>-<EM>name</EM>  for  the current entry, with the
+       exception  of  those  capabilities  that  explicitly   are
+       defined in the current entry.
+
+       When    an   entry,   e.g.,   <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG>,   contains   a
+       <STRONG>use=</STRONG><EM>entry</EM>_<EM>name</EM>_<EM>2</EM>  field,  any  canceled  capabilities   in
+       <EM>entry</EM>_<EM>name</EM>_<EM>2</EM>  must also appear in <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG> before <STRONG>use=</STRONG>
+       for these capabilities to be canceled in <STRONG>entry_name_1</STRONG>.
+
+       If the environment variable <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> is set, the  compiled
+       results are placed there instead of <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>.
+
+       Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes.  The name
+       field cannot exceed 512 bytes.  Terminal  names  exceeding
+       the  maximum  alias  length (32 characters on systems with
+       long filenames, 14 characters otherwise) will be truncated
+       to  the maximum alias length and a warning message will be
+       printed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+       There is some evidence that historic  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>  implementations
+       treated  description  fields with no whitespace in them as
+       additional aliases or short names.  This <STRONG>tic</STRONG> does  not  do
+       that,  but  it  does  warn  when description fields may be
+       treated that way and check them for dangerous  characters.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXTENSIONS</H2><PRE>
+       Unlike the stock SVr4 <STRONG>tic</STRONG> command, this implementation can
+       actually compile termcap sources.   In  fact,  entries  in
+       terminfo  and  termcap  syntax  can  be  mixed in a single
+       source file.  See <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>  for  the  list  of  termcap
+       names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
+
+       The  SVr4  manual  pages  are  not clear on the resolution
+       rules for <STRONG>use</STRONG> capabilities.  This  implementation  of  <STRONG>tic</STRONG>
+       will find <STRONG>use</STRONG> targets anywhere in the source file, or any-
+       where in the file tree rooted at <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG> (if <STRONG>TERMINFO</STRONG>  is
+       defined),  or  in the user's <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> directory (if
+       it exists), or (finally) anywhere  in  the  system's  file
+       tree of compiled entries.
+
+       The  error  messages from this <STRONG>tic</STRONG> have the same format as
+       GNU C error messages, and can be  parsed  by  GNU  Emacs's
+       compile facility.
+
+       The  <STRONG>-C</STRONG>,  <STRONG>-G</STRONG>,  <STRONG>-I</STRONG>, <STRONG>-N</STRONG>, <STRONG>-R</STRONG>, <STRONG>-T</STRONG>, <STRONG>-V</STRONG>, <STRONG>-a</STRONG>, <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-f</STRONG>, <STRONG>-g</STRONG>, <STRONG>-o</STRONG>, <STRONG>-r</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>-s</STRONG>, <STRONG>-t</STRONG> and <STRONG>-x</STRONG> options are not supported under  SVr4.   The
+       SVr4 <STRONG>-c</STRONG> mode does not report bad use links.
+
+       System  V does not compile entries to or read entries from
+       your <EM>$HOME/.terminfo</EM> directory unless TERMINFO is  explic-
+       itly set to it.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
+            Compiled terminal description database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>,    <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f4372f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.21 2008/01/05 20:57:16 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>toe 1m</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>toe 1m</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>toe</STRONG> - table of (terminfo) entries
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>toe</STRONG> [<STRONG>-v</STRONG>[<EM>n</EM>]] [<STRONG>-ahuUV</STRONG>] <EM>file...</EM>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       With no options, <STRONG>toe</STRONG> lists all available terminal types by
+       primary name with descriptions.   File  arguments  specify
+       the  directories  to  be scanned; if no such arguments are
+       given, your default terminfo directory is scanned.  If you
+       also  specify  the  <STRONG>-h</STRONG>  option, a directory header will be
+       issued as each directory is entered.
+
+       There are other options intended for use by terminfo  file
+       maintainers:
+
+       <STRONG>-a</STRONG>     report  on  all  of  the  terminal  databases which
+              ncurses would search, rather than  only  the  first
+              one that it finds.
+
+       <STRONG>-u</STRONG> <EM>file</EM>
+              says  to  write  a  report  to the standard output,
+              listing dependencies in the given  terminfo/termcap
+              source  file.  The report condenses the `use' rela-
+              tion: each line consists of the primary name  of  a
+              terminal  that  has use capabilities, followed by a
+              colon, followed by the whitespace-separated primary
+              names  of  all  terminals  which occur in those use
+              capabilities, followed by a newline
+
+       <STRONG>-U</STRONG> <EM>file</EM>
+              says to write a  report  to  the  standard  output,
+              listing  reverse  dependencies  in  the  given ter-
+              minfo/termcap source file.  The report reverses the
+              `use'  relation:  each line consists of the primary
+              name of a terminal that occurs in use capabilities,
+              followed  by  a  colon, followed by the whitespace-
+              separated primary  names  of  all  terminals  which
+              depend on it, followed by a newline.
+
+       <STRONG>-v</STRONG><EM>n</EM>    specifies that (verbose) output be written to stan-
+              dard error, showing <STRONG>toe</STRONG>'s progress.   The  optional
+              parameter  <EM>n</EM>  is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted
+              as for <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>     reports the version of ncurses which  was  used  in
+              this program, and exits.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo/?/*</STRONG>
+            Compiled terminal description database.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>,    <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>,   <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,
+       <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d31aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  * t
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: tput.1,v 1.27 2006/12/24 18:11:31 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tput 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tput 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG>,  <STRONG>reset</STRONG>  -  initialize  a  terminal or query terminfo
+       database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <EM>capname</EM> [<EM>parms</EM> ... ]
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>init</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>reset</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> [<STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>] <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG>  <STRONG>&lt;&lt;</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-V</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>tput</STRONG> utility uses the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database  to  make  the
+       values  of terminal-dependent capabilities and information
+       available to the shell (see <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>), to initialize or reset
+       the  terminal,  or  return  the long name of the requested
+       terminal type.  The result depends upon  the  capability's
+       type:
+
+              string
+                   <STRONG>tput</STRONG> writes the string to the standard output.
+                   No trailing newline is supplied.
+
+              integer
+                   <STRONG>tput</STRONG> writes the decimal value to the  standard
+                   output, with a trailing newline.
+
+              boolean
+                   <STRONG>tput</STRONG>  simply sets the exit code (<STRONG>0</STRONG> for TRUE if
+                   the terminal has the capability, <STRONG>1</STRONG>  for  FALSE
+                   if  it  does  not),  and writes nothing to the
+                   standard output.
+
+       Before using a value returned on the standard output,  the
+       application  should  test  the  exit  code  (e.g., <STRONG>$?</STRONG>, see
+       <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>) to be sure it is <STRONG>0</STRONG>.  (See the <STRONG>EXIT</STRONG> <STRONG>CODES</STRONG> and  <STRONG>DIAG-</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>NOSTICS</STRONG>  sections.)   For  a complete list of capabilities
+       and the <EM>capname</EM> associated with each, see <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM> indicates the  <EM>type</EM>  of  terminal.   Normally  this
+              option is unnecessary, because the default is taken
+              from the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.  If <STRONG>-T</STRONG> is spec-
+              ified,  then  the shell variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> and <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG>
+              will be ignored,and the operating system  will  not
+              be queried for the actual screen size.
+
+       <EM>capname</EM>
+              indicates   the   capability   from   the  <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG>
+              database.  When <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> support is compiled in, the
+              <STRONG>termcap</STRONG> name for the capability is also accepted.
+
+       <EM>parms</EM>  If  the  capability  is a string that takes parame-
+              ters, the arguments <EM>parms</EM> will be instantiated into
+              the string.
+
+              Most  parameters  are numbers.  Only a few terminfo
+              capabilities require string parameters; <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses a
+              table to decide which to pass as strings.  Normally
+              <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses <STRONG>tparm</STRONG> (3x) to perform  the  substitution.
+              If no parameters are given for the capability, <STRONG>tput</STRONG>
+              writes   the   string   without   performing    the
+              substitution.
+
+       <STRONG>-S</STRONG>     allows  more  than one capability per invocation of
+              <STRONG>tput</STRONG>.  The capabilities must be passed to <STRONG>tput</STRONG> from
+              the standard input instead of from the command line
+              (see example).  Only one  <EM>capname</EM>  is  allowed  per
+              line.   The  <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option changes the meaning of the <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+              and <STRONG>1</STRONG> boolean and string exit codes (see  the  EXIT
+              CODES section).
+
+              Again, <STRONG>tput</STRONG> uses a table and the presence of param-
+              eters in its input to decide whether to  use  <STRONG>tparm</STRONG>
+              (3x), and how to interpret the parameters.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>     reports  the  version  of ncurses which was used in
+              this program, and exits.
+
+       <STRONG>init</STRONG>   If the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database is present  and  an  entry
+              for the user's terminal exists (see <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM>, above),
+              the following will occur:
+
+              (1)    if present,  the  terminal's  initialization
+                     strings  will  be  output as detailed in the
+                     <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG> section on <EM>Tabs</EM> <EM>and</EM>  <EM>Initializa-</EM>
+                     <EM>tion</EM>,
+
+              (2)    any  delays (e.g., newline) specified in the
+                     entry will be set in the tty driver,
+
+              (3)    tabs expansion will  be  turned  on  or  off
+                     according to the specification in the entry,
+                     and
+
+              (4)    if tabs are not expanded, standard tabs will
+                     be set (every 8 spaces).
+
+              If an entry does not contain the information needed
+              for any of the four above activities, that activity
+              will silently be skipped.
+
+       <STRONG>reset</STRONG>  Instead  of putting out initialization strings, the
+              terminal's reset strings will be output if  present
+              (<STRONG>rs1</STRONG>,  <STRONG>rs2</STRONG>, <STRONG>rs3</STRONG>, <STRONG>rf</STRONG>).  If the reset strings are not
+              present, but initialization strings are,  the  ini-
+              tialization  strings  will  be  output.  Otherwise,
+              <STRONG>reset</STRONG> acts identically to <STRONG>init</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+              If the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database is present  and  an  entry
+              for  the user's terminal exists (see <STRONG>-T</STRONG><EM>type</EM> above),
+              then the long name of the terminal will be put out.
+              The long name is the last name in the first line of
+              the terminal's description in the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database
+              [see <STRONG><A HREF="term.5.html">term(5)</A></STRONG>].
+
+       If  <STRONG>tput</STRONG>  is  invoked  by a link named <STRONG>reset</STRONG>, this has the
+       same effect as <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>reset</STRONG>.  See <STRONG>tset</STRONG> for comparison, which
+       has similar behavior.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXAMPLES</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>init</STRONG>
+            Initialize the terminal according to the type of ter-
+            minal in the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.  This  com-
+            mand  should be included in everyone's .profile after
+            the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> has been exported, as
+            illustrated on the <STRONG><A HREF="profile.5.html">profile(5)</A></STRONG> manual page.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T5620</STRONG> <STRONG>reset</STRONG>
+            Reset  an  AT&amp;T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
+            terminal in the environmental variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>0</STRONG> <STRONG>0</STRONG>
+            Send the sequence to move the cursor to row <STRONG>0</STRONG>, column
+            <STRONG>0</STRONG> (the upper left corner of the screen, usually known
+            as the "home" cursor position).
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+            Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current termi-
+            nal.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cols</STRONG>
+            Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T450</STRONG> <STRONG>cols</STRONG>
+            Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
+
+       <STRONG>bold=`tput</STRONG> <STRONG>smso`</STRONG> <STRONG>offbold=`tput</STRONG> <STRONG>rmso`</STRONG>
+            Set the shell variables <STRONG>bold</STRONG>, to begin stand-out mode
+            sequence, and <STRONG>offbold</STRONG>, to end standout mode sequence,
+            for the current terminal.  This might be followed  by
+            a  prompt:  <STRONG>echo</STRONG>  <STRONG>"${bold}Please</STRONG>  <STRONG>type</STRONG>  <STRONG>in</STRONG> <STRONG>your</STRONG> <STRONG>name:</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>${offbold}\c"</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>hc</STRONG>
+            Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal  is
+            a hard copy terminal.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>23</STRONG> <STRONG>4</STRONG>
+            Send  the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, col-
+            umn 4.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG>
+            Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with no
+            parameters substituted.
+
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>longname</STRONG>
+            Print  the  long  name from the <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database for
+            the type of terminal specified in  the  environmental
+            variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>.
+
+            <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;&lt;!</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>&gt;</STRONG> <STRONG>clear</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>&gt;</STRONG> <STRONG>cup</STRONG> <STRONG>10</STRONG> <STRONG>10</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>&gt;</STRONG> <STRONG>bold</STRONG>
+            <STRONG>&gt;</STRONG> <STRONG>!</STRONG>
+
+            This  example shows <STRONG>tput</STRONG> processing several capabili-
+            ties in one invocation.  It clears the screen,  moves
+            the  cursor  to  position  10,  10  and turns on bold
+            (extra bright) mode.  The list is  terminated  by  an
+            exclamation mark (<STRONG>!</STRONG>) on a line by itself.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>/usr/share/terminfo</STRONG>
+              compiled terminal description database
+
+       <STRONG>/usr/share/tabset/*</STRONG>
+              tab settings for some terminals, in a format appro-
+              priate  to  be  output  to  the  terminal   (escape
+              sequences  that  set  margins  and  tabs); for more
+              information, see the "Tabs and Initialization" sec-
+              tion of <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>EXIT CODES</H2><PRE>
+       If the <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option is used, <STRONG>tput</STRONG> checks for errors from each
+       line, and if any errors are found, will set the exit  code
+       to  4  plus the number of lines with errors.  If no errors
+       are found, the exit code is <STRONG>0</STRONG>.   No  indication  of  which
+       line failed can be given so exit code <STRONG>1</STRONG> will never appear.
+       Exit codes <STRONG>2</STRONG>, <STRONG>3</STRONG>, and <STRONG>4</STRONG> retain their usual  interpretation.
+       If the <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option is not used, the exit code depends on the
+       type of <EM>capname</EM>:
+
+            <EM>boolean</EM>
+                   a value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is set for TRUE and <STRONG>1</STRONG> for  FALSE.
+
+            <EM>string</EM> a  value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is set if the <EM>capname</EM> is defined
+                   for this terminal <EM>type</EM> (the value  of  <EM>capname</EM>
+                   is  returned on standard output); a value of <STRONG>1</STRONG>
+                   is set if <EM>capname</EM> is not defined for this ter-
+                   minal  <EM>type</EM>  (nothing  is  written to standard
+                   output).
+
+            <EM>integer</EM>
+                   a value of <STRONG>0</STRONG> is always  set,  whether  or  not
+                   <EM>capname</EM> is defined for this terminal <EM>type</EM>.  To
+                   determine if <EM>capname</EM> is defined for this  ter-
+                   minal <EM>type</EM>, the user must test the value writ-
+                   ten to standard output.  A value of  <STRONG>-1</STRONG>  means
+                   that  <EM>capname</EM> is not defined for this terminal
+                   <EM>type</EM>.
+
+            <EM>other</EM>  <STRONG>reset</STRONG> or <STRONG>init</STRONG> may fail to find  their  respec-
+                   tive  files.   In  that case, the exit code is
+                   set to 4 + <STRONG>errno</STRONG>.
+
+       Any other exit code indicates an error; see  the  DIAGNOS-
+       TICS section.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DIAGNOSTICS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tput</STRONG> prints the following error messages and sets the cor-
+       responding exit codes.
+
+
+       exit code   error message
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+       <STRONG>0</STRONG>           (<EM>capname</EM> is a numeric variable that is not specified  in
+                   the  <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>  database  for this terminal type, e.g.
+                   <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T450</STRONG> <STRONG>lines</STRONG> and <STRONG>tput</STRONG> <STRONG>-T2621</STRONG> <STRONG>xmc</STRONG>)
+       <STRONG>1</STRONG>           no error message is printed, see the <STRONG>EXIT</STRONG> <STRONG>CODES</STRONG> section.
+       <STRONG>2</STRONG>           usage error
+       <STRONG>3</STRONG>           unknown terminal <EM>type</EM> or no <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> database
+       <STRONG>4</STRONG>           unknown <STRONG>terminfo</STRONG> capability <EM>capname</EM>
+       <STRONG>&gt;4</STRONG>          error occurred in -S
+       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>longname</STRONG> and <STRONG>-S</STRONG> options, and  the  parameter-substitu-
+       tion  features  used in the <STRONG>cup</STRONG> example, are not supported
+       in BSD curses or in AT&amp;T/USL curses before SVr4.
+
+       X/Open documents only the operands  for  <STRONG>clear</STRONG>,  <STRONG>init</STRONG>  and
+       <STRONG>reset</STRONG>.   In this implementation, <STRONG>clear</STRONG> is part of the <EM>cap-</EM>
+       <EM>name</EM> support.  Other implementations of <STRONG>tput</STRONG> on SVr4-based
+       systems such as Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX as well as others
+       such  as  AIX  and  Tru64  provide  support  for   <EM>capname</EM>
+       operands.  A few platforms such as FreeBSD and NetBSD rec-
+       ognize termcap names rather than terminfo capability names
+       in their respective <STRONG>tput</STRONG> commands.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tabs.1.html">tabs(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..951fd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * @Id: tset.1,v 1.19 2006/12/24 15:00:30 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>tset 1</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>tset 1</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>                                                         <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tset</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset</STRONG> - terminal initialization
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>tset</STRONG>  [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
+       [<EM>terminal</EM>]
+       <STRONG>reset</STRONG> [<STRONG>-IQVcqrsw</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-</STRONG>] [<STRONG>-e</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-i</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-k</STRONG> <EM>ch</EM>] [<STRONG>-m</STRONG> <EM>mapping</EM>]
+       [<EM>terminal</EM>]
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>Tset</STRONG>  initializes  terminals.   <STRONG>Tset</STRONG>  first determines the
+       type of terminal that you are using.   This  determination
+       is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
+
+       1. The <STRONG>terminal</STRONG> argument specified on the command line.
+
+       2. The value of the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environmental variable.
+
+       3.  (BSD  systems only.) The terminal type associated with
+       the standard error output device in  the  <EM>/etc/ttys</EM>  file.
+       (On Linux and System-V-like UNIXes, <EM>getty</EM> does this job by
+       setting <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>  according  to  the  type  passed  to  it  by
+       <EM>/etc/inittab</EM>.)
+
+       4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''.
+
+       If  the  terminal  type  was not specified on the command-
+       line, the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option mappings are  then  applied  (see  the
+       section  <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG>  <STRONG>TYPE</STRONG>  <STRONG>MAPPING</STRONG>  for  more  information).
+       Then, if the terminal type begins  with  a  question  mark
+       (``?''), the user is prompted for confirmation of the ter-
+       minal type.  An empty  response  confirms  the  type,  or,
+       another  type  can be entered to specify a new type.  Once
+       the terminal type has been determined, the terminfo  entry
+       for  the  terminal  is retrieved.  If no terminfo entry is
+       found for the type, the user is prompted for another  ter-
+       minal type.
+
+       Once  the  terminfo  entry  is retrieved, the window size,
+       backspace, interrupt and line kill characters (among  many
+       other things) are set and the terminal and tab initializa-
+       tion strings  are  sent  to  the  standard  error  output.
+       Finally,  if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters
+       have changed, or are not  set  to  their  default  values,
+       their  values  are displayed to the standard error output.
+       Use the <STRONG>-c</STRONG> or <STRONG>-w</STRONG> option to select only the  window  sizing
+       versus  the  other  initialization.   If neither option is
+       given, both are assumed.
+
+       When invoked as <STRONG>reset</STRONG>, <STRONG>tset</STRONG> sets cooked  and  echo  modes,
+       turns  off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline transla-
+       tion and resets any  unset  special  characters  to  their
+       default  values  before  doing the terminal initialization
+       described above.  This is  useful  after  a  program  dies
+       leaving  a  terminal  in an abnormal state.  Note, you may
+       have to type
+
+           <STRONG>&lt;LF&gt;reset&lt;LF&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       (the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the
+       terminal to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in
+       the abnormal state.  Also, the  terminal  will  often  not
+       echo the command.
+
+       The options are as follows:
+
+       <STRONG>-c</STRONG>   Set  control  characters and modes.  <STRONG>-e</STRONG> Set the erase
+            character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+       <STRONG>-I</STRONG>   Do  not  send  the  terminal  or  tab  initialization
+            strings to the terminal.
+
+       <STRONG>-i</STRONG>   Set the interrupt character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+       <STRONG>-k</STRONG>   Set the line kill character to <EM>ch</EM>.
+
+       <STRONG>-m</STRONG>   Specify  a  mapping  from  a port type to a terminal.
+            See the section <STRONG>TERMINAL</STRONG> <STRONG>TYPE</STRONG> <STRONG>MAPPING</STRONG> for more infor-
+            mation.
+
+       <STRONG>-Q</STRONG>   Do  not  display  any values for the erase, interrupt
+            and line kill characters.  Normally <STRONG>tset</STRONG> displays the
+            values  for  control characters which differ from the
+            system's default values.
+
+       <STRONG>-q</STRONG>   The terminal type is displayed to the  standard  out-
+            put,  and the terminal is not initialized in any way.
+            The option `-' by itself is equivalent but archaic.
+
+       <STRONG>-r</STRONG>   Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
+
+       <STRONG>-s</STRONG>   Print  the  sequence  of shell commands to initialize
+            the environment variable <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> to the standard output.
+            See  the section <STRONG>SETTING</STRONG> <STRONG>THE</STRONG> <STRONG>ENVIRONMENT</STRONG> for details.
+
+       <STRONG>-V</STRONG>   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
+            program, and exits.
+
+       <STRONG>-w</STRONG>   Resize  the  window  to  match  the  size deduced via
+            <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG>.   Normally  this  has  no  effect,  unless
+            <STRONG>setupterm</STRONG> is not able to detect the window size.
+
+       The arguments for the <STRONG>-e</STRONG>, <STRONG>-i</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-k</STRONG> options may either be
+       entered as actual characters or by using the  `hat'  nota-
+       tion, i.e. control-h may be specified as ``^H'' or ``^h''.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+       It is often desirable  to  enter  the  terminal  type  and
+       information  about  the  terminal's  capabilities into the
+       shell's environment.  This is done using the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option.
+
+       When the <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option is specified, the commands to enter the
+       information  into  the  shell's environment are written to
+       the standard output.  If the <STRONG>SHELL</STRONG> environmental  variable
+       ends in ``csh'', the commands are for <STRONG>csh</STRONG>, otherwise, they
+       are for <STRONG>sh</STRONG>.  Note, the <STRONG>csh</STRONG>  commands  set  and  unset  the
+       shell  variable  <STRONG>noglob</STRONG>,  leaving it unset.  The following
+       line in the <STRONG>.login</STRONG> or <STRONG>.profile</STRONG> files will  initialize  the
+       environment correctly:
+
+           eval `tset -s options ... `
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING</H2><PRE>
+       When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the
+       current system information is incorrect) the terminal type
+       derived  from the <EM>/etc/ttys</EM> file or the <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> environmental
+       variable is often something generic like <STRONG>network</STRONG>,  <STRONG>dialup</STRONG>,
+       or  <STRONG>unknown</STRONG>.   When <STRONG>tset</STRONG> is used in a startup script it is
+       often desirable to provide information about the  type  of
+       terminal used on such ports.
+
+       The  purpose  of  the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option is to map from some set of
+       conditions to a terminal type, that is, to tell <STRONG>tset</STRONG>  ``If
+       I'm  on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on
+       that kind of terminal''.
+
+       The argument to the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option consists of an optional port
+       type, an optional operator, an optional baud rate specifi-
+       cation, an optional colon (``:'') character and a terminal
+       type.   The port type is a string (delimited by either the
+       operator or the colon character).  The operator may be any
+       combination of ``&gt;'', ``&lt;'', ``@'', and ``!''; ``&gt;'' means
+       greater than, ``&lt;'' means less than, ``@'' means equal  to
+       and ``!'' inverts the sense of the test.  The baud rate is
+       specified as a number and is compared with  the  speed  of
+       the  standard  error  output  (which should be the control
+       terminal).  The terminal type is a string.
+
+       If the terminal type is not specified on the command line,
+       the  <STRONG>-m</STRONG> mappings are applied to the terminal type.  If the
+       port type and baud rate match the  mapping,  the  terminal
+       type  specified  in the mapping replaces the current type.
+       If more than one mapping is specified, the first  applica-
+       ble mapping is used.
+
+       For    example,    consider    the    following   mapping:
+       <STRONG>dialup&gt;9600:vt100</STRONG>.  The port type is dialup , the operator
+       is  &gt;, the baud rate specification is 9600, and the termi-
+       nal type is vt100.  The result of this mapping is to spec-
+       ify that if the terminal type is <STRONG>dialup</STRONG>, and the baud rate
+       is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of  <STRONG>vt100</STRONG>  will
+       be used.
+
+       If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match
+       any baud rate.  If no port type is specified, the terminal
+       type   will   match   any  port  type.   For  example,  <STRONG>-m</STRONG>
+       <STRONG>dialup:vt100</STRONG>  <STRONG>-m</STRONG>  <STRONG>:?xterm</STRONG>  will  cause  any  dialup  port,
+       regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal type vt100,
+       and any non-dialup port type to match  the  terminal  type
+       ?xterm.   Note,  because of the leading question mark, the
+       user will be queried on a default port as to whether  they
+       are actually using an xterm terminal.
+
+       No  whitespace  characters  are permitted in the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option
+       argument.  Also, to avoid problems  with  meta-characters,
+       it  is  suggested  that  the  entire <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option argument be
+       placed within single quote characters, and that <STRONG>csh</STRONG>  users
+       insert  a  backslash character (``\'') before any exclama-
+       tion marks (``!'').
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>HISTORY</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command appeared in BSD 3.0.  The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>  imple-
+       mentation  was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for
+       a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond &lt;esr@snark.thyr-
+       sus.com&gt;.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>COMPATIBILITY</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>tset</STRONG>  utility has been provided for backward-compati-
+       bility with BSD environments (under  most  modern  UNIXes,
+       <STRONG>/etc/inittab</STRONG>  and  <STRONG><A HREF="getty.1.html">getty(1)</A></STRONG> can set <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> appropriately for
+       each dial-up line; this  obviates  what  was  <STRONG>tset</STRONG>'s  most
+       important  use).   This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
+       tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
+
+       The <STRONG>-S</STRONG> option of BSD tset no longer works;  it  prints  an
+       error message to stderr and dies.  The <STRONG>-s</STRONG> option only sets
+       <STRONG>TERM</STRONG>, not <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG>.  Both these  changes  are  because  the
+       <STRONG>TERMCAP</STRONG>  variable  is  no longer supported under terminfo-
+       based <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>, which makes <STRONG>tset</STRONG> <STRONG>-S</STRONG> useless (we made it die
+       noisily rather than silently induce lossage).
+
+       There  was  an  undocumented  4.4BSD feature that invoking
+       tset via a link named `TSET` (or via any other name begin-
+       ning  with  an  upper-case letter) set the terminal to use
+       upper-case only.  This feature has been omitted.
+
+       The <STRONG>-A</STRONG>, <STRONG>-E</STRONG>, <STRONG>-h</STRONG>, <STRONG>-u</STRONG> and <STRONG>-v</STRONG> options were  deleted  from  the
+       <STRONG>tset</STRONG>  utility  in 4.4BSD.  None of them were documented in
+       4.3BSD and all are of limited utility at  best.   The  <STRONG>-a</STRONG>,
+       <STRONG>-d</STRONG>, and <STRONG>-p</STRONG> options are similarly not documented or useful,
+       but were retained as they appear to be in widespread  use.
+       It  is  strongly recommended that any usage of these three
+       options be changed to use the <STRONG>-m</STRONG> option instead.   The  -n
+       option  remains, but has no effect.  The <STRONG>-adnp</STRONG> options are
+       therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
+
+       It is still permissible to specify  the  <STRONG>-e</STRONG>,  <STRONG>-i</STRONG>,  and  <STRONG>-k</STRONG>
+       options  without arguments, although it is strongly recom-
+       mended that such usage be fixed to explicitly specify  the
+       character.
+
+       As  of  4.4BSD,  executing <STRONG>tset</STRONG> as <STRONG>reset</STRONG> no longer implies
+       the <STRONG>-Q</STRONG> option.  Also, the interaction between the - option
+       and the <EM>terminal</EM> argument in some historic implementations
+       of <STRONG>tset</STRONG> has been removed.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2><PRE>
+       The <STRONG>tset</STRONG> command uses these environment variables:
+
+       SHELL
+            tells <STRONG>tset</STRONG> whether to initialize <STRONG>TERM</STRONG> using <STRONG>sh</STRONG> or <STRONG>csh</STRONG>
+            syntax.
+
+       TERM Denotes  your  terminal  type.  Each terminal type is
+            distinct, though many are similar.
+
+       TERMCAP
+            may denote the location of a termcap database.  If it
+            is not an absolute pathname, e.g., begins with a `/',
+            <STRONG>tset</STRONG> removes the variable from the environment before
+            looking for the terminal description.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>FILES</H2><PRE>
+       /etc/ttys
+            system  port  name  to terminal type mapping database
+            (BSD versions only).
+
+       /usr/share/terminfo
+            terminal capability database
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="csh.1.html">csh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>,  <STRONG><A HREF="tty.4.html">tty(4)</A></STRONG>,  ter-
+       <STRONG><A HREF="minfo.5.html">minfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ttys.5.html">ttys(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="environ.7.html">environ(7)</A></STRONG>
+
+       This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.6 (patch 20081011).
+
+
+
+                                                                <STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
diff --git a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e4ed35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
+<!-- 
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  *
+  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            *
+  * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      *
+  * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      *
+  * distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       *
+  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    *
+  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  *
+  * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  *
+  * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               *
+  * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   *
+  * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   *
+  * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    *
+  * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    *
+  * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               *
+  *                                                                          *
+  * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   *
+  * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     *
+  * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       *
+  * authorization.                                                           *
+  ****************************************************************************
+  * Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
+  * @Id: wresize.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+-->
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+<TITLE>wresize 3x</TITLE>
+<link rev=made href="mailto:bug-ncurses@gnu.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<H1>wresize 3x</H1>
+<HR>
+<PRE>
+<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 -->
+<STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>                                                 <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>
+
+
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NAME</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>wresize</STRONG> - resize a curses window
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG>&lt;curses.h&gt;</STRONG>
+
+       <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>wresize(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>lines,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>columns);</STRONG>
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
+       The  <STRONG>wresize</STRONG>  function  reallocates storage for an <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG>
+       window to adjust its dimensions to the  specified  values.
+       If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
+       window's data is filled with blanks that have the  current
+       background  rendition  (as  set  by <STRONG>wbkgndset</STRONG>) merged into
+       them.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
+       The function returns the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure  and  <STRONG>OK</STRONG>
+       on success.  It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+       than or equal  to  zero,  or  if  an  error  occurs  while
+       (re)allocating memory for the window.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
+       The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
+       be greater than zero.  The dimensions are not compared  to
+       <STRONG>curses</STRONG>   screen   dimensions  to  simplify  the  logic  of
+       <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG>.  The caller  must  ensure  that  the  window's
+       dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
+       <STRONG><A HREF="resizeterm.3x.html">resizeterm(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+
+
+</PRE>
+<H2>AUTHOR</H2><PRE>
+       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+       for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+                                                            <STRONG><A HREF="wresize.3x.html">wresize(3x)</A></STRONG>
+</PRE>
+<HR>
+<ADDRESS>
+Man(1) output converted with
+<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a>
+</ADDRESS>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>